NEC 5 Bedienungsanleitung

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614

Zur Seite of

Richtige Gebrauchsanleitung

Die Vorschriften verpflichten den Verkäufer zur Übertragung der Gebrauchsanleitung NEC 5 an den Erwerber, zusammen mit der Ware. Eine fehlende Anleitung oder falsche Informationen, die dem Verbraucher übertragen werden, bilden eine Grundlage für eine Reklamation aufgrund Unstimmigkeit des Geräts mit dem Vertrag. Rechtsmäßig lässt man das Anfügen einer Gebrauchsanleitung in anderer Form als Papierform zu, was letztens sehr oft genutzt wird, indem man eine grafische oder elektronische Anleitung von NEC 5, sowie Anleitungsvideos für Nutzer beifügt. Die Bedingung ist, dass ihre Form leserlich und verständlich ist.

Was ist eine Gebrauchsanleitung?

Das Wort kommt vom lateinischen „instructio”, d.h. ordnen. Demnach kann man in der Anleitung NEC 5 die Beschreibung der Etappen der Vorgehensweisen finden. Das Ziel der Anleitung ist die Belehrung, Vereinfachung des Starts, der Nutzung des Geräts oder auch der Ausführung bestimmter Tätigkeiten. Die Anleitung ist eine Sammlung von Informationen über ein Gegenstand/eine Dienstleistung, ein Hinweis.

Leider widmen nicht viele Nutzer ihre Zeit der Gebrauchsanleitung NEC 5. Eine gute Gebrauchsanleitung erlaubt nicht nur eine Reihe zusätzlicher Funktionen des gekauften Geräts kennenzulernen, sondern hilft dabei viele Fehler zu vermeiden.

Was sollte also eine ideale Gebrauchsanleitung beinhalten?

Die Gebrauchsanleitung NEC 5 sollte vor allem folgendes enthalten:
- Informationen über technische Daten des Geräts NEC 5
- Den Namen des Produzenten und das Produktionsjahr des Geräts NEC 5
- Grundsätze der Bedienung, Regulierung und Wartung des Geräts NEC 5
- Sicherheitszeichen und Zertifikate, die die Übereinstimmung mit entsprechenden Normen bestätigen

Warum lesen wir keine Gebrauchsanleitungen?

Der Grund dafür ist die fehlende Zeit und die Sicherheit, was die bestimmten Funktionen der gekauften Geräte angeht. Leider ist das Anschließen und Starten von NEC 5 zu wenig. Eine Anleitung beinhaltet eine Reihe von Hinweisen bezüglich bestimmter Funktionen, Sicherheitsgrundsätze, Wartungsarten (sogar das, welche Mittel man benutzen sollte), eventueller Fehler von NEC 5 und Lösungsarten für Probleme, die während der Nutzung auftreten könnten. Immerhin kann man in der Gebrauchsanleitung die Kontaktnummer zum Service NEC finden, wenn die vorgeschlagenen Lösungen nicht wirksam sind. Aktuell erfreuen sich Anleitungen in Form von interessanten Animationen oder Videoanleitungen an Popularität, die den Nutzer besser ansprechen als eine Broschüre. Diese Art von Anleitung gibt garantiert, dass der Nutzer sich das ganze Video anschaut, ohne die spezifizierten und komplizierten technischen Beschreibungen von NEC 5 zu überspringen, wie es bei der Papierform passiert.

Warum sollte man Gebrauchsanleitungen lesen?

In der Gebrauchsanleitung finden wir vor allem die Antwort über den Bau sowie die Möglichkeiten des Geräts NEC 5, über die Nutzung bestimmter Accessoires und eine Reihe von Informationen, die erlauben, jegliche Funktionen und Bequemlichkeiten zu nutzen.

Nach dem gelungenen Kauf des Geräts, sollte man einige Zeit für das Kennenlernen jedes Teils der Anleitung von NEC 5 widmen. Aktuell sind sie genau vorbereitet oder übersetzt, damit sie nicht nur verständlich für die Nutzer sind, aber auch ihre grundliegende Hilfs-Informations-Funktion erfüllen.

Inhaltsverzeichnis der Gebrauchsanleitungen

  • Seite 1

    Software Manual 05.00 Technical Support Web Site: http://ws1.necii.com (registration is required)[...]

  • Seite 2

    This manual has been developed by NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. It is intended for the use of its customers and service personnel, and should be read in its entirety before attempting to install or program the system. Any comments or suggestions for improving this manual would be appreciated. Forward your remarks to: NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 For[...]

  • Seite 3

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Charts and Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 4

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 2 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Direct Inward Dialing (DID) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Direct Inward Line (DIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Direct Inward System Access (DISA) . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 5

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 3 Name Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Night Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 6

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 4 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Traffic Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587 Trunk Group Routing . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 7

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 5 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Prefix Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775 10-27 : IP System ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 8

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 6 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 13 : Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855 13-02 : Group Abbreviated Dialing Bins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 9

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 7 Program 16 : Department Group Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 16-01 : Department Group Basic Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 16-02 : Department Group Assignment for Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 10

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 8 ◆ Aspire Software Manual 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034 21-12 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036 21-13 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038 21-14 [...]

  • Seite 11

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 9 Program 24 : Hold/Transfer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 24-01 : System Options for Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 24-02 : System Options for Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 12

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 10 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 31 : Paging Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171 31-02 : Internal Paging Group Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 13

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 11 40-06 : Voice Mail Automated Attendant Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1243 40-07 : Voice Prompt Language Assignment for VRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245 40-08 : Voice Prompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1247 40-09 : Voic[...]

  • Seite 14

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 12 ◆ Aspire Software Manual Program 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1303 44-02 : Dial Analysis Table for ARS/F-Route Access . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 15

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 13 Program 81 : Basic Hardware Setup for Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 16

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 14 ◆ Aspire Software Manual 84-16 : VOIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1478 84-17 : VOIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1480 84-18 : VOIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[...]

  • Seite 17

    T able of Contents Aspire Software Manual ◆ T able of Contents- 15 Program 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1547 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [...]

  • Seite 18

    T able of Contents T able of Contents - 16 ◆ Aspire Software Manual[...]

  • Seite 19

    Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 1 Features[...]

  • Seite 20

    2 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual[...]

  • Seite 21

    About This Manual Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 3 About This Manual Section 1 - Features Bef ore Reading This Section This section provides detailed information on the system’ s features. If you don’t kno w what the v ar- ious features are, re view the T able of Contents for this section and the manual’ s Index. After re viewing, turn b[...]

  • Seite 22

    About This Manual 4 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P or t Assignments: How the System Assigns P or ts to the PCBs P ort Calculation for Trunks: W ith the 4COIU-LS1, 8 COIU-LS1, 4COIU-LG1, 8COIU-LG1, 4DIOPU-A1, 8DIOPU-A1, 2BRIU, 4BRIU, and 8BRIU PCBs, the system detects the type of PCB (trunk or extension) and assigns the required extension or [...]

  • Seite 23

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 5 Charts and Illustrations T able 1: Abbreviated and P ost Dialing Service Codes Abbr eviated Service Codes 1 Code Starting with an asterisk (*) Starting with a pound sign (#) For this featur e. . . When y ou are. . . F or this feature. . . When you ar e. . . * (+ ext. no.) Directed Call[...]

  • Seite 24

    Char ts and Illustrations 6 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 2: Abbreviated and P ost Dialing Service Codes Single Digit Post Dialing Codes For this feature. . . When y ou are. . . 1 Handsfree Answerback / Forced intercom Ringing Changing the signaling mode of your outgoing Intercom call 2 Call W aiting / Camp On / Callback / T runk Queui[...]

  • Seite 25

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 7 T able 3: Service Codes by Number Dial this Service Code . . . 1 When you are. . . For this feature. . . Also see Function Ke y . . . 1 Except where indicated, dial Service Code from Intercom dial tone (e.g., press idle CALL ke y fi rst). * + Enter Account Code + * Entering an Account[...]

  • Seite 26

    Char ts and Illustrations 8 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual *5 Logging out of or in to an ACD group Automatic Call Distri- bution (A CD) *10 *6 + Orbit (01-64) Picking up a call parked in a sys- tem Park orbit (01-64) Park *04 + orbit *7 Splitting (switching) between calls on an SL T Call W aiting / Camp On - *8 Calling your mailbox V oice Mail[...]

  • Seite 27

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 9 0 (Off-hook) Leaving a Message W aiting at a co-worker’ s busy or unanswered extension Message W aiting 38 1 (Off-hook) Changing the signaling mode of your outgoing Intercom call Handsfree Answerback/Forced Intercom Ringing - 2 (Off-hook) Camping On or leaving a Call- back for a busy[...]

  • Seite 28

    Char ts and Illustrations 10 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 107 + Group number (1-8 or 01-64) Setting up DND for each Depart- ment Group T ransfer - 108 + Group number (1-8 or 01-64) Cancelling DND for each Department Group T ransfer - 111 SL T Listening to the General Message V oice Response System (VRS) - 112 + 3 to erase, 5 to listen or 7 t[...]

  • Seite 29

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 11 132 Canceling a W ake Up Call for your o wn room telephone Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) - 133 Setting a W ake Up Call for another guest’ s room telephone Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) - 134 Canceling a W ake Up Call for another guest’ s room telephone Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) - 13[...]

  • Seite 30

    Char ts and Illustrations 12 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 157 Canceling W ork T ime from an SL T Automatic Call Distribution (A CD *17 158 Activ ating Rest Mode from an SL T Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) *13 159 Canceling Rest Mode from an SL T Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) *13 Hook fl ash + 160 ACD Recording for SL T Automatic Ca[...]

  • Seite 31

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 13 801 + zone (1-9 or 01-64) 801 + zone (0 or 00) Making an Internal Zone Page Making an All Call Internal Page Paging, Internal 21 + zone 22 802 + Door Box (1-4 or 1-8) Placing a call to a Door Box Door Box - 803 + zone (1-4 or 1-8) 803 + zone (0) Making an External Zone page Making an [...]

  • Seite 32

    Char ts and Illustrations 14 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 823 Enabling Forced Ringing for incoming Intercom calls Handsfree Answerback/ Forced Intercom Ringing - 824 Enabling/disabling Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one Dialing Pad Con fi rmation T one - 825 T urning Background Music on and of f Background Music 04 827 + 1 or 2 + time, or 827 +[...]

  • Seite 33

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 15 851 + key + code Changing the function of a pro- grammable ke y using 851 service codes Programmable Function Ke ys - 852 + key + code Changing the function of a pro- grammable ke y using 852 service codes One-T ouch Serial Operation - 853 + bin + number + HOLD + Name + HOLD to store [...]

  • Seite 34

    Char ts and Illustrations 16 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 869 Answering a call ringing a phone in another pickup group if you don’t kno w the group’ s number (except Ring Group Calls) Group Call Pickup 25 870 Canceling a Callback request Callback - 871 + ext Canceling Messages W aiting you hav e left at a speci fi c extension Message W [...]

  • Seite 35

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 17 T able 4: Service Codes by Feature For this feature... Dial this Service Code ... 1 When y ou are ... Also see Function Ke y ... 1 Except where indicated, dial Ser vice code f or m Intercom dial tone (e.g., press idle CALL k ey fi rst). Abbreviated Dialing 853 + bin + number + HOLD +[...]

  • Seite 36

    Char ts and Illustrations 18 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Background Music 825 T urning Background Music on and off 04 Barge In 810 Barging in on a busy co-w orker’ s extension 3 4 Call Forw arding *2 + 0 Canceling Call Forw arding 16 *2 + 7 + Destination + T ype (2-4) Acti vating Call F orwarding (Both Ringing) 16 *2 + 6 + Destination + T[...]

  • Seite 37

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 19 Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering / Hold #0 Using Uni versal Answer to pick up a call ringing ov er the paging system - 172 + Line number (001-200) Answering a call on a speci fi c trunk - 179 + 1 (set) or 0 (cancel) Changing the ability for a second call with DID/DISA/DIL Central O[...]

  • Seite 38

    Char ts and Illustrations 20 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Forced T runk Disconnect * 3 (after #9 + 1-8 or 001- 200 + busy) Disconnecting a call in progress on a trunk - Group Call Pickup *# Picking up a call ringing an extension in your own pickup group (e xcept Ring Group calls) 24 868 + pickup group (1-8 or 1-9 or 01-64) Answering a call r[...]

  • Seite 39

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 21 Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) 133 Setting a W ake Up Call for another guest’ s room telephone - Hotel/Motel (W ake Up Call) 134 Canceling a wake Up Call for another guest’ s room telephone - Hotel/Motel (Room to Room Call Restriction) 135 Enabling Room to Room Call Restriction for a[...]

  • Seite 40

    Char ts and Illustrations 22 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Conference Meet Me Paging 863 Joining a Meet Me Conference or Meet Me Page on an Internal P aging Zone (if your extension is in the group called) 23 (Meet Me Paging) or 32 (Meet Me Conference) 864 + zone paged (0-9 or 00-64) Joining a Meet Me Conference or Meet Me Page if your[...]

  • Seite 41

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 23 Paging, Internal 801 + zone (1-8, 1-9 or 01-64) 801 + zone (0 or 00) Making an Internal Zone Page Making an internal All Call Page 21 + zone or 22 Park #6 + orbit (01-64) Parking a call in a system Park orbit (01- 64) *04 + orbit *6 + orbit (01-64) Picking up a call parked in a system[...]

  • Seite 42

    Char ts and Illustrations 24 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T oll Restriction Override 875 + pswd (0000) + place outside call T emporarily overriding an e xtension’ s T oll Restriction - 163 + digit code + line + telephone number Overriding T oll Restriction - T ransfer Call Forwarding, Of f- Premise T andem T runking 833 + Line number (001-[...]

  • Seite 43

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 25 V oice Mail (Cont’ d) *8 Calling your mailbox 67 154 Enabling Con versation Record at SL T set - V oice Over 6 (Off-hook) or 890 Sending a V oice Over to a b usy extension after hearing Busy/Ring tone 48 V oice Response System (VRS) ** + ringing ext. Picking up a call ringing anothe[...]

  • Seite 44

    Char ts and Illustrations 26 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 5: Function Ke y Codes by Features T o program a k ey , press CALL, dial 851 (f or 2-digit codes) or 852 (for 3-digit codes), press the k ey and enter the code (e.g., 48 f or V oice Over). For this feature... Use this ke y ... When your are... Ke y Lamp Status Also See Srvc Cod[...]

  • Seite 45

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 27 Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) (cont.) Code: *16 Operation: Press ke y to put agent on hold. Press ke y again + 1 to hang up agent or 0 to bring agent back into call. Switching (splitting) between an ACD Agent and their out- side caller after answering an emergenc y call On red wh[...]

  • Seite 46

    Char ts and Illustrations 28 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Forw arding, External by Door Box Code: 54 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Number Externally Call Forw arding Door Box calls Slowly fl ashes red *4 Call Forw arding, Follo w Me Code: 15 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Extension Call Forw arding Follo w Me to extension or V oice Mail[...]

  • Seite 47

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 29 Conference, V oice Call Code: 32 Operation: Set up trunk call + Press ke y Setting up a V oice Call Conference None - Data Communications Code: 66 Operation: Press ke y + ext or outside number Placing a data call On red when call set up - Department Calling Code: 46 Operation: Press K[...]

  • Seite 48

    Char ts and Illustrations 30 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Code: 44 Operation: Place or answer call + Press ke y Putting a call on System Hold (if your phone’ s Hold key is reassigned) None - Code: 45 Operation: Place or answer call + Press ke y Putting a call on Exclusiv e Hold None - Hotline Code: 01 + dest. ext Operation: Press ke y[...]

  • Seite 49

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 31 Networking Code: *06 + netw ork (01- 50) Operation: Press ke y Accessing a networked trunk None - Night Service Code: 09 + mode (0, 1-4 or 1-8) Operation: Press ke y Activ ating the Day/Night Mode On red when acti vated 818 + + 0 Off Hook Signaling Code: 33 Operation: Call ext. and re[...]

  • Seite 50

    Char ts and Illustrations 32 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call Pickup Code: 42 + boss ext Operation: Press ke y A secretary picking up a call ringing your boss’ s extension On red when activ ated - Selectable Display Messaging Code: 18 Operation: Press ke y + additional data if needed Setting up Call Forw arding Off-Premise, Sele[...]

  • Seite 51

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 33 V oice Over Code: 48 Operation: Hear Of f- Hook Signaling tone + Press ke y Initiating or responding to V oice Over On red when responding Hold Flash red when listening 6 T able 5: Function Ke y Codes by Features T o program a k ey , press CALL, dial 851 (f or 2-digit codes) or 852 (f[...]

  • Seite 52

    Char ts and Illustrations 34 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 6: Function Ke y Codes by Number T o program a k ey , press CALL, dial 851 (f or 2-digit codes) or 852 (for 3-digit codes), press the k ey and enter the code (e.g., 48 f or V oice Over). Use this key ... For this feature... When you are... Ke y Lamp Status Also see Srvc Code Co[...]

  • Seite 53

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 35 Code: 12 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Ext. Call Forwarding, No Answer Call Forwarding to e xtension or V oice Mail Slo wly fl ashes red *2 + 6 Code: 13 Operation: Press ke y + Dest. Ext. Call Forwarding, Busy/No Answer Call Forw arding to extension or V oice Mail Slo wly fl ashes r[...]

  • Seite 54

    Char ts and Illustrations 36 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: 24 Operation: CALL + Press Ke y Group Call Pickup Answering a call ringing another phone in your Pickup Group None *# Code: 25 Operation: CALL + Press key Group Call Pickup Answering a call ringing a phone in another Pickup Group - if you don’t kno w the group number None 869 [...]

  • Seite 55

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 37 Code: 33 Operation: Call ext. and recei ve busy + Press key Of f Hook Signaling Signaling a busy extension None 7 or 809 Code: 34 Operation: Call ext + Press key Barge In Barging In on a co-worker’ s con versation None 810 Code: 35 Operation: Call busy e xtension or access busy trun[...]

  • Seite 56

    Char ts and Illustrations 38 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: 44 Operation: Place or answer call + Press key Hold Putting a call on System Hold (if hold key is reassigned) None - Code: 45 Operation: Place or answer call + Press key Putting a call on Exclusiv e Hold None - Code: 46 Operation: Press key Department Calling Logging in or loggi[...]

  • Seite 57

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 39 Code: 68 + 0-2 Operation: Press key V oice Mail Using V oice Mail Service Flashes slowly when monitoring Code: 77 + exten- sion or Message Center number Operation: Press key Calling V oice Mail or leaving a message Flashes green on your key for your messages or fl ashes red for the M[...]

  • Seite 58

    Char ts and Illustrations 40 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Code: *05 + 0 (Incoming), 1 (Outgoing) or 2 (Both ways) + 000 (All trunk groups incoming or ARS outgoing) or T runk group (001-100) Operation: Press key Loop Ke ys, T runk Group Routing Placing or answering a trunk call Flash red when ringing, On green when in use, Flash green when on[...]

  • Seite 59

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 41 Code: *16 Operation: Press ke y to put agent on hold. Press key ag ain + 1 to hang up agent or 0 to bring agent back into call. Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) (cont.) Supervisor Split Switching (splitting) between an ACD Agent and their out- side caller after answering an emergenc[...]

  • Seite 60

    Char ts and Illustrations 42 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T able 7: System Number Plan/Capacities System T ype: Aspire S Aspire M/L Aspire XL System Analog Caller ID Detector 24 64 64 Classes of Service 15 15 15 Day/Night Mode Numbers 4 8 8 Day/Night Service Patterns 4 32 32 Dial T one Detector DTMF Recei ver 16 64 64 System Ports (trunks an[...]

  • Seite 61

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 43 DIOPU: • Physical Ports • Logical Ports 01-02 LD T runk: 0-8 OPX: 0-8 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: 0-25 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: 0-25 PRIU Logical Ports N/A T -Bus: 1-200 S-Bus: 1-256 T -Bus: 1-200 S-Bus: 1-256 TLIU: • Physical Ports • Logical Ports N/A 01-08 0-200 01-08 0-2[...]

  • Seite 62

    Char ts and Illustrations 44 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Extension T elephone Extension Port Numbers • K eysets • Single Line Phones/Analog De vices • V oIP Extensions • Aspire W ireless 1-50 3 (1-24) (1-18) (1-16) 2, 4 N/A 1-256 (1-256) 2 (1-256) 2 (1-512) 5 002-512 (manual select) 5 257-512 (auto select) 5 1-384 (1-384) (1-384) (1[...]

  • Seite 63

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 45 2PGD AD Modules 10 56 56 AD A (Recording Jack) Adapters 24 192 192 Aspire W ireless Bases N/A 12 12 Aspire W ireless Phones N/A 120 120 Door Boxes 4 8 8 Door Box Numbers 1-4 1-8 1-8 DSS Consoles Numbers • 24-Button DLS Consoles, Maximum Installed • 110-Button DSS Consoles, Maximum[...]

  • Seite 64

    Char ts and Illustrations 46 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Data Communication Interfaces APR Software Port Numbers 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-512 AP A Adapters 24 192 192 APR Adapters B1 = 24 B2 = 8 prior to 2.50 or 16 with 2.50+ 192 192 CT A or CTU Adapters 24 128 128 Mod[...]

  • Seite 65

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 47 V oice Mail Ports for IntraMail 8 ( fi x ed extension ports 43-50) N/A N/A Ports for External V oice Mail 72 6 72 72 6 Though this is the maximum a vailable in the NVM-Series v oice mail, as each voice mail port requires an analog port, the total number is restricted by the Aspire S [...]

  • Seite 66

    Char ts and Illustrations 48 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Passw ords User Passw ord for setting T oll Restriction Override and Changing Class of Service using a service code 0000 0000 0000 Programming Passw ords Lev el 1 (MF) PCPro/W ebPro User Name: 374772 NEC-I 374772 NEC-I 374772 NEC-I Le vel 2 (IN) PCPro/W ebPro User Name: 12345678 ASPIR[...]

  • Seite 67

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 49 T able 8: System T ones T one Repetitions Frequency Level Internal, Special and External Dial T one Continuous 350 Hz + 440 Hz -16 dB Internal Recall Dial T one 3 350 Hz + 440 Hz -16 dB Internal Busy T one 1 Continuous 440 Hz + 480 Hz -16 dB DND Busy T one Continuous 400 Hz -13 dB Int[...]

  • Seite 68

    Char ts and Illustrations 50 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual External Busy T one Continuous 400 Hz -13 dB External Special Audible Ring T one, V oice Mail Message W aiting, Stutter Dial T one for SL T Continuous 520 Hz -13 dB T runk Ring T one Range 1 (Selected in Program 22-03-01 for trunks and 15-02-02 for extensions) Combination of... High: [...]

  • Seite 69

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 51 T able 9: Multibutton T elephone Displays With this feature... Y ou’ ll see this display ... When... (Idle telephone) Date, Day and T ime Ext (ext name) Y our extension is idle and on hook. CHECK Y ou press CHECK to check a function. CHECK (ext) (ext name) POR T nn GP-nn Y ou press [...]

  • Seite 70

    Char ts and Illustrations 52 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Alarm SET n ALARM DIAL TIME Y ou dial 827 to set an alarm, the dial 1 (to set Alarm 1) or 2 (to set Alarm 2). Date, Day and Time EXT ALARM n Y our extension is idle, after setting Alarm n (1 or 2). SET n ALARM TIME Y ou set an alarm time but do not hang up. SET n ALARM CANCEL Y ou dia[...]

  • Seite 71

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 53 Call Forw arding (cont.) FWD Busy/no answer Extension No? Y ou lift the handset and dial *22 for Call Forw arding when Busy . FWD Immediate Extension No? Y ou lift the handset and dial *24 for Call Forwarding Immediate. FWD No answer Extension No? Y ou lift the handset and dial *26 fo[...]

  • Seite 72

    Char ts and Illustrations 54 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call W aiting/Camp On and Callback Date, Day and Time CAMP CANCEL Y ou have dialed 870 to cancel a Camp-On or Call W aiting request. Callback Date, Day and Time CALL-B A CK (ext name) Extension at which you left a Callback (shown in the name fi eld) is calling you back. Caller ID Dat[...]

  • Seite 73

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 55 Dial Number Pre view PREVIEW DIAL DIAL (digits) Y ou use Dial Number Previe w to previe w your call before dialing it out. Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one Date, Day and Time SET KEY T OUCH TN Y ou dial Service Code 824 to enable Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one. Date, Day and Time CANCEL[...]

  • Seite 74

    Char ts and Illustrations 56 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Date, Day and Time HOLD (ext name) Y ou place an Intercom call on Hold, where (ext name) is the name of extension you placed on Hold. Date, Day and Time GR OUP HOLD (ext name) Y ou dial Service Code 832 to place an Intercom call on Group Hold, where (ext name) is the name of your[...]

  • Seite 75

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 57 Message W aiting Date, Day and T ime MSG >>> (ext name) Y ou dialed Service Code *0 and left a message at the extension sho wn in (ext name). Date, Day and Time CANCEL MESSA GE Y ou dialed 871 to cancel a message you left at another extension, continue by entering the extensi[...]

  • Seite 76

    Char ts and Illustrations 58 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Ke ys KEY PROGRAM KEY (nn) (function) Y ou press a function key after dialing Service Code 851, where (function) is the currently programmed function, as follows: For this k ey function . . . Y ou see this display . . . 01 DSS/ONE TOUCH nn 02 MIC KEY 03 DND KEY 0[...]

  • Seite 77

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 59 Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) 29 REPEA T DIAL 30 SA VE NUMBER REDIAL 31 MEMO DIAL 32 MEET ME CONF 33 O VERRIDE 34 BREAK IN 35 CAMP ON 36 STEP CALL 37 DND/FWD O VERRIDE 38 MESSA GE W AITING 39 R OOOM MONITOR 40 TRANSMIT CUT OFF 41 BUZZER (e xtension name) 42 BOSS CALL FOR W ARD 43[...]

  • Seite 78

    Char ts and Illustrations 60 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) 63 SEND NO. NON NO TICE 64 ------------ 66 CTI TELECOM 67 MAIL BOX nnn 68 VM PLA Y B ACK SKIP , VM PLA Y BA CK SKIP , or A UTO A TTENDANT MONITOR 69 CONVERSA TION RECORD 70 ANSWERING MACHINE 71 ANSWERING MESSAGE 77 VOICE MAIL MSG nnn 78 CONVERSA TION[...]

  • Seite 79

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 61 Programmable Function Ke ys (cont) KEY PR OGRAM Y ou dial Service Code 851 or 852 to program your function ke ys. KEY PR OGRAM KEY (nn) (function Y ou press a function key after dialing Service Code 851 or 852, where (function) is the currently pro- grammed function. CHECK LINE KEY nn[...]

  • Seite 80

    Char ts and Illustrations 62 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Selectable Ring T ones SET INCOM RING 1:INT 2:EXT Y ou dial Service Code 820 to set Selectable Ring T ones. SET INT INCOM RING INCOM RING1-8:? Y ou dial Service Code 820 plus 1 to set Intercom Selectable Ring T ones. SET EXT INCOM RING INCOM RING1-8:? Y ou dial Service Code 820 plus 2[...]

  • Seite 81

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 63 V oice Response System (VRS) VRS MESSA GE CONTROL L:5 R:7 E:3 ? Y ou press CALL and dial 116 to record, listen to or erase a VRS message. PLA Y VRS MSG MESSA GE No. Y ou press CALL, dial 116 then 5 to listen to a recorded VRS message. RECORD VRS MSG MESSA GE No. Y ou press CALL, dial [...]

  • Seite 82

    Char ts and Illustrations 64 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 1: SUPER DISPLA Y TELEPHONE Handsfree, Handset, Page and BGM Volume Control Alphanumeric Soft Keys Display 1 234 56 78 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2 5 8 0 4 7 3 6 9 CALL 2 CALL 1 DND HOLD LND DIAL MIC FLASH SPK VOL CONF MSG Programmable Function Keys Abbre[...]

  • Seite 83

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 65 Figure 2: MUL TIB UTT ON TELEPHONE Handsfree, Handset, Page and BGM Volume Control Soft Keys (Not available on all models) Alphanumeric Display 1 234 56 78 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2 5 8 0 4 7 3 6 9 CALL 2 CALL 1 DND HOLD LND DIAL MIC FLASH SPK VOL CONF MSG On[...]

  • Seite 84

    Char ts and Illustrations 66 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 3: 110-BUTT ON DSS CONSOLE N2IP-3 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 42 43 44 45 46 51 52 53 54 55 56 1 234 56 11 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 29 30 37 38 39 40 47 48 49 50 57 58 59 60 78 9 1 0 17 18 19 20 71 72 73 74 75 76 81 82 83 84 85 86 91 92 93 94 95 96 61 62 63 64 65 66 77 7[...]

  • Seite 85

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 67 Figure 4: 24-BUTT ON DSS CONSOLE N2IP-7 3 4 5 6 1 2 8 9 10 11 12 7 15 16 17 18 13 14 20 21 22 23 24 19[...]

  • Seite 86

    Char ts and Illustrations 68 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 5: Digital T wo-Button T elephone 2 5 8 0 4 7 3 6 9 CALL 2 CALL 1 L1 L2 DND HOLD LND DIAL MIC FLASH SPK VOL 0893200 - 3 1 Line Keys/ Programmable Function Keys Abbreviated Dialing Dual Line Appearance Keys Last Number Redial Do Not Disturb Microphone Cutoff Speakerphone Microph[...]

  • Seite 87

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 69 Figure 6: Cordless Lite II (Spread Spectrum) T elephone 0893408 - 1 900MHz DIGIT AL HOLD T ALK CH CONF REDIAL TRANSFER 1 2 abc 3 def 4 ghi 5 jkl 6 mno 7 pqrs 8 tuv 0 oper 9 wxyz RING /VOL ON/OFF MUTE 8 9 10 11 12 13 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 1. Headset Jack 2. Message Display 3. Hold Key 4. T alk[...]

  • Seite 88

    Char ts and Illustrations 70 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Figure 7: Cordless II T elephone 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 abc ON R/VOL MUTE OFF 5 jkl 6 mno 4 ghi 8 tuv 9 wxyz 7 pqrs 0 oper # 3 def 1 0893408-2 1. Ringer ON/OFF switch 2. Message Display 3. Hold Key 4. T alk Key 5. Numeric Keypad 6. Function Keys (default: line keys 1-4) 7. M[...]

  • Seite 89

    Char ts and Illustrations Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 71 Figure 8: Aspire Wireless T elephone[...]

  • Seite 90

    Char ts and Illustrations 72 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 91

    Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 73 Abbreviated Dialing Description Abbre viated Dialing giv es an extension user quick access to frequently called numbers. This sa ves time, for example, when calling a client with whom the y deal often. Instead of dialing a long tele- phone number , the extension user just dials the Abbrevia[...]

  • Seite 92

    Abbreviated Dialing 74 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using a Programmab le Function Key T o streamline frequently-called numbers, an Abbreviated Dialing Programmable Function K ey can also store an Abbreviated Dialing bin number . When the extension user presses the k ey , the phone automatically dials out the stored number . This provides tr[...]

  • Seite 93

    Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 75 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programming Function K eys Assign a function ke y for Common Abbreviated Dialing (code 27 ) or Group Abbreviated Dialing (code 28). Y ou can program the key as either a general Abbreviated Dialing k ey or you can choose to store a bin number with the function ke y . This ke y[...]

  • Seite 94

    Abbreviated Dialing 76 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T oll Restriction T oll Restriction may pre vent a user from using a stored Abbreviated Dialing number . T runk Group Routing Unless a user preselects a trunk, T runk Group Routing selects the trunk Abbre viated Dialing uses for trunk calls. Operation T o store an Abbreviated Dialing n umbe[...]

  • Seite 95

    Abbreviated Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 77 T o dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing n umber: F our-digit bin numbers must be dialed using the ke yset’ s Soft Ke ys. 3-Digit Bin Number s Onl y 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial #2 (000-999). OR Press DIAL ke y . OR Press Common Abbreviate[...]

  • Seite 96

    Abbreviated Dialing 78 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o dial a Group Abbre viated Dialing number: 3-Digit Bin Numbers Onl y 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial #4 (000-999). OR Press DIAL ke y . OR Press Group Abbreviated Dialing ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 28). T o preselect, pr ess a line key in[...]

  • Seite 97

    Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 79 Account Codes Description Account Codes are user-dialed codes that help the system administrator cate gorize and/or restrict trunk calls. The system has three types of Account Codes: ● Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call[...]

  • Seite 98

    Account Codes 80 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Timer Modi fi ed to Allow f or Forced Account Code Interdigit Timer Programming has been changed which will allow the adjustment of the interdigit timer used for Forced Account Codes. Previously , this was fi x ed at 3 seconds. Depending on your software, the system will use the time set in Pr [...]

  • Seite 99

    Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 81 Conditions (A.) If a user enters a code that exceeds the 16 digit limit, the system ignores the Account Code entry . (B.) If the system has Account Codes disabled, the digits dialed (e.g., *1234*) appear on the SMDR report as part of the number dialed. (C.) Do not use an asterisk within a PBX acc[...]

  • Seite 100

    Account Codes 82 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Abbreviated Dialing Abbre viated Dialing bins can contain stored Account Codes. Prev ent them from being dis- played using 20-07-04. A utomatic Route Selection ARS can force a user to enter an Authorization Code prior to using a certain route. The system veri fi es the ARS Autho[...]

  • Seite 101

    Account Codes Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 83 T o enter an Account Code before dialing the outside n umber: If your system has F orced Account Codes, you must use this procedur e. If it has V eri- fi ed Account Codes, you can use this pr ocedure instead of letting the system pr ompt you for your Account Code . Y ou may also use this pr oced[...]

  • Seite 102

    Account Codes 84 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o enter an Account Code for an incoming call: This pr ocedur e is not available at SLTs. 1. Answer incoming call. If Account Codes for Incoming Calls is disabled, the following steps will dial digits out onto the connected trunk. 2. Dial *. 3. Enter the Account Code. Y ou can enter any code of [...]

  • Seite 103

    Alarm Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 85 Alarm Description Alarm lets a ke yset extension work lik e an Alarm clock. An extension user can hav e Alarm remind them of a meeting or an appointment. There are tw o types of Alarms: ● Alarm 1 (sounds only once at the preset time) ● Alarm 2 (sounds e very day at the preset time) Conditions Single [...]

  • Seite 104

    Alarm 86 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o set the alarm: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial 827. 3. Dial alarm type (1 or 2). Alarm 1 sounds only once. Alarm 2 sounds each day at the pr eset time. 4. Dial the alarm time (24-hour clock). F or example, for 1:15 PM dial 1315. A con fi rm[...]

  • Seite 105

    Alarm Repor ts Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 87 Alarm Reports Refer to the Maintenance (page 391) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 106

    Alphanumeric Displa y 88 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Alphanumeric Display Description Multibutton display telephones ha ve a 3-line, 24 character per line alphanumeric display that pro- vides v arious feature status messages. These messages help the display telephone user process calls, identify callers and customize features. Conditions Th[...]

  • Seite 107

    Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 89 Analog Communications Interface (ACI) Description The Analog Communications Interface (A CI) feature uses a PGD AD module to provide two analog ports (with associated relays) for Music on Hold, External Paging or auxiliary de vices such as tape recorders and loud bells. [...]

  • Seite 108

    Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) 90 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual By using Department Calling, you can arrange multiple tape recorders into a pool. When an extension user dials the Department Group pilot number , they reach the fi rst av ailable tape recorder in the pool. The relays in the PGD AD module can optionally control customer[...]

  • Seite 109

    Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 91 Default Setting No PGD AD modules programmed. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 1) 10-03-06 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 2) The circuit should be assigned a type “9” for ACI or type “7”for an e xternal ringer . ➻ 10-05[...]

  • Seite 110

    Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) 92 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-09-01 : A CI Conv ersation Recording Destination for T runks - A CI Recording Destination Extension Number Use this option to assign the ACI Call Recording destination on a per trunk basis. The destina- tion can be an ACI port’ s extension number (assigned in Pr[...]

  • Seite 111

    Analog Comm unications Interface (A CI) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 93 Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution (A CD) A CD agents which are logged on can be recorded. Backgr ound Music A CI software ports cannot be Background Music music sources. Door Bo x If a 2PGD AD circuit is used for A CI, it can not be used for a Door Box. Hotli[...]

  • Seite 112

    Aspire Wireless 94 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Aspire Wireless Description The Aspire system provides the ability to use 2.4 GHz Aspire W ireless/DECT (Digital Enhanced Cordless T elecommunication) phones. These phones provide you with the freedom and con ve- niences of a wireless phone, but in addition, you also ha ve access to features pr[...]

  • Seite 113

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 95 Out-of-Range When a Aspire W ireless phone receiv es an incoming call and the phone is considered out-of-range (Program 20-22-05 timer expires), what the system does with the call and what the caller hears depends on system programming. ● Extension callers will hear a lock-out tone and may se[...]

  • Seite 114

    Aspire Wireless 96 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Enhanced Features Added The features for the Aspire W ireless phones hav e been enhanced. Note: In order to enable these enhancements, the Aspire W ireless phones must be updated to software version PP4 and the DSIU PCB must be updated to 1.16 or higher . When both the handset and DSIU are upda[...]

  • Seite 115

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 97 Related Features Caller ID Aspire Wireless phones can pro vide Caller ID information if it is provided by telco. Call Forwarding ● If the T ransferring When Out of Range feature and a Call Forward option (such as No Answer) are both programmed for the Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone, the call i[...]

  • Seite 116

    Aspire Wireless 98 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Picking up calls not ringing y our phone . . . Answering a call ringing P aging after hours: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Dial # + 0. When a call is ringing a co-worker’ s phone: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Dial ** + Co-worker’ s extension. Placing Calls Placing an Outs[...]

  • Seite 117

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 99 Abbreviated Dialing: Common and Group (Speed Dial) Store Common or Group Abbre viated Dialing numbers: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Dial 853 (for Common). OR Dial 854 (for Group). 3. Dial Abbreviated Dialing bin number . Ask your Communications Manager for your bin number s. 4. Dial p[...]

  • Seite 118

    Aspire Wireless 100 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 5. Press the OK button. 6. Input the character(s) by pressing dial pad. While inputting char acters, the cursor blinks. While scr olling thr ough the character s, you have appr oximately 1 second to move to the next c haracter under the same ke y , other- wise, the phone accepts the displayed [...]

  • Seite 119

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 101 7. Press the OK button to start the search. The display shows the ABB/EXT name in the fi r st line (Max. 12 characters). The ABB/EXT number is shown in the second and thir d line (Max. 20 digits). 8. If there is no match for the search entry , the following display is sho wn: 9. Press the rig[...]

  • Seite 120

    Aspire Wireless 102 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Use the Phone’ s T elephone Book for P ersonal Numbers Store a number in the T elephone Book: 1. While idle, dial the number to be stored. 2. Press the > key + the OK key . 3. Enter the name associated with the number + the OK key . Up to 80 numbers with name can be stor ed in the T eleph[...]

  • Seite 121

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 103 Camp On / Callback If y ou heard a b usy signal when calling a co-worker , use Camp On or Callbac k: 1. Dial 2 to Camp On (wait without hanging up). (Inter com calls) If you hear two beeps, you can speak. If you hear busy/ring, dial 6 to send a V oice Over . (Outside calls) When you hear new d[...]

  • Seite 122

    Aspire Wireless 104 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T urning y our handset on: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . When the handset is on, is shown in the lower left corner of the display if the handset has been subscribed to a system. Hold Placing a call on Hold: 1. Do not hang up + press the R (HOLD/RECALL) key + Do not hang up. This puts you[...]

  • Seite 123

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 105 Name Entry: The dial pad digits are used for writing the name to be placed in the Phone Book. For e xample, press the digit 2 ke y once for A, twice for B, three times for C, etc. The arro w keys can be used to mo ve the cursor left or right. The left arro w key can also be used for deleting a[...]

  • Seite 124

    Aspire Wireless 106 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P ark and Page Use P ark and Page to be paged f or calls while awa y from your desk 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key . 2. Press *47 + Record your Personal Greeting. 3. #7 + Record the Page. F or P ersonal Greeting only , pr ess # then 2 (Busy/No Answer), 4 (Immediate), or 6 (No Answer) + exte[...]

  • Seite 125

    Aspire Wireless Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 107 Registration Registering an Aspire Wireless Handset T o cancel the r e gistration pr ocess at any point, press the SPK or Headset k ey , or place the handset on-hook. 1. From a keyset, press SPK ke y and dial the service code de fi ned in Program 11-10-30. 2. Enter the extension number to be [...]

  • Seite 126

    Aspire Wireless 108 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Save Save y our call for quic k dialing later on: 1. While on a call, press the R (HOLD/RECALL) key + 815. Quickl y redial your saved n umber: 1. Press the ON-HOOK/OFF-HOOK key + 815. When r edialing, the system selects an outside line for you. T o clear a saved number: Pr ess the ON-HOOK/OFF-[...]

  • Seite 127

    Aspire XL Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 109 Aspire XL Description T o enhance the Aspire system, which previously only supported 256 digital/analog extensions (not including IP and Wireless), the Aspire XL system is now a vailable. The Aspire XL uses a new po wer supply cabinet, new po wer supplies, and 32ESIU PCB to provide the ability to su[...]

  • Seite 128

    Aspire XL 110 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Po wer Supply Cabinet (IP1WW-XLPS CABINET/ F or the IP1WW -PSADU-A1) - P/N 0890068 IP1WW -XLPSU CABINET can contain maximum two IP1WW -P ASDU-A1s. The cabinet accommodates up to two A C/DC power supplies. This cabinet is to be installed as the bottom cabinet of a 3-cabinet system (the top two ca[...]

  • Seite 129

    Aspire XL Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 111 The Aspire XL system can support mixed hardware con fi gurations. With an Aspire XL A C/ DC po wer supply cabinet and DC/DC Con verter , the second cabinet can contain up to two Aspire M/L po wer supplies (P/N 0891000). For installation details, refer to the Aspire 32ESIU PCB Installation Instructi[...]

  • Seite 130

    Aspire XL 112 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions ● Prior to updating system software, due to capacity dif ferences, a database fi le must be made in order to revert to any older v ersion of software. The expanded database fi le from a 4.x software cannot be used in older software once the new ports are recognized and used by the sys[...]

  • Seite 131

    Attendant Call Queuing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 113 Attendant Call Queuing Description Attendant extensions can ha ve up to 32 incoming calls queued before additional callers hear busy tone. This helps minimize call congestion in systems that use the attendant as the o ver fl ow destina- tion for unanswered calls. For e xample, you can [...]

  • Seite 132

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 114 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Description Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) uniformly distributes calls among member agents of a pro- grammed ACD Group. When a call rings into an A CD Group, the system automatically routes the call to the agent that has been idle the [...]

  • Seite 133

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 115 For each A CD Group, you can set the following conditions: - The number of trunks that can w ait in queue before the Queue Status Display occurs. - Ho w often the time in queue portion of the display reoccurs. - If the supervisor should hear a Queue Alarm whenever the time[...]

  • Seite 134

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 116 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● During Mode Pattern 1, A CD agents will belong to ACD groups 1, 2, and 16 at the same time. ● During Mode Pattern 2, A CD agents will belong to only ACD group 1. ● During Mode Pattern 3-8, A CD agents will not belong to any A CD group and the ACD extensions will w [...]

  • Seite 135

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 117 ● Emergency Call If an ACD Agent needs assistance with a caller , they can place an Emergency Call to their A CD Group Supervisor . Once the supervisor answers the Emergency Call, the y automatically monitor both the ACD Agent and the caller . If the agent needs assistan[...]

  • Seite 136

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 118 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Rest Mode Rest Mode temporarily logs-out an A CD agent’ s phone. There are two types of Rest Mode:- - Manual Rest Mode An ACD Agent can enable Manual Rest Mode anytime they w ant to temporarily log out of the ACD Group. They might want to do this if they go to a meet[...]

  • Seite 137

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 119 ● W ork Time W ork T ime temporarily busies-out an A CD agent’ s phone so they can work at their desk unin- terrupted. This gi ves the agent time to fi ll out important logs and records as soon as they are fi nished with their call. There are tw o types of W ork T im[...]

  • Seite 138

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 120 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual - Enhanced Supervisor Options An ACD supervisor can indi vidually assign extensions to ACD Groups, and set an agent’ s status once assigned. This pro vides the supervisor with tremendous fl exibility to reassign agents as work loads v ary . - Queue Status Display with S[...]

  • Seite 139

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 121 When Logged Out of A CD Group When ACD agents are logged out and a call is placed into the A CD queue, the phones of the logged out agents will display the Queue Status and hear the alarm according to the settings de fi ned in system programming. Pressing the Queue Status[...]

  • Seite 140

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 122 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) In order to scroll through the ACD groups queue status, the Queue Status Display Programmable Function ke y must be used. Y ou cannot scroll when the Queue Status Display appears due to an alarm condition. (E.) If the Queue Status display and alarm are activ e and the[...]

  • Seite 141

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 123 The system can no w allow either an of f-premise number (using a programmed Abbreviated Dial number) or incoming ring group for the ACD Ov er fl ow T ransfer destination. Notes: ● When using Of f-Premise Over fl o w transfer and if all trunks are busy , the system will[...]

  • Seite 142

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 124 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming Refer to the ACD Manual (P/N 0893202) for complete programming details. ➻ 11-13-01 - 11-13-13 : Service Code Setup (F or A CD) If required, customize the service codes which are used with the ACD feature. Note that when using service code 169 to change an ag[...]

  • Seite 143

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 125 ➻ 20-13-33 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - A CD Supervisor’ s Position Enhancement This option must be enabled in order for the operator to use service codes in Program 11-13- 10 through 11-13-13. ➻ 30-01-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode Set the m[...]

  • Seite 144

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 126 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-05-01 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules Set up the W ork Schedules for ACD Agents and Groups. For each ACD W ork Schedule (1-4), designate the start and stop times for each of the eight W ork Periods. Once you set up the schedules in this program, assign them to days of [...]

  • Seite 145

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 127 ➻ 41-10-04 : PGD AD Delay Announcement - 2nd Delay Announcement Connection T imer For each A CD group (01-64), set the timer the system waits before playing the second delay announcement (0-64800 seconds). ➻ 41-10-05 : PGD AD Delay Announcement - 2nd Delay Announcement[...]

  • Seite 146

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 128 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-14-02 : A CD Options - Wrap Up Mode Set the Wrap Up Mode option (0=After wrap up mode key is pressed, 1=After call is fi nished automatically) for ACD Groups (01-64). Use Program 15-07 to assign an A CD Wrap-Up Mode ke y (*17) to A CD agents. ➻ 41-14-03 : A CD Op[...]

  • Seite 147

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 129 ➻ 41-17-01 : A CD Login Mode Setup De fi ne the ACD login mode (0=normal, 1=AIC) for each e xtension. If set to ‘1’: - Program 41-02-01 is used. - Note that a supervisor can not log in/out an AIC member as they are not normal A CD agents. - Service codes for log-in/[...]

  • Seite 148

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 130 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 41-19-06 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement - T one Kind at Message Interval For each A CD Group (01-64), de fi ne the what the caller will hear between the messages (0=ring back tone, 1=MOH, 2=BGM). Currently , calls in the A CD queue will only hear MOH if the music is[...]

  • Seite 149

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 131 Operation T ransferring Calls to an A CD Group T o T ransf er a call to an ACD Gr oup: 1. At keyset or DSL, press HOLD. OR At SL T , hook fl ash Y ou hear T ransfer dial tone. 2. Dial A CD Group Master Number . Y ou can pr ess a One-T ouch K ey for the master instead. 3. [...]

  • Seite 150

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 132 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Agent Log In and Log Out T o log y our extension into the A CD Group: K eyset Y our display shows: W AIT A CD LOGIN. If Pr ogram 12-07-01 has a customized Day/ Night mode message de fi ned, the ACD ag ent’s display will not indicate the W AIT A CD LOGIN status (however [...]

  • Seite 151

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 133 AIC Agent Log In T o log in: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Log In/Log Out key (Program 15-07 or SC 852: *10). OR 1. Press CALL key and dial the AIC Log In service code (Program 11-13-08). 2. If the agent log in code is used (as with inDepth/inDepth+), enter the agent log in co[...]

  • Seite 152

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 134 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Multiple Agent Log In T o log in: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Log In/Log Out key (Program 15-07 or SC 852: *10). 2. Dial 0 to cancel the log out option. 3. Dial the Agent Identity Code (AIC) (up to 4 digits). The A CD Log In/Log Out ke y lights. OR 1. Press CALL key and dial[...]

  • Seite 153

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 135 Changing A CD Group Assignment T o change y our A CD Group Assignment: 1. Log out of your A CD Group (see the instructions abov e). 2. Press idle CALL key . 3. Dial 170. 4. Dial the number of the A CD Group (1-64) into which you want to log. Y ou hear con fi rmation tone [...]

  • Seite 154

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) 136 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Queue Status Display When Logged Into A CD Group 1. With an idle k eyset, press the Queue Status Display Programmable Function Ke y (Code: *19). The display indicates the number of calls in queue, the trunk name, and the length of time the call has been waiting. When the Q[...]

  • Seite 155

    A utomatic Call Distrib ution (A CD) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 137 T o cancel the manual Rest Mode/Off-Duty Mode: K eyset 1. Press the A CD Rest Mode key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *13). The A CD Rest Mode ke y light goes off. Single Line T elephone 1. Lift the handset. A fast busy is hear d. 2. Dial 159. 3. Hang up. Refer to the ACD Manual (P[...]

  • Seite 156

    A utomatic Route Selection 138 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Automatic Route Selection Description Automatic Route Selection (ARS) provides call routing and call restriction based on the digits a user dials. ARS gives the system the most cost-ef fectiv e use of the connected long distance carriers. ARS is an on-line call routing program that [...]

  • Seite 157

    A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 139 Class of Service Option Allows Outgoing Calls to Not Follow Access Map Using this option allows an e xtension’ s Class of Service to be set so that ARS does not follow the trunk access map settings (Program 14-07-01 and 15-06-01). The feature allo ws an extension user to hav e CO [...]

  • Seite 158

    A utomatic Route Selection 140 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual With Program 26-01-06: ARS COS Match Access disabled (set to '0'): ● If at 9:00 AM, each extension dialed '9+(203)926-5400' All Extension would use T runk Group 3 ● If at 9:00 AM, each extension dialed '9+(214)262-2000' All Extension would use T run[...]

  • Seite 159

    A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 141 ➻ Program 26-02 f or Dial Analysis T able for ARS/LCR set as: ➻ Program 26-03-01 f or ARS Dial T r eatments set as: T able No. 1 - Dial T reatment: A1RE ➻ Program 26-11-01 f or T ransit Network ID T able set as: T able No. 1 - T ransit Network ID: 0288 Example : If an extensio[...]

  • Seite 160

    A utomatic Route Selection 142 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-03-04 : System Options f or Single Line T elephones - Dial Sending Start Time f or SL T or ARS When ARS or an analog extension user accesses a trunk and dials an outside call, the system waits this interv al before outdialing the fi rst digit (0-64800 seconds). ➻ 20-06-01 [...]

  • Seite 161

    A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 143 ➻ 26-02-03 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS - Additional Data / Service Number For each Dial Analysis T able (1-200), if Service T ype 1 was selected in Program 26-02-02, enter the trunk group number (0-100, 0=no route). ➻ 26-02-04 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS - ARS Class of S[...]

  • Seite 162

    A utomatic Route Selection 144 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 44-02-03 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access - Additional Data If a Service T ype is selected in Program 44-02-02, set the additional data, if required, for the Pre-T ransaction T able for selecting ARS/F-Route (24 digits max: 1-9, 0 * #, @). T o enter a wild card/don[...]

  • Seite 163

    A utomatic Route Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 145 ➻ 44-06-01 : Additional Dial T able If an Additional Dial Number T able is entered in Program 44-05-03, de fi ne the additional dial table (1-1000) to add digits in front of the dialed ARS/F-Route number (24 digits max: 1-9, 0 * #, Pause). T o enter a wild card/don’t care digit[...]

  • Seite 164

    A utomatic Route Selection 146 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T runk Group Routing A system with Automatic Route Selection cannot also have T runk Group Routing. T runk Queuing/Camp On W ith ARS installed, T runk Queuing automatically queues for the least costly route. The system automatically redials the queued call when the extension user li[...]

  • Seite 165

    Bac kground Music Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 147 Background Music Description Background Music (BGM) sends music from a customer-pro vided music source to speakers in key- sets. If an extension user acti vates it, BGM plays whene ver the user’ s extension is idle. Conditions (A.) Background Music requires a customer-pro vided music sourc[...]

  • Seite 166

    Barge In 148 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Barge In Description Barge In permits an e xtension user to break into another extension user’ s established call, including Conference calls. This sets up a Conference-type con versation between the intruding extension and the parties on the initial call. With Bar ge In, an extension user can get [...]

  • Seite 167

    Barge In Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 149 ➻ 20-13-10 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Bar ge In Mode In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable the Barge In Speech Mode (0) or Monitor Mode (1) at the initiating extension (i.e., Bar ge In initiator). ➻ 20-13-15 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Ba[...]

  • Seite 168

    Barge In 150 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o Barge In after calling a b usy extension: The call must be set up for about 10 seconds befor e you can Barg e In. Listen for busy/ring or b usy tone. 1. Call busy extension. 2. Press Barge In ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 34). T o Barge in without fi rst calling the b usy extension: 1. Pr[...]

  • Seite 169

    Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 151 Call Coverage Please refer to the Multiple Dir ectory Numbers / Call Coverage (page 419) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 170

    Call Duration Timer 152 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Duration Timer Description Call Duration T imer lets a keyset user time their trunk calls on the telephone display . This helps users that must keep track of their time on the phone. For incoming trunk calls, the Call Timer begins as soon as the user answers the call. F or outgoing tr[...]

  • Seite 171

    Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 153 Call Forwarding Description Call Forw arding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another e xtension. Call For - warding ensures that the user’ s calls are covered when the y are away from their work area. The types of Call Forw arding are: ● Call F orwarding when Busy or [...]

  • Seite 172

    Call Forwar ding 154 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When Call Forw ard Follo w Me is set up in a chain, forwarding cannot be canceled by the middle keyset (as sho wn in the example belo w) while on a call. Conditions (A.) Normally , the system does not allow the chaining of Call F orwards. For e xample, extension 316 forwards to 318, and 318 i[...]

  • Seite 173

    Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 155 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-11-01 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forward, Immediate 11-11-02 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forward, Busy 11-11-03 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forward, No Answer 11-11-04 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Acc[...]

  • Seite 174

    Call Forwar ding 156 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console A DSS ke y will only indicate a Call Forwarding indication for e xtensions forwarded with Per- sonal Answering Machine Emulation (*2 + 1) or Immediate Call Forwarding (*2 + 4). Do Not Disturb If an extension user acti vates DND option 4, the system pre v[...]

  • Seite 175

    Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 157 2. Dial 1 plus extension to enable; dial 0 to disable. Once you activate Call F orwarding, only your Call F orwar ding destination can place an Inter com call to you. 3. Dial destination extension, V oice Mail master number or press V oice Mail key . Y ou’ll hear stutter dial tone when plac[...]

  • Seite 176

    Call Forwar ding, Fixed 158 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Forwarding, Fixed Description Fixed Call F orwarding is a type of forwarding that is permanently in force at an extension. Calls to an extension with Fix ed Call Forwarding enabled automatically reroute - without any user action. Unlike normal Call F orwarding (which is turned on [...]

  • Seite 177

    Call Forwar ding, Fixed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 159 Description (Cont’ d) Fixed Call Forwar ding Chaining Fixed Call F orward Chaining allows Fix ed Call Forwards to loop from one e xtension to the next. For e xample, you could have the chain 301 ☞ 302 ☞ 303 ☞ 304 set up for Fix ed Call Forw arding when Busy . If extension 301 i[...]

  • Seite 178

    Call Forwar ding, Fixed 160 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 24-02-03 : System Options f or T ransfer - Delayed Call F orwarding Time Set the Delayed Call Forw arding interval. F or an unanswered call, Fixed Call Forwarding When Unanswered occurs after this interv al. ➻ 24-06-01 : Fixed Call F orwarding For an e xtension, assi[...]

  • Seite 179

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 161 Call Forwarding, Off-Premise Description Of f-Premise (OPX) Call Forwarding allo ws an extension user to forward their calls to an of f-site location. By enabling OPX Call Forw arding, the user can stay in touch by having the system for - ward their calls while they are a way fro[...]

  • Seite 180

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 162 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) Call Forwarding an e xtension in a Department Group will prev ent that extension from recei v- ing Department Pilot Calls. (E.) If a Programmable Function ke y is not de fi ned for Call Forwarding (10 - 17), the DND k ey fl ashes to indicate that the extension is call forw[...]

  • Seite 181

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 163 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys For one-touch access to the Call F orwarding Device setup code (*4 ), assign a function ke y for Call Forw arding (Device). For Of f-Premise Call Forwarding by a Door Box, assign a function ke y (54) if required. ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of [...]

  • Seite 182

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 164 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T runk-to-T runk Forwarding - DID (3) T runk Forwarding b y Depar tment Groups (in addition to abov e programming) Refer to Department Calling for additional Department Gr oup pr ogramming. ➻ 11-07-01 : Department Group Pilot Numbers Assign pilot numbers to the Extension (Depar[...]

  • Seite 183

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 165 T runk-to-T runk Forwarding - DID (3) T runk Forwarding Using DID T ranslation T able (in addition to abov e programming) Refer to Dir ect Inward Dialing (DID) for additional DID pr ogramming . ➻ 22-11-05 : DID T ranslation T able Number Con version - T ransfer Destination 1 22[...]

  • Seite 184

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 166 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Off-Premise Call Forwarding f or Door Box es: These operations ar e performed at the Door Box Ringing Extension only . T o activate Call Forwar ding Off-Premise by Door Bo x 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y + Dial 822. OR Press Call Forw ard (Device) k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: [...]

  • Seite 185

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 167 Method 2 (follo ws the pre-de fi ned destination in Program 24-04-01): Set A utomatic T runk Forwarding: The Abbr eviated Dial bin must be de fi ned in 13-04-01 in or der for the line to forward. 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial 833. 3. Dial trunk port number to be used (1-8 or 001[...]

  • Seite 186

    Call Forwar ding, Off-Premise 168 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method 2 (follo ws the pre-de fi ned destination in Program 24-05-01): Set A utomatic T runk Forwarding: The Abbr eviated Dial bin must be de fi ned in 13-04-01 in or der for the line to forward. 1. Lift the handset. 2. Dial 102. 3. Dial the Department Group number (1-8 or 01-6[...]

  • Seite 187

    Call Forwar ding with Follow Me Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 169 Call Forwarding with Follow Me Description While at a co-worker’ s desk, a user can hav e Call Forwarding with Follo w Me redirect their calls to the co-worker’ s extension. This helps an employee who gets detained at a co-work er’ s desk longer than expected. T o prevent[...]

  • Seite 188

    Call Forwar ding with Follow Me 170 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o activate Call Forwar d Follow Me: 1. At a keyset other than your o wn, press idle CALL key and dial *2 . OR Press Call Forw ard (Station) key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 15). OR At SL T other than your o wn, lift handset and dial *2 . 2. Dial 3 + Dial your own extension[...]

  • Seite 189

    Call Forwar ding/Do Not Disturb Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 171 Call Forwarding/Do Not Disturb Override Description An extension user can o verride Call Forwarding or Do Not Disturb at another e xtension. This is helpful, for example, to dispatchers and of fi ce managers that always need to get through. Conditions None Default Set[...]

  • Seite 190

    Call Pic kup Group 172 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call Pickup Group Please refer to Gr oup Call Pickup (page 339) f or information on this f eature .[...]

  • Seite 191

    Call Redirect Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 173 Call Redirect Description Call Redirect allo ws a keyset user to transfer a call to a pre-de fi ned destination (such as an operator , voice mail, or another e xtension) without answering the call. This can be useful if you are on a call and another rings in to your extension. By pressing the C[...]

  • Seite 192

    Call Redirect 174 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o r edirect a ringing call: 1. With an incoming call ringing your e xtension, press the Call Redirect key (Program 15-07 or SC 851: 49 + Destination Extension Number) without lifting the handset or pressing the CALL keys.[...]

  • Seite 193

    Call W aiting / Camp On Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 175 Call Waiting / Camp On Description W ith Call W aiting, an e xtension user may call a busy extension and wait in line (Camp-On) without hanging up. When the user Camps-On, the system signals the busy extension with two beeps indi- cating the waiting call. The call goes through when the[...]

  • Seite 194

    Call W aiting / Camp On 176 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-13-35 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Block Camp-On Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to block callers from dialing 2 to Camp On. ➻ 20-15-09 : Ring Cycle Setup If required, change the ring cycle for Callback and Transfe[...]

  • Seite 195

    Callbac k Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 177 Callback Description When an extension user calls a co-w orker that doesn’t answer , they can leav e a Callback request for a return call. The user does not ha ve to repeatedly call the unanswered extension back, hoping to fi nd it idle. The system processes Callback requests as follows: 1. Calle[...]

  • Seite 196

    Callbac k 178 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Call W aiting (Camp-On) If an extension user initiates a Callback b ut does not hang up, their extension Camps-On to the busy e xtension. Programmab le Function Keys Function K eys simplify Callback operation. Operation T o place a Callback: 1. Call unav ailable (busy or unanswered)[...]

  • Seite 197

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 179 Caller ID Description Caller ID allo ws a display keyset to sho w an incoming caller’ s telephone number (called the Direc- tory Number or DN) and optional name. The Caller ID information is a vailable as pre-answer dis- play . W ith the pre-answer display , the user previe ws the caller’ s numb[...]

  • Seite 198

    Caller ID 180 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual digits long. In Multiple Message Format, the telco sends the DN and the caller’ s name. The DN for this format is also 7 or 10 digits long, and the name provided consists of up to 15 ASCII characters. T elephone’ s display can show up to 12 Caller ID digits (for non-A CD calls). Once installed a[...]

  • Seite 199

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 181 Description (Cont’ d) Outputting Caller ID Data The system includes the Caller ID data on the SMDR report. The report pro vides the incoming call’ s DN in the DIALED NUMBER fi eld. The CLASS fi eld sho ws PIN (just like all other incoming calls). Caller ID Digits to V oice Mail A Caller ID/ANI[...]

  • Seite 200

    Caller ID 182 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Caller ID Sender Queuing Added The Aspire system can provide Caller ID (calling party number) to a single line telephone which has a display . W ith older software, if all Caller ID sender resources were busy in the system, the call w ould ring the SL T without an y Caller ID information displayed. [...]

  • Seite 201

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 183 Flexib le Ringing by Caller ID The Flexible Ringing by Caller ID feature pro vides several dif ferent options for rerouting calls based on the Caller ID recei ved. ● Reject/Reroute "Pri vate" Caller ID Calls When an analog or ISDN trunk call is receiv ed with “Priv ate” Caller ID inf[...]

  • Seite 202

    Caller ID 184 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-02-10 : Analog T runk Data Setup - Caller ID Enable (1) or disable (0) a trunk’ s ability to receive Caller ID name/number information. If this option is set to ‘1’, the system will suppress ringing and lamping for trunk calls for the fi rst ring in order to recei ve the Caller ID info[...]

  • Seite 203

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 185 ➻ 20-09-03 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) - Sub Address Identi fi cation In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) the extension’ s ability to display the Caller Sub-Address. ➻ 20-09-04 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) - Noti fi ca[...]

  • Seite 204

    Caller ID 186 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Abbreviated Dialing / One-T ouc h Calling Caller ID information can be stored in Abbreviated Dialing or One-T ouch bins. Aspire Wireless Caller ID can be displayed for incoming calls, as well as transferred calls. A utomatic Route Selection ARS can block outgoing Caller ID informati[...]

  • Seite 205

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 187 Operation DISPLA YING THE INCOMING NUMBER T o display the name/n umber of an incoming call only lamping your telephone: Without A utomatic Handsfree on Incoming Line/Loop K ey Calls (Program 15-02-08=0) 1. Do not lift the handset. 2. Press line/loop key . If the Caller ID data includes the name, you[...]

  • Seite 206

    Caller ID 188 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 4. Press the STORE Soft K ey . The display sho ws: ## = List Number xx = Caller ID number mm-dd hh:mm = incoming date and time OneT = Stor e in One-T ouch ke y ABBc = Stor e in Common Abbr eviated Dial bin ABBg = Stor e in Gr oup Abbr eviated Dial bin 5. Press the ABBC or ABBG Soft Ke y . The displa[...]

  • Seite 207

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 189 9. Press HOLD. The display sho ws: 10. Press SPK. The telephone r eturns to an idle condition. T o store a Caller ID number in a one-touch ke y: 1. With a k eyset in an idle condition the display shows: 2. Press the LIST Soft Key . The display shows: 3. Press the CID Soft Key (Caller ID). The displa[...]

  • Seite 208

    Caller ID 190 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 5. Press the ONET Soft Key . The display shows: 6. Press the One-T ouch key in which the number is to be stored or dial 1-9, 0. If you press HOLD, the next a vailable One-T ouch ke y will be used. The display shows: If all One-T ouc h ke ys are used, the display shows “T ABLE IS FULL”. 7. Press [...]

  • Seite 209

    Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 191 T emporar y Memory / Call History An unanswered call will cause the Call History ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 08) to fl ash, indicating a new call has been placed in the temporary memory . If enabled in programming, the telephone’ s display will sho w “CHECK LIST”. 1. Press the Call History key[...]

  • Seite 210

    Caller ID 192 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CHECKING Y OUR ANSWERED/UNANSWERED CALLER ID CALLS With software prior to 4.93: T o revie w the last 16 outside calls your extension received: 1. At a display keyset, press the LIST soft ke y . 2. Press CID. The fi rst r ow of your display shows the Caller ID number . If ther e is an “*” next t[...]

  • Seite 211

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 193 Center Telephone Book Description The Center T elephone Book is a ne w feature providing each user up to two personal telephone books which can be used to store numbers. The system allo ws multiple extensions to be assigned the same telephone book - this allo ws users to share commonly [...]

  • Seite 212

    Center T elephone Book 194 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-19-06 : System T elephone Book Setup for Extension - Locking T elephone Book For each e xtension, determine if the T elephone Book should be locked (1) or unlocked (0) by default. A user can unlock the T elephone Book using the service code de fi ned in Program 11- 11-56. ➻ 15[...]

  • Seite 213

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 195 Operation New Registration Registration allo ws the user to enter new data into the telephone book. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the[...]

  • Seite 214

    Center T elephone Book 196 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Name Searc h A user can search the Center T elephone Book by name. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. Press Soft Key 2[...]

  • Seite 215

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 197 Group Sear ch A user can search the Center T elephone Book by group name. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. Press Soft[...]

  • Seite 216

    Center T elephone Book 198 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T elephone Number Search A user can search the Center T elephone Book by number . 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. Pr[...]

  • Seite 217

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 199 Searc h Memor y A user can search the Center T elephone Book by memory number . 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. Pre[...]

  • Seite 218

    Center T elephone Book 200 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Delete All Data A user can delete all the Center T elephone Book information using the follo wing steps. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicat[...]

  • Seite 219

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 201 Change the T elephone Book Data A user can change the Center T elephone Book data. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Key . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. P[...]

  • Seite 220

    Center T elephone Book 202 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Delete an Entry in the T elephone Book A user can delete one entry in the Center T elephone Book. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the [...]

  • Seite 221

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 203 Registering Caller ID to the Center T elephone Book While revie wing the Caller ID list, a user can add a record into the Center T elephone Book with the follo wing operation. This function can only be performed if the Center T elephone Book is unlocked. 1. From an idle keyset, press So[...]

  • Seite 222

    Center T elephone Book 204 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Registering a LND to the Center T elephone Book While re viewing the Last Number Dialed (LND) list, a user can add a record into the Center T ele- phone Book with the follo wing operation. This function can only be performed if the Center T ele- phone Book is unlocked. 1. From an idle k[...]

  • Seite 223

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 205 SETTINGS Changing the Group Name 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . The display indicates the follo wing: 3. Press Soft Key 3 for Setting. Pr essing the CONF k[...]

  • Seite 224

    Center T elephone Book 206 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Locking/Unloc king a T elephone Book Locking a T elephone Book will pre vent any changes to it until the book is unlocked. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y . then press the DO WN ARR OW Soft K ey twice. TELBK is displayed on Soft K ey 1. 2. Press the TELBK Soft K ey . T[...]

  • Seite 225

    Center T elephone Book Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 207 Edit the P asswor d for Locking/Unloc king a T elephone Book Locking a T elephone Book will pre vent any changes to it until the book is unlocked. This operation changes the password a user would enter to lock/unlock the T elephone Book. 1. From an idle keyset, press the PR OG Soft Ke y[...]

  • Seite 226

    Central Office Calls, Answering 208 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Central Office Calls, Answering Description The system provides fl e xible routing of incoming CO (trunks) calls to meet the exact site require- ments. This lets trunk calls ring and be answered at an y combination of system extensions. For additional information on making t[...]

  • Seite 227

    Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 209 CODEC Filter Data Setup Program Ad ded When Program 81-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog T runk P orts is set to "4 - Speci fi ed Data", the system will use the settings in Program 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup . These v alues should not be changed from [...]

  • Seite 228

    Central Office Calls, Answering 210 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● T o transfer the “Pri vate” Caller ID incoming call to incoming ring group 2 as ring pattern 3: Program 14-01-27: 1 (reject) Program 22-18-01: 2 (incoming ring group) Program 22-18-02: 2 (group 2) Program 22-18-03: 3 (ring pattern 3) Then turn on the Pri vate Call Refu[...]

  • Seite 229

    Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 211 Default Setting Enabled. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-03 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - T ransmit CODEC Gain T ype 10-03-04 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - Receive CODEC Gain T ype Customize the transmit and recei ve le vels of the CODEC Gain T ypes for 500/2500 type single line teleph[...]

  • Seite 230

    Central Office Calls, Answering 212 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups For Uni versal Answer, assign trunks to trunk groups then go to Program 14-06 belo w to set up T runk Group Routing. ➪ Aspire S T runk Groups: 1-8 ➪ Aspire T runk Groups: 1-100 ➻ 14-06-01 : T runk Group Routing For Uni versal Answer, set up t[...]

  • Seite 231

    Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 213 ➻ 15-07-01 : Programming Function K eys T o hav e outside calls ring speci fi c keys, assign trunks to line ke ys (code *01 + trunk). Y ou can also program function ke ys as trunk group or loop keys (*02 or *05). F or additional loop key data, enter 0 (incoming only), 1 (ou[...]

  • Seite 232

    Central Office Calls, Answering 214 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 22-01-02 : System Options f or Incoming Calls - Incoming Call Ring No Answer Alarm Enable (1) or disable (0) the Incoming Call RN A Alarm. If enabled, the ring cadence will change for a call that rings longer than the interv al set in 22-01-03. ➻ 22-01-03 : System Option[...]

  • Seite 233

    Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 215 ➻ 22-18-03 : Private Call Assignment Setup - Incoming Ring Pattern Determine the ring pattern to be used ( 0 = normal pattern, 1-4 = tone pattern 1-4, 5-9 = scale pattern 1-5) for a “Pri vate” Caller ID call. The de fi nition of the tone pattern is the same as Pro- gram[...]

  • Seite 234

    Central Office Calls, Answering 216 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution (A CD) The incoming ring group assignment programmed in 41-03-01 ov errides the setting in Pro- gram 22-05-01. Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering Call Forward/DID/DIL/DISA/Do Not Disturb/ISDN The Reason for T ransfer option should [...]

  • Seite 235

    Central Office Calls, Answering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 217 Operation T o answer an incoming trunk call: 1. Lift handset. 2. At keyset, press fl ashing line ke y . If you don’ t have a line or loop key for a trunk call ringing your phone , it rings an idle CALL ke y . If you have Ringing Line Pr eference , lifting the handset answer[...]

  • Seite 236

    Central Office Calls, Placing 218 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Central Office Calls, Placing Description The system provides fl e xibility in the way each extension user can place outgoing trunk calls. This lets you customize the call placing options to meet site requirements and each individual’ s needs. A user can place a call by: ●[...]

  • Seite 237

    Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 219 Conditions (A.) The system pro vides analog trunk CO service via COIU PCBs. COIU PCBs can connect to either loop start or ground start CO lines. Refer to the system hardware manual for additional details. (B.) Analog T runk (COIU) PCBs do not require circuit type programming. De[...]

  • Seite 238

    Central Office Calls, Placing 220 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-02-11 : Analog T runk Data Setup - Next T runk in Rotary if No Dial T one Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to skip over a trunk if dial tone is not detected. This option pertains to calls placed using Loop K eys, Speed Dial, ARS, Last N[...]

  • Seite 239

    Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 221 ➻ 20-02-09 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones - Disconnect Supervision Enable (1) disconnect supervision for the system. ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of Service f or Extensions Assign a Class Of Service (1-15) to extensions. ➻ 20-07-12 : Class of Service Options (Administr[...]

  • Seite 240

    Central Office Calls, Placing 222 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 82-09-01 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup The system will use the settings in the new Program 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup when Program 82-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog Station Ports is set to "4 - Speci fi ed Data". These v alues should not be chan[...]

  • Seite 241

    Central Office Calls, Placing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 223 Operation T o place a call over a trunk gr oup: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial 804. 3. Dial line group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-9 or 001-100). 4. Dial number . OR 1. At keyset, press trunk group ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851[...]

  • Seite 242

    Class of Service 224 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Description Class of Service (COS) sets various features and dialing options (called items) for e xtensions. The system allo ws any number of e xtensions to share the same Class of Service. An extension can ha ve a different Class of Service for each of the Night Service mode[...]

  • Seite 243

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 225 If changing Class of Service via Service Code: ➻ 20-13-28 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - Allow Station COS to be Changed Use this option to permit (1) or block (0) another extension from changing this e xtension’ s Class of Service via Service Code 177. Class of Serv[...]

  • Seite 244

    Class of Service 226 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 12 T runk Port Disable T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to busy out a trunk. using Service Code 145. The user which b usied out the trunk will still hav e access to the trunk for placing outgoing calls. All other users will be blocked from seizing the trunk to place an outgoing call[...]

  • Seite 245

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 227 25 Set/Cancel Caller ID Refuse T urn on (1) or off (0) an e xtension’ s ability to use the Caller ID Refuse service code or function key . 0 = Of f 1 = On 00 26 DID Mode Switching T urn on (1) or off (0) an e xtension’ s ability to manually change the time pattern for a DID Con version T [...]

  • Seite 246

    Class of Service 228 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service), Program 20-08 Item No. Item Input Data Default Related Program COS 01-14 COS 15 01 Intercom Calls T urn off or on Intercom calling for the e xtension. 0 = Of f 1 = On 11 02 T runk Calls T urn off or on outgoing trunk calling for the e xtension[...]

  • Seite 247

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 229 15 Block Outgoing Caller ID T urn off or on the system’ s ability to automatically block outgo- ing Caller ID information when a user places a call. If this option is on, the system automatically inserts the Caller ID block code *67 (de fi ned in Program 14-01-21) before the user’ s dial[...]

  • Seite 248

    Class of Service 230 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 06 Incoming Time Information Display If this option is set to “1”, the Incoming Call T ime is displayed on the ke yset’ s LCD while the phone is ringing. 0 = Off 1 = On 00 Class of Service Options (Answer Service), Program 20-10 Item No. Item Input Data Default COS 01-14 COS 15 01 Group[...]

  • Seite 249

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 231 Class of Service Options (Answer Service), Program 20-11 Item No. Item Input Data Default COS 01-14 COS 15 01 Call F orward Immediate T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to initiate Call Forwarding Immediate. 0 = Off 1 = On 11 02 Call F orward When Busy T urn off or on an e xtension’[...]

  • Seite 250

    Class of Service 232 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 15 VRS Personal Gr eeting T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to dial Service Code *4 7 to record, listen to or erase the Personal Greeting Message. 0 = Off 1 = On 11 16 Call Redirect T urn off or on a k eyset user’ s ability to transfer a call to a pre-de fi ned destination (such a[...]

  • Seite 251

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 233 05 Intercom Off Hook Signaling T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to receive of f hook signals. 0 = Off 1 = On 11 06 A utomatic Off Hook Signaling Allo ws a busy e xtension to manually (0) or automatically (1) receive of f hook signals. 0= Manually 1= Automati- cally 11 07 Message W a[...]

  • Seite 252

    Class of Service 234 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 18 Programmable Function K ey Programming (General Lev el) T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to program their General function ke ys using Service Code 851 (by default). (Refer to Program 20-07- 10 for Service Code 852.) 0 = Off 1 = On 11 19 Selectable Display Messaging T urn off or [...]

  • Seite 253

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 235 31 Connected Line Identi fi cation (COLP) 0 = Off 1 = On 00 32 Deny Multiple Barge Ins T urn off or on the e xtension’ s ability to have multiple user’ s Barge In to their con versation. 0 = Off 1 = On 00 33 A CD Supervisor’s P osition Enhancement This option must be on in order for th[...]

  • Seite 254

    Class of Service 236 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Class of Service Options (DISA/E&M Service), Program 20-14 Item No. Item Input Data Default COS 01-14 COS 15 01 First Digit Absorption For tie lines, enable or disable the ability to absorb (ignore) the fi rst incoming digit. Use this to make the tie trunk compatible with 3- and 4-digit [...]

  • Seite 255

    Class of Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 237 Related Features Refer to speci fi c features f or desired Class of Service option. Night Service An extension can ha ve a different Class of Service for each Night Service mode: Day 1, Night 1, Midnight 1, Rest 1, Day 2, Night 2, Midnight 2, or Rest 2. Operation T o change an extension’ s[...]

  • Seite 256

    Class of Service 238 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 10. Enter the Midnight 2 Mode Class of Service for the extension you selected in step 3 and press HOLD. Y ou see: MODE8:nn Pr ess HOLD to leave the current value unc hanged. 11. Enter the Rest 2 Mode Class of Service for the extension you selected in step 3 and press HOLD. Y ou see: Enter Sta[...]

  • Seite 257

    Computer T elephon y Integration (CTI) Applications Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 239 Computer T elephony Integration (CTI) Applications Description Computer T elephony Inte gration (CTI) applications automate your of fi ce with T API compatibility and external PC control. CTI puts your telephone system on the cutting edge of modern of fi c[...]

  • Seite 258

    Conference 240 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conference Description Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to their con versation. W ith Conference, a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting without leaving the of fi ce. The NTCPU provides 2 blocks of 32 Conference circuits, allo wing each bloc[...]

  • Seite 259

    Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 241 T ransfer Call Into Conference An extension with Bar ge In capability can T ransfer a call into an existing Conference. This would allow , for e xample, an attendant to locate co-workers and then Transfer them into an e xisting tele- phone meeting. There is no need for the attendant to locate all t[...]

  • Seite 260

    Conference 242 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 11-12-58 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - T ransfer Into Confer ence If required, change the service code used to transfer a call into a Conference call (default: 124). ➻ 11-16-02 : Program 11-16 : One-Digit Ser vice Code Setup - Barge In If required, use this program to de fi ne[...]

  • Seite 261

    Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 243 Meet Me P aging Meet Me Paging lets an e xtension user set up a two-party meeting via Paging. Multiple Directory Numbers/Call Co verage Multiple Directory Number (virtual extension) ke ys do not support Conference Programmable Function ke ys nor can they be used to add a call to a Conference. Progr[...]

  • Seite 262

    Conference 244 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Single Line Set / 2-Button T elephone 1. Establish Intercom or trunk call. 2. Single Line Set Hook fl ash and dial #1. 2-Button T elephone Press HOLD and dial #1. 3. Dial extension you want to add. OR Access trunk call. OR Retriev e call from Park orbit. 4. Single Line Set Hook fl ash and repeat [...]

  • Seite 263

    Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 245 T o drop an outside call fr om the Conference: 1. Press HOLD to place the Conference call on Hold. 2. Hang up. The lines in volved in the Conference will ring bac k separately to the phone. 3. Answer and disconnect the unwanted outside call. 4. T o re-establish the Conference, answer the remaining [...]

  • Seite 264

    Conference 246 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o T ransf er a Call Into a Conference: 1. While on a call, press HOLD. 2. Dial the T ransfer to Conference service code (default=124). If the telephone doesn’ t have the proper COS, a warning tone is sent. After the user hangs up, the system will automatically place a Callback to the e xtension[...]

  • Seite 265

    Conference, V oice Call/Priv acy Release Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 247 Conference, V oice Call/Privacy Release Description V oice Call Conference lets extension user’ s in the same work area join in a trunk Conference. T o initiate a V oice Call Conference, an extension user just presses the V oice Call Conference key and tells their co[...]

  • Seite 266

    Conference, V oice Call/Priv acy Release 248 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-07-01 : Con versation Record Circuits Determine if there are conference circuits av ailable, that not all hav e been assigned as con ver- sation record circuits. ➻ 14-01-19 : Basic T runk Data Setup - Privacy Mode T oggle Option Determine if a tru[...]

  • Seite 267

    Continued Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 249 Continued Dialing Description Continued Dialing allo ws an extension user to dial a call, wait for the called party to answer and then dial additional digits. This helps users that need services lik e V oice Mail, automatic banking and Other Common Carriers (OCCs). There are two types of Con[...]

  • Seite 268

    Continued Dialing 250 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Pulse to T one Con version Users can place calls to services ov er Dial Pulse trunks - and then dial DTMF digits after the service answers. T oll Restriction The ability to use Continued Dialing on trunk calls is set by T oll Restriction programming. Operation T o use Contin[...]

  • Seite 269

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 251 Cordless II/Cordless Lite II Telephones Description The Aspire System supports a Cordless T elephone. The DTR-4R-1 Cordless II (P/N 730088) is a 900 MHz spread-spectrum digital cordless telephone that provides mobility , fl e xibility and conv e- nience for those who[...]

  • Seite 270

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 252 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Privac y Cordless telephones are radio de vices. Communications between the handset and base of the cord- less telephone are accomplished by means of radio wa ves which are broadcast over the open air - ways. Because of the inherent physical properties of radio w av e[...]

  • Seite 271

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 253 Hold on CO Calls No Longer Immediately Recalls The operation of the Cordless II and Cordless Lite II phones hav e been enhanced when placing an outside call on hold. W ith older software, if an outside caller was placed on hold by a Cordless II/Cordless Lite II user a[...]

  • Seite 272

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 254 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual (D.) The follo wing Programmable Function Ke ys (Program 15-07-01) are not available with the Cordless Phones or hav e special conditions. Function Number Feature Comment 02 Microphone Key (ON/OFF) 03 DND Key 04 BGM (ON/OFF) 05 Headset 08 Incoming Call Log 10 Call For[...]

  • Seite 273

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 255 (E.) The follo wing Service Codes are not av ailable with the Cordless Phones or have special conditions. Item No. Service Code Feature Comment Program 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (for System Administrator) 04 853 Storing Common Abbreviated Dialing Numbers 05 854 Stor[...]

  • Seite 274

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 256 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting Disabled Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup The system automatically sets the circuit type for each extension (the cordless phone is identi- fi ed as circuit type 1). If a pre viously used port is to be used for the Cordless phone, with the station[...]

  • Seite 275

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 257 ➻ 15-02-11 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup, Callback A utomatic Answer This item should be set to ‘1’ to enable automatic answer for Callbacks. ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Functions K eys Assign a loop key to one of the function k eys. The system defaul[...]

  • Seite 276

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 258 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Programming the f our function keys on the phone (additional ke y setup can also be done in the system programming): 1. At the same time, press and hold *# then press T ALK. ‘F1=LK01’ shows in the display and the F1 LED fl ashes red. 2. Press MUTE to se[...]

  • Seite 277

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 259 Changing Channels . . . Change channels if y ou’ re experiencing interference while on a call: 1. Press CHAN while on a call. The T ALK icon starts blinking and stops when the handset has completed the channel chang e. Until this pr ocess is completed, no other func[...]

  • Seite 278

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 260 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CALL FOR W ARDING Forward (rer oute) your calls to a co-w orker: 1. Press T ALK + *2. T o forwar d off-pr emise: *46 + Line access code (e.g ., 9) + Number + HOLD. T o cancel: *46 + HOLD + T ALK. 2. Dial Call Forwarding condition: 1 = Personal Answering Machine Emulat[...]

  • Seite 279

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 261 FLASH To fl ash the trunk you are on: 1. Press TRANSFER. Pr ogram 15-02-05 must be set to “2” for Flash to work. HOLD Use Hold instead of leaving the call off-hook: 1. Do not hang up + HOLD. This puts your outside call on System Hold. Y our co-worker s can take t[...]

  • Seite 280

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 262 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual MESSA GE W AITING Leave a Messa ge W aiting ( fl ashing Message W ait LED) when your co-w orker doesn’t answer: 1. Do not hang up + 0. Y our co-worker’ s Message W ait LED fl ashes fast. Y our En velope icon displays. W ith V oice Mail, dial 8 to leave a message[...]

  • Seite 281

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 263 PLA CING AN OUTSIDE CALL Press a line key f or quick access: 1. Press T ALK. OR 1. Press a programmed line key . “A QUIRING LINK” blinks in the display while trying to connect to the base unit. The T ALK icon appears and the line ke y lights when connected. If the[...]

  • Seite 282

    Cor dless II/Cordless Lite II T elephones 264 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual TRANSFER T ransfer the call y ou’re on to a co-w orker: 1. Do not hang up + HOLD. 2. Dial your co-worker’ s extension. Y ou can pr ess a One-T ouch k ey instead of dialing your co-worker . T o tr ansfer the call to V oice Mail, pr ess your V oice Mail ke y befor e[...]

  • Seite 283

    Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 265 Department Calling Description W ith Department Calling, an extension user can call an idle extension within a preprogrammed Department Group by dialing the group’ s pilot number . The call would ring the fi rst a v ailable extension in the group. F or example, this would let a caller d[...]

  • Seite 284

    Depar tment Calling 266 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Busy or not answered A call to the pilot number will cycle through the idle members of a Department Calling group. The call will continue to cycle until it is answered or the calling party hangs up. Calls into groups with Priority Routing and Circular Routing route identically . ● Si[...]

  • Seite 285

    Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 267 Description (Cont’ d) Call Call Call Priority Routing N 2IP-1 1[...]

  • Seite 286

    Depar tment Calling 268 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Description (Cont’ d) Call 1 Call 2 Call 3 Call 4 Circular Routing N2IP-10[...]

  • Seite 287

    Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 269 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-07-01 : Department Group Pilot Numbers Assign pilot numbers to the Extension (Department) Groups you set up in Program 16-02. ➻ 11-11-25 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - A utomatic T ransfer Setup for Each Department Gr oup Use this option to set th[...]

  • Seite 288

    Depar tment Calling 270 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 16-01-05 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Department Gr oup All Ring Mode Operation Set if all members of the group should ring automatically (1) or through the use of the service code de fi ned in Program 11-12-09 (0). Selecting automatic will ov erride the settings of Pro- gram[...]

  • Seite 289

    Depar tment Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 271 ➻ 24-02-08 : System Options f or T ransfer - Delayed T ransfer Timer for All Department Groups Determine ho w long a call should ring a Department Group before transferring the call (0- 64800 seconds). ➻ 24-05-01 : Department Group T ransfer T arget Setup Assign the Abbreviated Dialing[...]

  • Seite 290

    Depar tment Calling 272 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o call a department: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line set, lift handset. 2. Dial department’ s extension number . The system r outes the call to the fi rst fr ee phone in the department. 3. Optional : T o manually ring all members of the group, dial the[...]

  • Seite 291

    Depar tment Step Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 273 Department Step Calling Description After calling a busy Department Calling Group member , an extension user can hav e Department Step Calling quickly call another member in the group. The caller does not ha ve to hang up and place another Intercom call if the fi rst extension called[...]

  • Seite 292

    Depar tment Step Calling 274 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o make a Step Call: Y ou step thr ough Department Groups set in Pr ogram 16-02. 1. Place call to busy Department Group member . OR Place call to Department Group pilot number . 2. Dial #. OR Press Step Call ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 36). 3. Repeat step 2 to call other Dep[...]

  • Seite 293

    Dial Number Previe w Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 275 Dial Number Preview Description Dialing Number Pre view lets a display k eyset user dial and revie w a number before the system dials it out. Dialing Number Pre view helps the user a void dialing errors. Conditions An extension user cannot edit the displayed number . Default Setting Enabl[...]

  • Seite 294

    Dial P ad Confirmation T one 276 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Dial Pad Confirmation Tone Description For an e xtension with Dial Pad Con fi rmation T one enabled, the user hears a beep each time the y press a ke y . This is helpful for Intercom calls and Dial Pulse trunk calls, since these calls provide no Call Progress tones. Conditions [...]

  • Seite 295

    Dial T one Detection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 277 Dial Tone Detection Description If a trunk has Dial T one Detection enabled, the system monitors for dial tone from the telco or PBX when a user places a call on that trunk. If the user accesses the trunk directly (by pressing a line ke y or dialing #9 and the trunk’ s number), the syst[...]

  • Seite 296

    Dial T one Detection 278 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup If dial tone detection is enabled, be sure to allocate at least one circuit for dial tone detection (type 0 or 2). ➻ 14-02-05 : Analog T runk Data Setup - Dial T one Detection for Dir ectly Accessed T runks Enable (1) or disa[...]

  • Seite 297

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 279 Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Description Direct Inward Dialing (DID) lets outside callers directly dial system e xtensions. DID sav es time for callers who kno w the extension number the y wish to reach. T o place a DID call, the outside caller dials the local exchange (NNX) and ad[...]

  • Seite 298

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 280 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual DID Camp-On DID Camp-On sets what happens to DID calls to busy e xtensions when you have Busy Intercept disabled. With DID Camp-On enabled, a call to a b usy extension camps-on for the DID Ring No Answer T ime interval. It then di verts to the programmed DID Intercept e xtension r[...]

  • Seite 299

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 281 Delay ed DID Delayed DID allo ws a user a pre-programmed amount of time to answer a call. If the call is not answered within this time period, the system automatically answers the call. An outside party will hear a voice message, music, or dial tone according to the follo wing con[...]

  • Seite 300

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 282 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Call by Time Schedule Feature Added For e very DID number programmed, the DID Call by T ime Schedule feature allo ws each of the 8 dif ferent time patterns (de fi ned in Program 22-17) to be assigned a different destination, follo wing the DID con versation table in Program 22-11[...]

  • Seite 301

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 283 Conditions (A.) Analog DID requires the installation of a 4DIOPU-A1 PCB (provides four DID ports) or 8DIOPU-A1 PCB (provides eight DID ports). Depending on programming, the system may assign both trunk and extension ports (if OPX is selected in Program 10-03-01) when this PCB is i[...]

  • Seite 302

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 284 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - LD/OPX Assignment Set the function of the DIOPU PCB port for DID (0) or OPX trunk (1). ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup If the system has DTMF DID trunks, be sure to reserve at least one circuit for analog trunk DTMF receptio[...]

  • Seite 303

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 285 ➻ 22-04-01 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Assign extensions to Ring Groups. Calls ring the e xtensions according to programming in 22-06. ➻ 22-09-01 : DID Basic Data Setup - Expected Number of Digits For each DID Translation T able (1-20), enter the number of digit[...]

  • Seite 304

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 286 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 22-12-01 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup For each DID Translation T able, program the DID Intercept destination. The destination can be a Ring Group, In-Skin/External V oice Mail, or Centralized V oice Mail. This program is used when there is no destination programmed in Program 2[...]

  • Seite 305

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 287 ➻ 25-06-02 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Set up single digit dialing for Automated Attendant callers. For each VRS Message pro- grammed to answer outside calls, specify ● The digit the Automated Attendant caller dials (1-12, where 10=0, 11=* and 12=#). (Keep in min[...]

  • Seite 306

    Direct Inwar d Dialing (DID) 288 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 81-02-01 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Make sure the DID T runk T imer settings are compatible with your local telco. Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering When a call is transferred because of Call Forw arding No Answer , Call Forwarding Busy , or DND, the Reason f[...]

  • Seite 307

    Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 289 Direct Inward Line (DIL) Description A Direct Inward Line (DIL) is a trunk that rings an e xtension, virtual extension or Department Group directly . Since DILs only ring one extension or group (i.e., the DIL destination), employees always kno w which calls are for them. For example,[...]

  • Seite 308

    Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) 290 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Set up the T runk Access Maps. All extensions should hav e at least Hold access to the DIL (entry 3). ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Assign T runk Access Maps to extensions. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ [...]

  • Seite 309

    Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 291 Related Features Call Forwarding Call Forw arding reroutes DILs. Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering When a call is transferred because of Call Forw arding No Answer , Call Forwarding Busy , or DND, the Reason for T ransfer option can display to the transferred extension why the call [...]

  • Seite 310

    Direct Inwar d Line (DIL) 292 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o answer a call on y our Direct Inward Line: 1. Lift handset. 2. At keyset, press fl ashing line ke y for DIL. If you don’ t have a line key for the DIL, the DIL rings an idle CALL k e y . If you have Ringing Line Pr eference , lifting the handset answers the call. If [...]

  • Seite 311

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 293 Direct Inward System Access (DISA) Description DISA permits outside callers to directly dial system extensions, trunks and selected features. This could help an employee a way from the of fi ce that wants to directly dial co-workers or use the com- pany’ s trunks for lon[...]

  • Seite 312

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 294 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Operator Calling A DISA caller may be able to dial 0 for the system’ s operator . ● Paging Internal and External Paging may be a vailable to DISA callers. This allo ws co-workers in adjacent facilities, for e xample, to broadcast announcements to each other . ● Di[...]

  • Seite 313

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 295 W ith software 4.0E+, users can be provided with the option to use a Continue or Disconnect service code. The Continue service code will e xtend the conv ersation a programmed length of time. If the user enters the Disconnect service code, the call will be disconnected imme[...]

  • Seite 314

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 296 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The follo wing features can be set using service codes with this option: The DISA feature must be enabled for this function. Function Name Default Service Code Description Day / Night Mode Switching for o wn Night Group (Program 11-10-01) 818 Change the Operation Mode for e[...]

  • Seite 315

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 297 Notes: ● While the outside caller is setting the function via DISA, no one can use the extension which is being set. ● The outsider caller can not set/cancel a function via DISA when the selected extension is being used e xcept during incoming ringing (including incomin[...]

  • Seite 316

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 298 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup Reserve at least one circuit for DTMF reception (entry 0 or 2). ● Use the follo wing as a guide when allocating DTMF receiv ers: - In light traf fi c sites, allocate one DTMF receiv er for every 10 de vices th[...]

  • Seite 317

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 299 ➻ 21-15-01 : Alternate T runk Route f or Extensions Designate the trunk route accessed when a user dials the Alternate T runk Route Access Code. Refer to “T runk Group Routing” to set up outbound routing. ➻ 22-01-11 : System Options f or Incoming Calls - VRS W aitin[...]

  • Seite 318

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 300 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-06-01 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Set up single digit dialing through the VRS. This gi ves VRS callers single key access to e xten- sions, the company operator , Department Calling Groups and V oice Mail. For each VRS mes- sage set to answer outside cal[...]

  • Seite 319

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 301 ➻ 25-11-01 : DISA T oll Restriction Class If the system uses T oll Restriction, enter a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) for each DISA user (1- 15). The system uses the T oll Restriction Class you enter in Program 21-05. The T oll Restric- tion Class assigned to a DISA call[...]

  • Seite 320

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 302 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-07-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA - DISA Long Conv ersation W arning T one Time Determine the length of time a DISA caller can talk before the Long Con versation tone is heard (0-64800 seconds). If Program 25-07-08 is set to "0", the call is disconnected o[...]

  • Seite 321

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 303 Operation T o place a DISA call into the system (from an y 2500 type telephone): 1. Dial the telephone number that rings the DISA trunk. 2. W ait for the DISA trunk to automatically answer with a unique dial tone. 3. Dial the 6-digit DISA password (access code). 4. W ait fo[...]

  • Seite 322

    Direct Inwar d System Access (DISA) 304 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Remote Feature Setup with DTMF 1. An outside caller dials in on an Aspire DISA trunk. 2. The system answers the call. 3. The outside caller dials the Remote Feature Setup service code de fi ned in 11-15-13 (default: 800). The caller hears "Please dial the e xtension n[...]

  • Seite 323

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 305 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Description The DSS Consoles (110-Button DSS: P/N 0890051 or 0890052; 24-Button DLS: P/N 0890053 or 0890054) gi ves a ke yset user a Busy Lamp Field (BLF) and one-button access to e xtensions, trunks and system features. This sa ves[...]

  • Seite 324

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 306 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 24-Button DLS (Direct Line Select): DSS/DLS Service Code Using Programming Function K eys, you can determine whether the ke ys on a 24-button DLS con- sole (P/N 0890053 or 0890054) are used as DSS (direct station selection) or DLS (direct line selec- tion) ke ys. T o pre[...]

  • Seite 325

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 307 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup The system automatically assigns the terminal type (10) for the port which has a DSS console installed. ➻ 15-02-08 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Setup, A utomatic Handsfree Set to ‘1’ in order for a DSS Console to hav e one-tou[...]

  • Seite 326

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 308 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 30-03-01 : DSS Console K ey Assignment Customize DSS Console ke ys to function as DSS keys, Service Code k eys, Programmable Function K eys, and One-T ouch Calling ke ys. The ke y (when de fi ned as a DSS/One-T ouch ke y [code 01] can hav e any function up to four d[...]

  • Seite 327

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 309 Operation Calling an extension fr om your DSS Console: 1. (Optional for 110-Button Consoles) Press EXT .1 or EXT .2 to select the range. 2. Press DSS Console key . If the call voice-announces, you can make it ring by dialing 1. If you don’ t have Handsfree, you must li[...]

  • Seite 328

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 310 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P arking an outside call when using a keyset as an operator’ s phone (Program 20-17-02 set to “1”): 1. Press the ringing line/loop key . 2. Place the call in Personal Park by pressing an av ailable Park ke y (13-24). T o pic k up the call, press the fl ashing P er[...]

  • Seite 329

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 311 Making a External P age using your DSS Console: 1. Press P A GE. 2. Press DSS Console External Page zone key (1-8). If the zone you want is busy , try again later . If you don’ t have Handsfree, lift the handset to mak e your announcement. Making an Internal P age usin[...]

  • Seite 330

    Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console 312 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Activating DSS Console Alternate Ans wer: 1. Press AL T . Y ou hear a short con fi rmation tone and “Of f Duty” is displayed on the phone. If you hear a long tone, you cannot enable Alternate Answer . Another user has alr eady enabled your console as their Alternate[...]

  • Seite 331

    Directed Call Pic kup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 313 Directed Call Pickup Description Directed Call Pickup permits an extension user to intercept a call ringing another e xtension. This allows a user to con veniently answer a co-worker’ s call from their own telephone. W ith Directed Call Pickup, an extension user can pick up: ● T runk[...]

  • Seite 332

    Directed Call Pic kup 314 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features For other features which let you co ver a co-worker’ s calls, refer to: ● Department Calling ● Group Call Pickup ● Hotline ● Multiple Directory Numbers ● Secretary Call Pickup Hold/T ransfer Calls which were on hold or transferred which recall the extension c[...]

  • Seite 333

    Directory Dialing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 315 Directory Dialing Description Directory Dialing allo ws a display or Super Display keyset user to select a co-w orker or outside call from a list of names, rather than dialing the phone number . There are four types of Directory Dialing: ● ABBc - Company (Common) Abbreviated Dialing ● AB[...]

  • Seite 334

    Directory Dialing 316 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o use Directory Dialing from a displa y keyset: 1. Do not lift handset or press SPK. 2. Press Directory Dialing Soft Key . 3. Press Soft Key for Directory Dialing type: ABBc = Common Abbreviated Dialing. ABBg = Group Abbreviated Dialing. EXT . = Co-worker’ s extension numbers. [...]

  • Seite 335

    Displa y Messaging, Selectable Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 317 Display Messaging, Selectable Please refer to Selectable Display Messaging (page 509) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 336

    Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns 318 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Distinctive Ringing, Tones and Flash Patterns Description Distincti ve Ringing, T ones and Flash Patterns provide extension users with audible and visual call status signals. This lets users tell the types of calls by listening to the ringing/tones and w atching[...]

  • Seite 337

    Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 319 Pr ogramming ➻ 15-02-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - T runk Ring T one From the range speci fi ed in Program 22-03, select the ke yset extension’ s trunk ring tone. ➻ 15-02-03 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - Extension Ring T one ([...]

  • Seite 338

    Do Not Disturb 320 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Do Not Disturb Description Do Not Disturb blocks incoming calls and Paging announcements. DND permits an e xtension user to work by the phone undisturbed by incoming calls and announcements. The user can activ ate DND while their phone is idle or while on a call. Once acti vated, incoming trunk[...]

  • Seite 339

    Do Not Disturb Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 321 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-01 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Call Forwarding/DND Ov erride In order to use the DND Override service code if v oice mail is installed, the single digit ser- vice code (11-16-09) must be deleted or changed as it con fl icts with the DND Override code. ?[...]

  • Seite 340

    Do Not Disturb 322 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o activate or deactiv ate Do Not Disturb while your e xtension is idle: Ke yset 1. Do not lift the handset. 2. Press DND key . OR Press idle CALL ke y and dial 847. 3. Dial the DND option code. 0 = Cancel DND 1 = Incoming trunk calls blocked 2 = Paging, incoming Intercom, Call F orw[...]

  • Seite 341

    Door Bo x Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 323 Door Box Description The Door Box is a self-contained Intercom unit typically used to monitor an entrance door . A visi- tor at the door can press the Door Box call button (lik e a door bell). The Door Box then sends chime tones to all extensions programmed to recei ve chimes. T o answer the chime, [...]

  • Seite 342

    Door Bo x 324 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 10-21-01 : NTCPU Hardwar e Setup - External Source Contr ol Switch Selection on NTCPU Specify the function of the NTCPU’ s relay switch for external tone source control (0=Exter- nal MOH source, 1 = BGM source, 2 = External Speaker , 3 = General Purpose Relay). Refer to Program 10-05-01 for PG[...]

  • Seite 343

    Door Bo x Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 325 Operation T o call a Door Bo x: Ke yset 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 802. 3. Dial Door Box Number (Aspire S: 1-4, Aspire: 1-8). Single Line T elephone 1. Lift handset. 2. Dial 802. 3. Dial Door Box Number (Aspire S: 1-4, Aspire: 1-8). T o activate the Door Bo x strike: Ke yset 1. While talking t[...]

  • Seite 344

    Dual Line Appearance 326 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Dual Line Appearance Description Each ke yset has two line appearance ke ys (CALL1 and CALL2) for placing and answering calls. These line appearance ke ys, assigned to the extension’ s number , simplify operations for busy users. For e xample, the user can easily process a new call on o[...]

  • Seite 345

    E911 Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 327 E911 Compatibility Description E911 Compatibility ensures that emergenc y calls always get through. If an emergenc y occurs, a user simply goes to any phone, lifts the handset and dials 911. The system’ s built-in E911 compati- bility places the emergenc y call even if the user for gets t[...]

  • Seite 346

    E911 Compatibility 328 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Description (Cont’ d) ● Emergency Routing When an extension user dials 911, the system can automatically fi nd a trunk for the call. The system can choose a route to which the user normally does not hav e access. If all normal routes are busy , the system can e ven disconnect an activ [...]

  • Seite 347

    E911 Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 329 Conditions If Program 21-01-10 is programmed with an entry other than “0”, a call will not hav e a talk path unless the user dials at least the number of digits entered in this option when placing an out going call. This means that an entry of 4 or higher in this program will cause a pr[...]

  • Seite 348

    E911 Compatibility 330 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-02 -01 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Assign the routes set in Program 14-06 to extensions. This program and Program 14-06 are the minimum required if E911 must seize a line to dial. ➪ Aspire S T runk Groups: 1-8 ➪ Aspire T runk Groups: 1-100 ➻ 81-01-14 : COIU Initial D[...]

  • Seite 349

    External Alarm Sensors Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 331 External Alarm Sensors Description This is a future item and is not currentl y availab le. Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL • This is a future item and is not currentl y availab le. • This is a future item and is not currentl y av ailable .[...]

  • Seite 350

    Flash 332 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Flash Description Flash allo ws an extension user to access certain CO and PBX features by interrupting trunk loop current. Flash lets an extension user tak e full advantage of whate ver features the connected telco or PBX of fers. Y ou must set the Flash parameters for compatibility with the connected [...]

  • Seite 351

    Flash Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 333 Related Features PBX Compatibility If the system is behind a PBX, Flash normally gi ves the e xtension user access to many PBX features. T oll Restriction The system applies T oll Restriction (if applicable) to the number a user dials after fl ashing a trunk. V oice Mail If voice mail ports are to fl [...]

  • Seite 352

    Flexib le System Numbering 334 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Flexible System Numbering Description Flexible System Numbering lets you reassign the system’ s port-to-extension assignments. This allows an emplo yee to retain their extension number if they mo ve to a dif ferent of fi ce. In addition, factory technicians can make comprehensi v[...]

  • Seite 353

    Flexib le System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 335 Conditions (A.) Programming follo ws a telephone’ s extension number , not the port number in most cases. If you relocate a phone, you may need to change additional programming. (B.) If the extension numbering plan is changed from ‘3xx’ to ‘2xx’, and you would lik e to con[...]

  • Seite 354

    Flexib le System Numbering 336 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features None Operation Refer to T ables 1-6 at the be ginning of this section.[...]

  • Seite 355

    For ced T runk Disconnect Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 337 Forced Trunk Disconnect Description Forced Trunk Disconnect allo ws an extension user to disconnect (release) another extension’ s acti ve outside call. The user can then place a call on the released trunk. Forced T runk Disconnect lets a user access a busy trunk in an emer gency ,[...]

  • Seite 356

    For ced T runk Disconnect 338 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o disconnect a busy trunk: Ke yset 1. Press line key for trunk. OR Dial trunk access code (#9 + trunk number). Y ou hear b usy tone. T runk numbers ar e 001-200. 2. Dial *3 . Y ou hear con fi rmation beeps as the system disconnects the trunk. Y ou can now place a call on[...]

  • Seite 357

    Gr oup Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 339 Group Call Pickup Description Group Call Pickup allo ws an extension user to answer a call ringing an e xtension in a Pickup Group. This permits co-w orkers in the same work area to easily answer each other’ s calls. The user can intercept the ringing call by dialing a code or pressing a [...]

  • Seite 358

    Gr oup Call Pickup 340 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-10-05 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) - Dir ected Call Pickup for Own Group Enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to use Directed Call Pickup for calls ringing their o wn group. ➻ 23-02-01 : Call Pickup Groups Assign extensions to Pickup Groups. Also, use [...]

  • Seite 359

    Gr oup Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 341 Operation T o answer a call ringing another phone in y our Pickup Gr oup: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. (Keyset only) Press Group Call Pickup k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 24). OR Dial 856 or *#. Service Code *# can pick up any call in the g[...]

  • Seite 360

    Gr oup Listen 342 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Group Listen Description Group Listen permits a ke yset user to talk on the handset and hav e their caller’ s voice broadcast ov er the telephone speaker . This lets the ke yset user’ s co-workers listen to the con versation. Group Listen turns of f the keyset’ s Handsfree microphone so th[...]

  • Seite 361

    Gr oup Listen Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 343 Operation T o initiate Group Listen: 1. Place or answer call using the handset. 2. Press SPK twice (but do not hang up). SPK fl ashes slowly . Y ou can talk to the caller thr ough your handset. Y our co-worker s hear your caller’ s voice over your phone’ s speaker . When you press SPK once [...]

  • Seite 362

    Handsfree and Monitor 344 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Handsfree and Monitor Description Handsfree allo ws a keyset user to process calls using the speak er and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset). Handsfree is a con venience for workers who don’ t have a free hand to pick up the handset. For e xample, a terminal operator [...]

  • Seite 363

    Handsfree and Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 345 Pr ogramming ➻ 15-02-08 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - A utomatic Handsfree Use this option to set whether pressing a ke y access a One-T ouch Ke y (1) or if it pre-selects the key (0). ➻ 15-02-16 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup - Handsfree Operation Enable (1) o[...]

  • Seite 364

    Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Inter com Ringing 346 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Handsfree Answerback/Forced Intercom Ringing Description Handsfree Answerback permits an extension user to respond to a voice-announced Intercom call by speaking to ward the phone, without lifting the handset. Like Handsfree, this is a con venience for workers wh[...]

  • Seite 365

    Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Inter com Ringing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 347 Related Features Handsfree and Monitor A ke yset user can process calls using the speaker and microphone in the telephone (instead of the handset). Microphone Cutoff W ith Microphone Cutoff enabled, Handsfree Answerback callers to an extension hear a single beep [...]

  • Seite 366

    Headset Operation 348 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Headset Operation Description A ke yset user can utilize a customer-pro vided headset in place of the handset. Like using Hands- free, using the headset frees up the user’ s hands for other work. Howe ver , Headset Operation pro- vides pri vac y not av ailable from Handsfree. An extension [...]

  • Seite 367

    Headset Operation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 349 Conditions (A.) While using the headset, the Headset function key becomes a release (disconnect) ke y and no dial tone is heard from the speaker . (B.) While in the headset mode, the hook switch is not functional. (C.) The Headset Programmable Function k ey (05) and Headset service code (188[...]

  • Seite 368

    Headset Operation 350 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Caller ID Caller ID should be disabled for the SL T when then Headset feature is to be used. Otherwise, the phone will only beep twice with an incoming call. In addition, the phone will not recei ve the Caller ID information when the Headset feature is used. Handsfree Answer[...]

  • Seite 369

    Headset Operation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 351 ANALOG SINGLE LINE TELEPHONES T o enable the headset mode: 1. Unplug the telephone handset. 2. Plug in the headset. 3. Off hook and dial the Headset service code (Program 11-11-43). Y ou will hear a single beep. 4. On hook. T o disable the headset mode: 1. Unplug the headset. 2. Plug in the [...]

  • Seite 370

    Hold 352 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hold Description Hold lets an extension user put a call in a temporary w aiting state. The caller on Hold hears silence or Music on Hold, not con versation in the extension user’ s work area. While the call waits on Hold, the extension user may process calls or use a system feature. Calls left on Hold [...]

  • Seite 371

    Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 353 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-30 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Speci fi ed T runk Answer If required, rede fi ne the service code used to answer a speci fi c trunk which is either ringing or on hold (default: 172). ➻ 11-12-33 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Group Hold If require[...]

  • Seite 372

    Hold 354 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 24-01-02 : System Options f or Hold - Hold Recall Callback Time Set the Hold Recall Callback T ime (0-64800 seconds). A trunk recalling from Hold rings an extension for this interv al. ➻ 24-01-03 : System Options f or Hold - Exclusive Hold Recall Time Set the Exclusi ve Hold Recall Time (0-64800 se[...]

  • Seite 373

    Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 355 Exclusive Hold T o place an outside call on Exclusive Hold: Ke yset/2-Button T elephones 1. Press Exclusive Hold k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 45). A line/loop/CALL ke y fl ashes slowly while on Hold, fl ashes fast when r ecalling. Single Line T elephone 1. Hook fl ash. 2. Dial 849. T o pick up an outsid[...]

  • Seite 374

    Hold 356 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Intercom Hold T o place an Intercom call on Inter com Hold: 1. Press HOLD. The CALL ke y fl ashes. 2. Press SPK to hang up. T o pick up an Inter com call on Intercom Hold: 1. Press SPK. 2. Press fl ashing CALL key .[...]

  • Seite 375

    Hotline Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 357 Hotline Description Hotline gi ves a ke yset user one-button calling and T ransfer to another extension (the Hotline part- ner). Hotline helps co-workers that w ork closely together . The Hotline partners can call or T rans- fer calls to each other just by pressing a single ke y . In addition, the Hot[...]

  • Seite 376

    Hotline 358 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-02-03 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones - BLF Contr ol and 20-13-06 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - A utomatic Off Hook Signaling Programs 20-02-03 and 20-13-06 set the conditions under which a Hotline, Rev erse V oice Over or DSS Console k ey indicates that an e[...]

  • Seite 377

    Hotline Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 359 Operation T o place a call to y our Hotline partner: 1. Press Hotline key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 01 + partner’ s extension number + HOLD). Y ou can optionally lift handset after this step for privacy . T o transfer y our outside call to your Hotline partner: 1. Press Hotline key . 2. Announce call an[...]

  • Seite 378

    Hotline, External 360 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hotline, External Refer to the Ringdown Extension, Inter nal/External (page 494) for inf ormation on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 379

    i-Series T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 361 i-Series Telephones Description Each 16DSTU PCB provides the Aspire system the ability to connect up to 16 i-Series telephones with each port supporting 1 B-channel. The system allo ws up to 15 DSTU PCBs (limited by load factor) to be installed, allo wing up to 240 i-Series telephones to [...]

  • Seite 380

    i-Series T elephones 362 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When using i-Series phones on the Aspire system, the following features are NO T supported: ● Directory Dial ● Super Display Operation ● Soft K eys ● Headset K ey ● Changing Incoming CO and ICM Ring T ones (Program 11-11-20) ● T elephone System Programming (#*#*) ● Program 1[...]

  • Seite 381

    i-Series T elephones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 363 Pr ogramming Programming is the same as the Aspire ke ysets. Ref er to the par ticular feature f or details. Operation Operation is the same as the Aspire keysets with the e xception to the following operation. Refer to the particular feature for details. Caller ID T emporar y Memory/Call[...]

  • Seite 382

    inDepth and inDepth+ 364 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual inDepth and inDepth+ Description The inDepth and inDepth+ programs are Windo ws-based Management Information Systems that work in conjunction with the b uilt in Aspire ACD. These ACD/MIS systems enhance the system A CD with real time statistics and reports on A CD group traf fi c pattern[...]

  • Seite 383

    inDepth and inDepth+ Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 365 Hard ware , Software and System Requirements ● PC 486 DX2-66 or higher with 8MByte RAM ● W indows 98SE, 2000, ME, NT or XP ● SVGA mode (800 x 600) ● 4 Serial ports ● Network card for multiple MIS workstations ● Sound card For more information, refer to the inDepth/inDepth+ Man[...]

  • Seite 384

    Inter com 366 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Intercom Description Intercom gi ves e xtension users access to other extensions. This provides the system with complete internal calling capability . Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Intercom Ringing Handsfree Answerback permits an extension user to respond to a voice-announced Intercom call by speakin[...]

  • Seite 385

    Inter com Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 367 ➻ 20-08-01 : Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service) - Inter com Calls In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to place Intercom calls. ➻ 20-08-11 : Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service) - Pr otect ICM Call Mode Switching by [...]

  • Seite 386

    Inter com 368 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Intercom Ringing Intercom calls can ring or be voice-announced at the called e xtension. Intercom Abandoned Call Displa y Intercom Abandoned Call Display remembers the last fi ve Intercom calls to an extension. Line Preference Ringing Line Preference ca[...]

  • Seite 387

    Inter com Abandoned Call Display Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 369 Intercom Abandoned Call Display Description Intercom Abandoned Call Display shows a display ke yset user a list of Intercom calls placed to them that they did not answer . This is a con venience if a user has to temporarily lea ve their desk. When they return, the y can displa[...]

  • Seite 388

    ISDN Compatibility 370 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ISDN Compatibility Description SMDR Includes Dialed Number The SMDR report can optionally print the trunk’ s name (entered in system programming) or the number the incoming caller dialed (i.e., the dialed ISDN digits). This gi ves you the option of ana- lyzing the SMDR report based on the[...]

  • Seite 389

    ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 371 Calling P ar ty Number Noti fi cation The system can provide calling party number noti fi cation for outgoing ISDN calls. When a call is made on an ISDN line by an extension, the system will send the identi fi cation for the e xtension placing the call, if it’ s programmed. If there is[...]

  • Seite 390

    ISDN Compatibility 372 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Primary Rate Interface (PRI) The system is compatible with ISDN Primary Rate Interface (PRI) services. PRI services currently supported include: ● Basic PRI Call Control (BCC) ● Display of incoming caller’ s name and number when allowed by telco ● Routing in the system based on the [...]

  • Seite 391

    ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 373 T wo B-Channel T ransf er for PRI Depending on your software, the system may ha ve the ability for a keyset or single line telephone to use the optional “T wo B-Channel T ransfer for PRI” service provided by some National ISDN carriers in the U.S. (comparable to an analog centrex). This[...]

  • Seite 392

    ISDN Compatibility 374 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) Y our system also provides compatibility with ISDN Basic Rate (BRI) services, including: ● Basic BRI Call Control (BCC) ● Point-to-Point BRI T erminal Connection (no daisy-chaining) ● Multipoint BRI T erminal Connection (daisy-chaining) ● S-Bus (allo ws BR[...]

  • Seite 393

    ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 375 BRI and DID Callers with Non-Matc hing SPID Numbers This feature allo ws you to determine whether the system will check the called party number with the SETUP message and the SPID setup. Depending on the system programming, this can allow DID calls to be recei ved on BRI trunks and direct t[...]

  • Seite 394

    ISDN Compatibility 376 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 10-03-08 : PCB Setup - Dial Sending Mode Setup and con fi rm the Basic Con fi guration data for each PCB. Select either enblock or ov er- lap sending (0=Enblock Sending, 1=Overlap Sending). ➻ 10-03-09 : PCB Setup - Dial Inf ormation Element Setup and con fi rm the Basic Con fi gur[...]

  • Seite 395

    ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 377 ➻ 15-01-04 : Basic Extension Data Setup - ISDN Caller ID If both Program 15-01-04 and 10-03-05 are enabled (1), the system includes Caller ID in the Setup message as “Presentation Allowed”. If these options are disabled (0), it will be “Presen- tation Restricted”. ➻ 15-02-29 : M[...]

  • Seite 396

    ISDN Compatibility 378 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-12-01 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup f or T runks Assign Calling Party Numbers for each trunk (maximum 16 digits per entry). When a call is made by an extension which does not ha ve an Extension Calling Number assigned (Program 21-13), the system sends the calling number for the I[...]

  • Seite 397

    ISDN Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 379 Related Features Forced T runk Disconnect This feature only works on analog trunk. ISDN trunks do not ha ve the Forced T runk Discon- nect av ailable. T ransfer T ransferred calls on DISA, DID, ISDN trunks, or from the VRS can display the reason a call is being transferred (Call Forw ard, B[...]

  • Seite 398

    Last Number Redial 380 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Last Number Redial Description Last Number Redial allo ws an extension user to quickly redial the last number dialed. F or example, a user may quickly recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. Last Number Redial sav es in system memory the last 24 digits a user[...]

  • Seite 399

    Last Number Redial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 381 Related Features A utomatic Route Selection When using Automatic Route Selection, ARS selects the trunk for the call unless the user preselects. Repeat Redial The system can periodically redial an unanswered trunk call. Save A user can sav e the number of an outgoing call to be accessed at [...]

  • Seite 400

    Last Number Redial 382 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o chec k the number saved for Last Number Redial: 1. Press LND. The stor ed number displays for six seconds. The stor ed number dials out if you: - Lift the handset, - Pr ess an idle line key , - Pr ess an idle CALL key , or - Pr ess SPK 2. Press CLEAR. T o erase all the stored number s: [...]

  • Seite 401

    Line Preference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 383 Line Preference Description Line Preference determines ho w a keyset user places and answers calls. There are two types of Line Preference: Incoming Line Preference and Outgoing Line Preference. Incoming Line Preference Incoming Line Preference establishes how a k eyset user answers calls. Whe[...]

  • Seite 402

    Line Preference 384 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup For Outgoing Line Preference and Auto-Answer of Non-Ringing Lines, set up the T runk Access Maps. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-200 ➻ 15-01-02 : Basic Extension Data Setup - Outgoing T runk Line Prefer ence Enable[...]

  • Seite 403

    Line Preference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 385 ➻ 20-10-07 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) - A utomatic Answer of Universal Calls Enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to use Univ ersal Auto Answer for non-ringing lines. ➻ 22-01-01 : System Options f or Incoming Calls - Incoming Call Priority Determine if ringi[...]

  • Seite 404

    Long Con versation Cutoff 386 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Long Conversation Cutoff Description For incoming and outgoing central of fi ce calls, each trunk can be programmed to disconnect after a de fi ned length of time. The timer be gins when the trunk is seized and disconnects the call after the timer expires. When used with the W arni[...]

  • Seite 405

    Long Con versation Cutoff Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 387 Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering/Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Long Con versation Cutof f can disconnect incoming and outgoing CO calls after a set time period. Direct Inward System Access (DISA)/Tie Lines Long con versation cutof f is controlled separately for [...]

  • Seite 406

    Loop Ke ys 388 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Loop Keys Description Loop ke ys are uniquely programmed function keys that simplify placing and answering trunk calls. There are three types of loop ke ys: Incoming Only , Outgoing Only and Both W ays. ● Incoming Only Loop K eys Incoming Only loop ke ys are for answering trunk calls. An extensio[...]

  • Seite 407

    Loop Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 389 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups Assign trunks to trunk groups. In general, loop ke ys access trunks within speci fi c trunk groups. ➪ Aspire S T runk Groups: 1-8 ➪ Aspire T runk Groups: 1-100 ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Set up the T runk Access Maps. For e xample, if an ex[...]

  • Seite 408

    Loop Ke ys 390 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection (ARS) / Central Of fi ce Calls, Ans wering / Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Program incoming and outgoing access and routing options. Off Hook Signaling If enabled, a user hears Call W aiting beeps if additional calls are waiting behind a loop key . Pr[...]

  • Seite 409

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 391 Maintenance Description The Aspire system provides sev eral features to help maintain the Aspire database, for backup, and system analysis. Database Maintenance In addition to the ke yset programming, the Aspire system provides the ability to use a PC to access system programming. The W indows-bas[...]

  • Seite 410

    Maintenance 392 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Extension Data Swap Function Added Depending on your software, the system can provide the ability to sw ap an extension’ s program- ming to another extension number . The follo wing extension-based programs can be swapped: Refer e to Secure Set Relocation featur e below for additional options. K[...]

  • Seite 411

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 393 ● Using Program 92-04-01 will also swap the order in which these extensions are displayed in all extension-related programs . This means that the system will no longer display all the extension numbers from lo w to high. For example, if port 2 and 6 were sw apped, when view- ing the extensions i[...]

  • Seite 412

    Maintenance 394 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secure Set Relocation Conditions ● Any user -de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for example, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.). ● The extensions to be sw apped must be idle while the swap is performed, or an "In valid" error message[...]

  • Seite 413

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 395 Extension Data Copy Function Enhanced to Pr ovide P or t Copy Option Depending on your software, the system provides the ability to cop y an extension’ s programming to another extension either by e xtension number or port number, depending on which program you use. With older softw are, an exte[...]

  • Seite 414

    Maintenance 396 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Fill and Delete Extension Data Functions Added The software pro vides the ability to fi ll program entries for a range of extensions to the same as a designated source extension. In addition, program data can be deleted for a range of ports. The Fill and Delete programs can be used only with the [...]

  • Seite 415

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 397 System Information The system can print a report of the PCBs installed, the port assignments, and the port types. This information is sent to the port de fi ned in Program 90-13. This report includes: ● The version of system softw are ● PCB names ● Slot condition (working, blocked) ● Port[...]

  • Seite 416

    Maintenance 398 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming System Maintenance ➻ 11-11-13 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - Display Language Selection for K eyset De fi ne the service code to be used to change the language shown on display k eysets (default: 178). ➻ 11-15-01 : Service Code Setup, Administrative (f or Spe[...]

  • Seite 417

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 399 System Alarm Reports Basic Programming ➻ 90-10-01 : System Alarm Setup - Alarm T ype Assign a status to system alarms (001-100). Y ou can designate an alarm as Major or Minor (0=no noti fi cation, 1=major alarms displayed, 2=minor alarms displayed). ➻ 90-10-02 : System Alarm Setup - Report Th[...]

  • Seite 418

    Maintenance 400 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 90-11-07 : System Alarm Report - SMTP Host Port Number Set the SMTP host port number (0-65535). Contact your ISP (internet service provider) for the correct entry if needed. Usually , the default entry of 25 can be used. ➻ 90-11-08 : System Alarm Report - T o Address Set this EMail address t[...]

  • Seite 419

    Maintenance Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 401 Operation T o chec k your extension’ s data (Ke yset Only): 1. Press CHECK. 2. Press CALL1. Y ou display shows your telephone’ s extension number , port number and extension/ Department Gr oup. Y ou can also c heck any other e xtension numbers information y pr essing CHECK + the extension numb[...]

  • Seite 420

    Meet Me Conference 402 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Conference Description W ith Meet Me Conference, an extension user can set up a Conference with their current call and up to 32 other internal or external parties. Each party joins the Conference by dialing a Meet Me Con- ference code. Meet Me Conference lets extension users ha ve a[...]

  • Seite 421

    Meet Me Conference Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 403 Related Features Conference An extension user can also use other types of Conferences to join callers together . Meet Me P aging An extension user can ha ve a telephone meeting with a co-worker on a P age zone. Programmab le Function Keys Meet Me Conference requires a Conference ke y . In a[...]

  • Seite 422

    Meet Me Conference 404 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Internal Conference: T o make a Meet Me Internal Conference: Ke yset 1. While on a call, press Conference key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 07). 2. Dial 801 and the Internal Paging Zone code (0-9 or 00-64). OR Dial *1 and the Combined Paging Zone code 1-8 (for Internal/External Zones 1-8) o[...]

  • Seite 423

    Meet Me P aging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 405 Meet Me Paging Description Meet Me Paging allo ws an extension user to Page a co-w orker and pri vately meet with them on a Page zone. The Paging zone is busy to other users while the meeting takes place. While the co- workers meet on the zone, no one else can hear the con versation, join in o[...]

  • Seite 424

    Meet Me P aging 406 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Meet Me External P age T o make a Meet Me External P age: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 803 and the External Paging Zone code (1-8 or 0 for All Call). OR Dial *1 and the Combined Paging Zone code 1-8 (for Internal/External Zon[...]

  • Seite 425

    Meet Me P aging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 407 Meet Me Internal P age T o make a Meet Me Internal P age: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 801 and dial the Internal Paging Zone code (0-9, 00-32 or 00-64). OR Dial *1 and the Combined Paging Zone code 1-8 (for Internal/External Zones 1-8)[...]

  • Seite 426

    Meet Me P aging T ransfer 408 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Paging Transfer Description If a user wants to T ransfer a call to a co-worker but the y don’t kno w where the co-worker is, the y can use Meet Me Paging Transfer . W ith Meet Me Paging T ransfer , the user can Page the co-worker and hav e the call automatically T ransfer w[...]

  • Seite 427

    Meet Me P aging T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 409 Related Features Meet Me Conference An extension user can set up a Conference with their current call and up to 31 other inside parties. Meet Me P aging An extension user can P age a co-worker and meet with them on a Page zone. P aging, External W ith External Paging, an extension us[...]

  • Seite 428

    Meet Me P aging T ransfer 410 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Meet Me Internal P aging T ransfer T o make a Meet Me Internal P aging T ransfer: 1. At keyset, while on a call, press HOLD. OR At single line telephone, while on a call, hook fl ash. 2. Press Internal Paging Zone key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 20 + zone). OR Dial 801 and the Internal Pa[...]

  • Seite 429

    Memo Dial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 411 Memo Dial Description While on an outside call, Memo Dial lets a display ke yset user store an important number for easy redialing later on. The telephone can be lik e a notepad. For e xample, a user could dial Directory Assistance and ask for a client’ s telephone number . When Directory Assistan[...]

  • Seite 430

    Memo Dial 412 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o store a number while y ou are on a call: 1. While on a call, press Memo Dial key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 31). 2. Dial number you want to store. 3. Press Memo Dial key again and continue with con versation. T o call a stored Memo Dial number: 1. Do not lift the handset. 2. Press Memo Dial[...]

  • Seite 431

    Message W aiting Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 413 Message Waiting Description An extension user can lea ve a Message W aiting indication at a busy or unanswered e xtension requesting a return call. The indication is a fl ashing MW lamp at the called e xtension and a steadily lit MW lamp on the calling extension. Answering the Message W aiti[...]

  • Seite 432

    Message W aiting 414 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) Reminder messages require a DSP daughter board for VRS messages. (B.) Analog ports from AP A or APR adapters do not provide Message W aiting lamping. Default Setting Enabled. Pr ogramming ➻ 11-10-16 : Service Code Setup (f or System Administrator) - Leaving Message W aiting [...]

  • Seite 433

    Message W aiting Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 415 Related Features Handsfree Answerbac k/Forced Intercom Ringing When a user responds to a Message W aiting, the system does not cancel the Message W aiting indication if the called party uses Handsfree Answerback. The system cancels the indication only if the called party lifts the handset or [...]

  • Seite 434

    Message W aiting 416 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o cancel the Messages W aiting you ha ve left at a speci fi c extension: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 871. 3. Dial number of extension you don’t w ant to hav e your messages. 4. Hang up. T o chec k your messages: 1. Press CHECK 2[...]

  • Seite 435

    Micr ophone Cutoff Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 417 Microphone Cutoff Description Microphone Cutof f lets a keyset user turn of f their phone’ s handsfree or handset microphone at any time. When activ ated, Microphone Mute prev ents the caller from hearing conv ersations in the user’ s work area. The user may turn of f the microphone whi[...]

  • Seite 436

    Micr ophone Cutoff 418 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o mute y our telephone’ s handset or Handsfree microphone while on a call: 1. Press MIC. This only turns off the Handsfr ee microphone . OR Press Microphone Cutoff k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 40). This turns off both the handset and Handsfr ee microphone . T o turn y our teleph[...]

  • Seite 437

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 419 Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Coverage Description Multiple Directory Numbers let a keyset ha ve more than one extension number . Calls can route to the ke yset’ s installed number or to the keyset’ s “virtual extension” Multiple Directory Number ke y . [...]

  • Seite 438

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 420 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Virtual Extension vs. Ring Gr oups As the system does not allo w voice mail calls to ring Ring Groups, a virtual e xtension can be cre- ated which will allo w you to direct more than one call to the extension. The system will allow up to 10 calls to be queued. When [...]

  • Seite 439

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 421 Programs Not Supported b y the Multiple Directory Number Key • 20-07-03 : T ime Setting • 20-11-09 : Group Hold Initiate • 20-09-05 : Setting Handsfree Answer- back/Forced Intercom Ringing • 20-11-10 : Group Hold Answer • 20-11-02 : Call Forw ard When Busy[...]

  • Seite 440

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 422 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting Disabled. • Item 21 - Meet-Me Answer to Speci fi ed Internal Page Group (864) • Item 22 - Meet-Me Answer to External Paging (865) • Item 23 - Meet-Me Answer in Same Paging Group (863) • Item 26 - Call Pickup for Speci fi ed Group (868) • [...]

  • Seite 441

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 423 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-04-01 : V irtual Extension Numbering Assign extension numbers to Multiple Directory Numbers. ➪ Aspire S V irtual Extension Ports: 1-24 ➪ Aspire V irtual Extension Ports: 1-256 ➻ 11-07-01 : Department Group Pilot Numbers In order to queue mu[...]

  • Seite 442

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 424 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 16-01-08 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Queuing f or Department Group Calls In order to queue multiple calls to a busy virtual e xtension key , set this option to an entry of "1" - "0" is used for no queueing. ➻ 16-01-10 : Department[...]

  • Seite 443

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 425 ➻ 21-13-01 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup f or Extensions Assign each extension a Calling P arty Number (maximum 16 digits per entry). The calling number is the subscriber number of the dial-in number . When a call is made by an extension which does not hav e a[...]

  • Seite 444

    Multiple Directory Numbers / Call Co verage 426 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o answer a call ringing a Multiple Directory Number: 1. Press fl ashing Multiple Directory Number key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *03 + ext.). T o place a call to a Multiple Directory Number (including a Call Co verage key): 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial M[...]

  • Seite 445

    Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 427 Music on Hold Description Music on Hold (MOH) sends music to calls on Hold and parked calls. The music lets the caller kno w that his call is waiting, not for gotten. Without Music on Hold, the system pro vides silence to these types of calls. The Music on Hold source can be internal (synthesize[...]

  • Seite 446

    Music on Hold 428 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming Note: Other ACI programming may be necessary. Refer to the Analog Communications Interface feature for more. Start Should a trunk use the NTCPU, or the external source connected to the BGM or ACI port for MOH? In 14-08-01, enter 0. In 14-08-01, enter 2. ACI Port NTCPU In 14-08-01, e[...]

  • Seite 447

    Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 429 Stop In 14-08-02, enter the ACI source port number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-96) for each trunk. Is the MOH gain acceptable? In 10-04-03, adjust the audio gain setting (1-63). No In 33-01-01, set the ACI port to 1. Should an extension user be able to change the Music on Hold tone (by dialing Ser[...]

  • Seite 448

    Music on Hold 430 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 10-04-01 : Music on Hold Setup - Music on Hold Source Selection Determine whether the system should use internal (0), external (1) music source, or internal service tone (2). If set to ‘1’, Program 14-08-01 must be set to ‘0’ or ‘1’. ➻ 10-04-02 : Music [...]

  • Seite 449

    Music on Hold Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 431 ➻ 33-01-01 : A CI Port T ype Setup Set each ACI softw are ports for input (1) or input/output (2). Use input ports for Music on Hold sources. Use output ports for External Paging/ringer control. Aspire S: ACI Ports 1-8 Aspire: ACI Ports 1-96 ➻ 33-02-01 : A CI Department Calling Group Assign [...]

  • Seite 450

    Name Storing 432 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Name Storing Description Extensions and trunks can hav e names instead of just circuit numbers. These names show on a k ey- set’ s display when the user places or answers calls. Extension and trunk names make it easier to identify callers. The user does not ha ve to refer to a directory when pr[...]

  • Seite 451

    Name Storing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 433 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T runk Name Program names for system trunks. ➻ 15-01-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup - Extension Name Program name for system extensions (ports 001-499, 5000-5312). ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys Assign an Extension Name Change k[...]

  • Seite 452

    Name Storing 434 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o program an e xtension’ s name: 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 800 OR Press Extension Name Change ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 55). 3. Enter the extension number to be named. 4. Enter name (see below). Y our name can be up to 12 digits maximum. 5. Press HOLD. 6. Press SPK to hang u[...]

  • Seite 453

    Name Storing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 435 When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are avail- able. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: With Software 2.05+: Key f or Entering Names Use this keypad digit . . . When you want to. . . 1 Enter characters: 1 @ [ ¥ ] ^ _ ` { | } ?[...]

  • Seite 454

    Netw orking 436 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Networking Description Use the built in netw orking feature to integrate multiple phone systems into a single “virtual” com- munications system. Interconnected with ISDN PRI or BRI or V oIP , each phone system becomes a node on the network that can communicate with any other phone system node.[...]

  • Seite 455

    Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 437 ● Flexible Network Routing Use network routes to set up ISDN and V oIP networking between many separate systems - or use mixed (ISDN or V oIP) networking per system for greater network performance. Data tables in the system program de fi ne the routing for each network node. These tables are ea[...]

  • Seite 456

    Netw orking 438 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual With T wo Local V oice Mails, Netw ork ID Must Match in Programming W ith a networked system, with each system ha ving their own v oice mail, in order for users to prop- erly connect to the correct voice mail when lea ving a message, the programming must be set as described belo w . PRI Networking[...]

  • Seite 457

    Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 439 IP Networking Each node on an IP networked Aspire system is de fi ned in Program 10-27-01 : IP System ID . For e xample, Site A has ID 1 and Site B system has ID 2 in Program 10-27-01. This must be the same in every node. In Program 11-01-01 : System Numbering , if Site 1 system (system ID 1) has[...]

  • Seite 458

    Netw orking 440 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual W ith ISDN Networking, interconnecting the systems is accomplished by de fi ning a master PCB and slav e PCB between each system ( Program 10-03-10 : PCB Setup - Master/Sla ve System ). Each system must hav e an ISDN PCB for each other system in the network. The networked systems can be interconn[...]

  • Seite 459

    Netw orking Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 441 Fax Over Netw orking The purpose of Aspire Networking is to be able to connect sev eral systems and hav e them appear to operate as one system. Ho wev er, some restrictions still apply . With older softw are, with Fax Over Networking using H.323 trunks, if a resource was b usy , the operation coul[...]

  • Seite 460

    Netw orking 442 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual F AX Relay with T runks Setup: ● System A Program15-03-03 = G3 Fax 1 (special) Program 84-12-32 = 2 Each Port Mode ● System B Program 84-01-59 = 2 special Program 84-12-32 = 2 Each Port Mode ● System C Program15-03-03 = G3 Fax 1 (special) Program 84-01-59 = 2 Each Port Mode For additional in[...]

  • Seite 461

    Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 443 Night Service Description Night Service lets system users acti vate one of the Night Service modes. Night Service redirects calls to their night mode destination, as determined by Assigned and Universal Night Answer pro- gramming. The system allo ws Night Service to be enabled for each Night Ser[...]

  • Seite 462

    Night Service 444 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmab le Function Key Can T oggle Night Modes The software allo ws a Night Service Programmable Function Key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 09 + 0) to toggle night modes. Y ou can determine in programming how man y modes through which the user will toggle. Note that the additional data for the Progr[...]

  • Seite 463

    Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 445 ➻ 11-12-50 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - General Purpose Relay De fi ne the service code to be used for turning the general purpose relay on and off (default=880). ➻ 12-01-01 : Night Mode Function Setup - Manual Night Service Enable Allo w (1) or prev ent (0) any extensions f[...]

  • Seite 464

    Night Service 446 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup T o allo w for UN A answering, set up the T runk Access Maps. For UN A, extension must ha ve incoming access to trunk ringing the External Paging speak ers. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-200 ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Acce[...]

  • Seite 465

    Night Service Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 447 Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering and Placing/Ring Groups There are separate Access Map and Ring Group programming entries for each Night Service mode (Day 1, Night 1, Midnight 1, Rest 1, Day 2, Night 2, Midnight 2, Rest 2). Also, “Univer - sal Answer” allows an extension u[...]

  • Seite 466

    Off Hook Signaling 448 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Off Hook Signaling Description When a user calls an extension b usy on a call, they can send an off hook signal through the handset and through the telephone’ s speaker indicating they are trying to get through. The signal is an of f hook ringing ov er the idle (second) line appearance. O[...]

  • Seite 467

    Off Hook Signaling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 449 Conditions None Default Setting Enabled Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-03 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Override (Off Hook Signaling) Assign a service code (809 by default) to be used for Of f Hook Signaling Override. ➻ 11-16-04 : Single Digit Service Code Setup - Inter com Off Hoo[...]

  • Seite 468

    Off Hook Signaling 450 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Hotline/Rever se V oice Over The setting of Program 20-13-06 affects the BLF display for Hotline and Re verse V oice Over . Refer to these features for additional information. Intercom Y ou cannot send Off Hook Signals to an extension that is already recei ving a voice announcement. One-T o[...]

  • Seite 469

    One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 451 One-Touch Calling Description One-T ouch Calling gi ves a ke yset user one button access to extensions, trunks and selected system features. This sa ves users time when accessing co-workers, clients and features the y use most often. Instead of dialing a series of codes, the user need only [...]

  • Seite 470

    One-T ouch Calling 452 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys If required, de fi ne a Programmable Function K ey for One-T ouch Calling of an outside tele- phone number by de fi ning the ke y as a One-T ouch key (01) + trunk access code + the tele- phone number . ➻ 15-14-01 : Programmable One[...]

  • Seite 471

    One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 453 Operation Direct Station Selection T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or Direct Station Selection (extension) calling: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program. 3. Dial extension number you want assigned to that ke y . 4. Press HOLD. 5. Enter the name a[...]

  • Seite 472

    One-T ouch Calling 454 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual P ersonal Speed Dial T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or P ersonal Speed Dial: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program. 3. Dial general trunk access code (9). OR Dial Speci fi c T runk Service Code (#9 ) plus the trunk number (e.g., 005). OR Dial T [...]

  • Seite 473

    One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 455 Abbreviated Dialing T o program a One-T ouc h Key f or Abbreviated Dialing: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 855. 2. Press One-T ouch Key you w ant to program. 3. Dial #2 to store a Common Abbreviated Dialing number . OR Dial #4 to store a Group Abbreviated Dialing number . 4. Dial Abbreviat[...]

  • Seite 474

    One-T ouch Calling 456 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using One-T ouch K eys T o use a One-T ouch K ey: 1. Press One-T ouch Key . Clearing a One-T ouch K ey T o clear a pr ogrammed One-T ouch Ke y: 1. Dial 855. 2. Press the One-T ouch Key to be cleared. 3. Press CLEAR. Chaining One-T ouch K eys T o chain One-T ouch K eys: 1. Press fi rst One-[...]

  • Seite 475

    One-T ouch Calling Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 457 Programmab le Function Keys When using Programmable Function Keys, note that names cannot be stored with the k ey as with the One-T ouch K ey operation abov e. T o de fi ne a Programmab le Function Key as a One-T ouch K ey: 1. Dial 851. 2. Press the key to be de fi ned. 3. Dial 01 (DSS/On[...]

  • Seite 476

    Operator 458 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operator Description When an extension user dials “0”, calls are routed to a main system operator . The operator can answer and route outside calls or locate employees using the P age feature. Conditions None Default Setting Extension 301 is an operator . Pr ogramming ➻ 20-01-01 : System Option[...]

  • Seite 477

    OPX (Off Premise Extension) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 459 OPX (Off Premise Extension) Refer to the Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets (page 515) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 478

    P aging, External 460 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Paging, External Description W ith External Paging, a user can broadcast announcements ov er paging equipment connected to external P aging zones. When a user pages on of these external zones, the system broadcasts the announcement ov er the speakers. Like Internal Paging, External P aging a[...]

  • Seite 479

    P aging, External Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 461 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 1) 10-03-06 : PCB Setup - T erminal T ype (Cir cuit 2) When a 2PGD AD module is used for external page, type “6” should be assigned for the 2PGD AD circuit. ➻ 10-05-01 : General Purpose Relay Setup De fi ne which relay [...]

  • Seite 480

    P aging, External 462 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 31-07-01 : Combined Paging Assignments Assign an External Paging Group (0-8) to an Internal P aging Zone (0=all call, zones 1-64) for Combined Paging. When an extension user makes a Combined P age, they simultaneously broadcast into both the External and Internal Zone. ➻ 31-08-01 : BGM[...]

  • Seite 481

    P aging, Internal Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 463 Paging, Internal Description Internal Paging lets e xtension users broadcast announcements to other keyset users. When a user makes a Zone P aging announcement, the announcement broadcasts to all idle extensions in the zone dialed. With All Call Paging, the announcement broadcasts to all idl[...]

  • Seite 482

    P aging, Internal 464 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-13-29 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - P aging Display In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) an extension’ s ability to display incoming internal paging information on their display . ➻ 31-01-01 : System Options f or Internal/Exter na[...]

  • Seite 483

    P aging, Internal Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 465 Operation T o make an Internal P age announcement: Ke yset 1. Press the zone’ s Internal Paging ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 21 + 0 or 1-8 (Aspire S) OR 1-9 or 01-64 for zones (0 or 00 for All Call) (Aspire). OR 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 801 and the Paging Zone number (Aspire S: 0-8 o[...]

  • Seite 484

    P aging, Priv acy Release 466 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Paging, Privacy Release Please refer to Confer ence, V oice Call/Priv acy Release (page 247) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 485

    P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 467 Park Description Park places a call in a waiting state (called a P ark Orbit) so that an extension user may pick it up. There are two types of P ark: System and Personal. Use System Park when you want to ha ve the call wait in a system orbit. Personal P ark allows a user to P ark a call at their extensi[...]

  • Seite 486

    P ark 468 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The following table indicates what condition the service codes and Programmable Function k ey can be used. Conditions (A.) An extension can park a call in any Park Orbit. Ho wev er, an e xtension can only pick up a call Park ed by a member of its own P ark group (see Program 24-03). (B.) When a 2-Button[...]

  • Seite 487

    P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 469 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-12-31 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Park Set the service code which should be used for placing a call in Park (def ault: #6). ➻ 11-12-32 : Service Code Setup (f or Service Access) - Park Answer Set the service code which should be used for answering a call in Park (d[...]

  • Seite 488

    P ark 470 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o P ark a call in a system orbit: Y ou can P ark Inter com or trunk calls. 1. Press Park key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *04 + orbit). The P ark ke y LED lights. If you hear busy tone , the orbit is busy . T ry another orbit. 2. Use Paging to announce call. 3. Press SPK to hang up. If not pick ed [...]

  • Seite 489

    P ark Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 471 T o park a call at y our extension: 1. Do not hang up. 2. Press the Personal Park key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *07). OR Press HOLD and dial 857. OR Press HOLD + Press the Personal Park k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *07). At a 500/2500 SLT , hook fl ash instead of pr essing HOLD. A con fi rmation tone is hea[...]

  • Seite 490

    P ark 472 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o split between two parked calls (K eyset Only): Y ou must have P ark Orbit ke ys for the parked in calls. In addition, your ke yset cannot have line ke ys de fi ned for the parked calls. 1. Press CALL1. 2. Press Park Orbit key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *04 + orbit) to retrie ve fi rst parked call. Call[...]

  • Seite 491

    PBX Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 473 PBX Compatibility Description Y ou can connect your phone system trunks to Centrex/PBX lines, rather than to telco trunk circuits. This makes the trunk inputs into the system 500/2500 type compatible Centre x/PBX extensions, rather than telco circuits. PBX Compatibility lets the system be a [...]

  • Seite 492

    PBX Compatibility 474 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-04-01 : T oll Restriction Class Assign a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) to each e xtension. ➻ 21-05-12 : T oll Restriction Class - PBX Call Restriction For each T oll Restriction Class, enter 1 to restrict calls on the PBX trunk to outside calls only . Enter 0 to allo w users to dia[...]

  • Seite 493

    PBX Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 475 Operation T o place a call over a PBX trunk: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y and dial 804. OR At single line telephone, lift handset and dial 804. 2. Dial PBX trunk group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-9 or 001-100). 3. Dial PBX access code and number OR 1. (Keyset only) Press PBX trunk[...]

  • Seite 494

    Prime Line Selection 476 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Prime Line Selection Description Prime Line Selection allo ws a keyset user to place or answer a call o ver a speci fi c trunk by just lift- ing the handset. The user does not ha ve to fi rst press ke ys or dial codes. This simpli fi es handling calls on a frequently used trunk. Prime [...]

  • Seite 495

    Prime Line Selection Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 477 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups Assign Prime Line to a separate trunk group for outgoing Prime Line selection. (Also see 14-06 and 21-02.) ➻ 14-06-01 : T runk Group Routing Set up outbound route for trunk group that contains the Prime Line. (Also see 14-05 and 21-02.) ➪ Aspi[...]

  • Seite 496

    Prime Line Selection 478 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Aspire Wireless / Single Line T elephone, Analog 500/2500 Sets Though Prime Line Selection can be used for Aspire W ireless and SL Ts, with this option pro- grammed, the phones can not access ICM dial tone. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Other programmed options for out[...]

  • Seite 497

    Priv acy Release Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 479 Privacy Release Please refer to Confer ence, V oice Call/Priv acy Release (page 247) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 498

    Priv ate Line 480 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Private Line Description A Pri vate Line is a trunk reserv ed for a keyset for placing and answering calls. A user with a Pri- vate Line al ways knows when important calls are for them. Additionally , the user has their own trunk for placing calls that is not av ailable to others in the system. [...]

  • Seite 499

    Priv ate Line Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 481 ➻ 22-04-01 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Assign extension to Pri vate Line’ s ring group. Set the ringing in Program 22-06 - use option 1 for Incoming or Both W ays Priv ate Lines. Use option 0 for Outgoing Priv ate Lines. Do not assign any other e xtensions to the Priv ate Line[...]

  • Seite 500

    Pr ogrammable Function Ke ys 482 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programmable Function Keys Description Each ke yset has Programmable Function Ke ys. Programmable Function Keys simplify placing calls, answering calls and using certain features. Y ou can customize the function of a keyset’ s pro- grammable keys from your administration telepho[...]

  • Seite 501

    Pr ogrammable Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 483 Related Features Abbreviated Dialing/One-T ouc h Calling Abbre viated Dialing and One-T ouch Calling also offer quick access to calls and features. Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console Programming a 110-button console requires separate programming. Refer to this feature for more[...]

  • Seite 502

    Pulse to T one Con version 484 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pulse to T one Conversion Description An extension can use Pulse to T one Conv ersion on trunk calls. Pulse to T one Con version lets a user change their extension’ s dialing mode while placing a call. For systems in a Dial Pulse area, this permits users to access dial-up OCCs (su[...]

  • Seite 503

    Repeat Redial Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 485 Repeat Redial Description If a ke yset user places a trunk call that is busy or unanswered, the y can have Repeat Redial try it again later on. The user doesn’ t continually have to try the number ag ain -- hoping it will go through. Repeat Redial automatically retries it until the called part[...]

  • Seite 504

    Repeat Redial 486 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection For systems with Automatic Route Selection, ARS selects the trunk for the Repeat Redial call. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Other programmed options for outgoing calls can affect ho w a call is placed. Check or pro- gram these options as needed. Las[...]

  • Seite 505

    Rever se V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 487 Reverse Voice Over Description While on a handset call, Re verse V oice Over lets a busy k eyset user mak e a priv ate Intercom call to an idle co-worker . The idle co-work er can be at a keyset or 500/2500 set. The b usy user just presses and holds do wn a programmed Rev erse V oice Over[...]

  • Seite 506

    Rever se V oice Over 488 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys Assign a function ke y for Rev erse V oice Over (code 47 + dest. ext.). ➻ 20-02-03 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones - BLF Contr ol and 20-13-06 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) - A utomatic Off Hook Si[...]

  • Seite 507

    Rever se V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 489 Operation WHEN Y OU’RE ON A CALL . . . T o place a Rever se V oice Over call: 1. Press and hold your Reverse V oice Over ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 47 + dest. ext.). Y our Re verse V oice Over k ey lights steadily (gr een) and you can talk with the pr o- grammed Re verse V oice Over des[...]

  • Seite 508

    Ring Gr oups 490 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Ring Groups Description Ring Groups determine ho w trunks ring extensions. Generally , trunks ring extension’ s only if Ring Group programming allo ws. For e xample, to make a trunk ring an extension: ● Assign the trunk and the extension to the same Ring Group ● In the extension’ s Ring G[...]

  • Seite 509

    Ring Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 491 ➻ 22-05-01 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment Assign trunks to ring groups. ➪ Aspire S Ring Groups: 1-8, 102=In-Skin/External V oice Mail, 103=Centralized V oice Mail ➪ Aspire Ring Groups: 1-100, 102=In-Skin/External V oice Mail, 103=Centralized V oice Mail ➻ 22-08-01 : DIL/IRG No An[...]

  • Seite 510

    Ring Gr oups 492 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Call Distribution Ring Groups can be used to route trunks to ACD groups. A utomatic Route Selection When ACD is enabled, Ring Groups are programmed to ring into A CD Groups for each of the eight W ork Periods. Call Forwarding, Off-Premise Ring Group calls do not follo [...]

  • Seite 511

    Ring T ones, Selectable Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 493 Ring Tones, Selectable Please refer to Selectable Ring T ones (page 512) for inf ormation on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 512

    Ringdown Extension, Internal/External 494 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Ringdown Extension, Internal/External Description W ith a Ringdown Extension, a user can call another e xtension, outside number , or Abbreviated Dialing number by just lifting the handset. The call automatically goes through - there is no need for the user to dial digits[...]

  • Seite 513

    Ringdown Extension, Internal/External Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 495 Related Features Abbreviated Dialing Ringdown Extension can use Abbre viated Dialing numbers (and follow their trunk routing) as the destination number . Call Forwarding Ringdown Extension follo ws Call Forwarding. F or example, the ringdown destination can forward their [...]

  • Seite 514

    Room Monitor 496 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Room Monitor Description Room Monitor lets an extension user listen to the sounds in a co-w orkers area. For e xample, the receptionist could listen for sounds in the warehouse when it’ s left unattended. T o use Room Moni- tor , the initiating extension and the recei ving extension must activ [...]

  • Seite 515

    Room Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 497 Pr ogramming Start Stop Should a keyset user be able to initiate Room Monitor? In Program 20-13-1 1, enter 0. In Program 20-13-1 1, enter 1. Should a keyset user have the ability to be monitored by another extension? In Program 20-13-12, enter 0. In Program 20-13-12, enter 1. In Program 20-06-01,[...]

  • Seite 516

    Room Monitor 498 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Single Line T elephone Room Monitor Start Stop Should a single line telephone user be able to initiate and receive Room Monitor? In Program 42-03-12, enter 0. In Program 42-03-12, enter 1. In Program 20-06-01, assign Class of Service to extensions. Ye s No Should the Room[...]

  • Seite 517

    Room Monitor Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 499 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 11-14-17 : Service Code Setup (f or Hotel) - Hotel Room Monitor Customize the service code (175 by default) to be used for Room Monitor . ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys Assign a function ke y as a Room Monitor key (code 39) for both the e xtension being mo[...]

  • Seite 518

    Room Monitor 500 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation Y ou must activate Room Monitor at the e xtension initiating the monitor and at the extension you want to monitor . Y ou can only listen to one e xtension at a time. Ke ysets: T o activate Room Monitor (at the initiating e xtension): 1. Do not lift handset or press SPK. 2. Press Room Mo[...]

  • Seite 519

    Save Number Dialed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 501 Save Number Dialed Description Sav e Number Dialed permits an extension user to sav e their last outside number and easily redial it later on. For e xample, an extension user can recall a busy or unanswered number without manually dialing the digits. The system retains the sa ved number unt[...]

  • Seite 520

    Save Number Dialed 502 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o save the outside n umber you just dialed (up to 24 digits): Use this featur e before hanging up. Ke yset 1. Press Save Number Dialed k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 30). 500/2500 Single Line T elephone 1. Hook fl ash. 2. Dial 815. T o redial a saved n umber: Ke yset 1. (Optional) [...]

  • Seite 521

    Save Number Dialed Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 503 T o chec k to see the number you ha ve saved: 1. Press Save Number Dialed k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 30). The stor ed number displays for ten seconds. The stor ed number dials out if you: - Lift the handset, - Pr ess an idle line key , - Pr ess an idle CALL key , or - Pr ess SPK 2. Press CL[...]

  • Seite 522

    Secretary Call (Buzz er) 504 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call (Buzzer) Description Secretary Call lets two co-work ers alert each other without disturbing their work. T o hav e Secretary Call, both co-workers must ha ve ke ysets with Secretary Call buzzer k eys. When a user presses their buzzer k ey , the system alerts the called [...]

  • Seite 523

    Secretary Call (Buzz er) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 505 Operation T o buzz y our secretary or boss: 1. Do not lift handset. 2. Press buzzer ke y (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 41 + sec. ext.). Y our boss or secr etary hears ringing. Y our b uzzer key lights steadily . Y our boss’ s or secr etary’s b uzzer ke y fl ashes fast. The phone continue[...]

  • Seite 524

    Secretary Call Pickup 506 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secretary Call Pickup Description Secretary Call Pickup lets a ke yset user easily reroute calls intended for a co-worker to themselv es. By pressing a Secretary Call Pickup ke y , the user can have all calls to a co-w orker’ s phone ring or voice- announce theirs instead. Secretary Ca[...]

  • Seite 525

    Secretary Call Pickup Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 507 Operation T o activate Secretary Call Pic kup: 1. Press your Secretary Call Pickup key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 42 + boss ext.). Y our Secr etary Call Pickup k e y lights and the Boss’ s telephone display shows “BOSS FWD>>”. Calls intended for cover ed extension ring your phone [...]

  • Seite 526

    Secure Set Relocation 508 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Secure Set Relocation Please refer to Maintenance (page 391) f or information on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 527

    Selectable Displa y Messaging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 509 Selectable Display Messaging Description An extension user can select a preprogrammed Selectable Display Message for their e xtension. Display keyset callers see the selected message when the y call the user’ s extension. Selectable Dis- play Messaging provides personalized mes[...]

  • Seite 528

    Selectable Displa y Messaging 510 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 11-11-14 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - T ext Message Setting De fi ne the service code to be used when setting a text message. ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys Assign a function ke y for Call Forwarding (De vice) (code 17) or T ex[...]

  • Seite 529

    Selectable Displa y Messaging Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 511 Related Features Do Not Disturb The DND ke y lights steady when Program 20-01-02 is set to “1” (no answer/busy mode) and ICM callers may hear “Please do not disturb” or a DND signal. The message is displayed on their phone. If this option is set to “0” (call mode), th[...]

  • Seite 530

    Selectable Ring T ones 512 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Selectable Ring T ones Description An extension user can change the w ay trunks or ICM calls ring their phone. Selectable Ring T ones allows an e xtension user to set up unique ringing for their calls. This is important in a cro wded work area where se veral phones are close together . [...]

  • Seite 531

    Selectable Ring T ones Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 513 Related Features Distinctive Ringing, T ones and Flash P atterns This feature can be used to change the default ring tones. i-Series T elephones Selectable Ring T ones is not a vailable for i-Series phones on the Aspire system. Single Line T elephones Single line telephones cannot use S[...]

  • Seite 532

    Serial Call 514 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Serial Call Description Serial Call is a method of transferring a call so it automatically returns to the transferring extension. Serial Calling sav es transferring steps between users. For example, a Customer Service Representati ve (CSR) has a client on the phone who needs technical advice. The [...]

  • Seite 533

    Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 515 Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Description The system is compatible with 500 type (Dial Pulse) and 2500 type (DTMF) analog single line tele- phones (SL Ts). Y ou can install single line telephones as On-Premise or Of f-Premise extensions. Single lin[...]

  • Seite 534

    Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets 516 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Default Setting ● Single Line T elephones function as soon as they are installed and properly programmed. Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-01 : PCB Setup Program all on-premise 500/2500 type single line telephones with circuit type ‘2’. Set the DIOPU trunk to type ‘[...]

  • Seite 535

    Single Line T elephones, Analog 500/2500 Sets Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 517 Related Features Single line telephone users hav e access to the following features: Data Communications AP A and APR modules can be used with keysets to pro vide an analog port. Refer to the indi vidual features for additional descriptiv e, programming and operat[...]

  • Seite 536

    Soft Ke ys 518 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Soft Keys Description Each display tele- phone provides interactiv e soft keys for intuiti ve feature access. It is no longer necessary to remember feature codes to access the telephone’ s adv anced features because the function of the soft ke ys change as the user processes calls. For e xample, [...]

  • Seite 537

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 519 Station Message Detail Recording Description Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) provides a record of the system’ s trunk calls. T ypi- cally , the record outputs to a customer-provided printer , terminal or SMDR data collection device. SMDR allo ws you to monitor the u[...]

  • Seite 538

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 520 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Digit Masking Digit Masking lets you “X” out portions of the number dialed on the SMDR report. A digit mask of se ven, for e xample, masks out all exchange codes (NNXs) and local addresses. Digit Masking makes it easier to keep track of calling patterns, without ha vi[...]

  • Seite 539

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 521 Sample SMDR Report Thr ough Software 3.07 SMDR Enhanced for Caller ID Depending on your software version, the SMDR output is enhanced to include up to 16 or 24 char - acters of the Caller ID name information (depending on the vie w option selected in Program 35-02- 18). Y ou [...]

  • Seite 540

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 522 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual De fi nitions Call Record Number SMDR record number (consecutive) CLASS T ype of call (see Class De fi nitions belo w) TIME Time call placed or answered. (F or T ransferred calls, shows time user picked up T ransfer .) D A TE Date the call was made LINE T runk number used f[...]

  • Seite 541

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 523 Description (Cont’ d) SMDR Report Format with Program 35-02-14 Set to “0” Character P osition Field De fi nition Header Line 1 1-60 Spaces 61-70 MM/DD/YYYY 71 Space 72-75 P A GE 76 Space 77-79 Report page number (e.g., 001) CR & LF Carriage return and line feed Hea[...]

  • Seite 542

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 524 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 31 Space 32-41 Station number or name 42 Space 43-62 Number dialed (20 digits maximum) 63 Space 64-79 Account number or NO ANSWER SMDR Report Format with Program 35-02-14 Set to “1” Character P osition Field De fi nition Header Line 1 1-60 Spaces 61-70 MM/DD/YYYY 71 Spac[...]

  • Seite 543

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 525 Summary Reports OUTGOING CALL/COST SUMMARY FOR DAY OF nn/nn/nn TOTAL NO. OF OUTGOING PSTN CALLS:0 TOTAL NO. OF OUTGOING ISDN CALLS:0 NO. OF OUTGOING PSTN CALLS COSTED:0 COST:0 NO. OF OUTGOING ISDN CALLS COSTED:0 COST:0 OUTGOING CALL/COST SUMMARY FOR WEEK ENDING nn/nn/nn TOTAL[...]

  • Seite 544

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 526 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) The SMDR report does not include Intercom calls. (B.) The SMDR call b uffer stores 500 calls. The buf fer stores calls when the SMDR device is una vail- able. When the buffer fi lls, the oldest record is deleted to allow the ne w record to be saved. (C.) When[...]

  • Seite 545

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 527 Pr ogramming Start SMDR With a CPU Connection (Serial / USB / Ethernet) In 35-01-01 set the SMDR output to "2" for NTCPU USB. Aspire M/L/XL Only Connect a USB cable to the CPU and PC. The PC will recognize the new hardware and ask to install the driver . Install the[...]

  • Seite 546

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 528 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Start SMDR With a CT A Adapter In 15-02-19, set the extension with the CT A Adapter to "1". In 15-02-20, set the baud rate to be used for the CT A connection (0=4800, 1=9600, 2=19200). In 35-01-01 set the SMDR output to "4" for CT [...]

  • Seite 547

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 529 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Start SMDR With a CTU Adapter In 35-01-01 set the SMDR output to "4" for CT A/CTU. In 35-01-02, define the extension number of the keyset with the CTU Adapter . Set the dip switches on the CTU Adapter to pins 2, 5 and 6 on (up), 1, 3, 4, 7, [...]

  • Seite 548

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 530 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued on next page. What language should be used for the SMDR header? In 35-01-03, enter 0. In 35-01-03, enter 4. In 35-01-03, enter 1. English German Spanish In 35-01-03, enter 3. In 35-01-03, enter 2. French Italian Do you want to block (i.e., &[...]

  • Seite 549

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 531 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued from previous page. Do you want the SMDR report to include calls blocked by T oll Restriction? In 35-02-01, enter 1. In 35-02-01, enter 0. If your system is behind a PBX, do you want SMDR to include all calls to the PBX or just calls using t[...]

  • Seite 550

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 532 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Continued from previous page. Should the SMDR report include information when all lines in a group are busy and a user tries to access the group? In 35-02-10, enter 0. In 35-02-10, enter 1. No Ye s Should the DID table name be displayed for incoming D[...]

  • Seite 551

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 533 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) Stop Should the SMDR report include the trunk port names or received number dialed for ANI/ DNIS and DID trunks? In 35-02-16, enter 0. In 35-02-16, enter 1. Trunk Name Received Number Dialed Continued from previous page. No Ye s In 35-02-15, enter 0 t[...]

  • Seite 552

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 534 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 10-20-01 : LAN Setup f or External Equipment De fi ne the TCP port (0-65535) when communicating to the SMDR (type 5). ➻ 10-21-02 : NTCPU Hardwar e Setup - Baud Rate for COM Port If the SMDR connection is made using the COM port on the NTCPU, de[...]

  • Seite 553

    Station Message Detail Recor ding Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 535 ➻ 35-02-02 : SMDR Output Options - PBX Calls If system is behind a PBX, enter 1 to hav e SMDR include all calls to the PBX. Enter 0 to have SMDR include only calls dialed using PBX trunk access code. ➻ 35-02-03 : SMDR Output Options - Display T runk Name or Number Select [...]

  • Seite 554

    Station Message Detail Recor ding 536 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 35-02-18 : SMDR Output Options - Caller ID Name Output Method Select whether to display up to 16 characters of the Caller ID Name on the same line as the call record (0) or if a line feed should be added and up to 24 characters of the Caller ID Name will be displayed on t[...]

  • Seite 555

    T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 537 T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Description The T1/PRI Interf ace PCB giv es the system T1 trunking capability . This PCB uses a single uni ver- sal slot and provides up to 24 trunk circuits. In additional to pro viding digital-quality trunking, the T1/PRI[...]

  • Seite 556

    T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) 538 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) T1 Trunking requires a T1/PRI Interface PCB and a customer-pro vided CSU/DSU to interface with the telco. Consult your sales representativ e and the system Hardware Manual for addi- tional details. (B.) ANI/DNIS Compatibility requires the use of syste[...]

  • Seite 557

    T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 539 ➻ 14-05-01 : T runk Groups For ANI/DNIS, place all your ANI/DNIS trunks in T runk Groups as required. ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of Service f or Extensions Assign a Class of Service (1-15) to an extension. ➻ 20-09-02 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) -[...]

  • Seite 558

    T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) 540 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 34-09-04 : ANI/DNIS Service Options - Route T able Setup of T ar get Dial The option sets how the system uses the route data (g athered in Item 3) to route incoming ANI/DNIS calls (0 = ABB T able [Program 13-04], 1 = DID T able [Program 22-11]). If option ‘2’[...]

  • Seite 559

    T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 541 Related Features Caller ID An extension’ s Class of Service (Program 20-09-02) determines whether ANI information is displayed. Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering and Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Y ou can use T1 trunks in place of standard analog trunks. The pr[...]

  • Seite 560

    T andem Ringing 542 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Tandem Ringing Description T andem Ringing allo ws an extension user to ha ve two telephones with one phone number . For example, e xtension 305 (the master phone) sets T andem Ringing with extension 306. When exten- sion 305 recei ves an incoming call, both e xtension 305 and 306 ring. Caller[...]

  • Seite 561

    T andem Ringing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 543 Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console When T andem Ringing is acti ve and one of the extensions is b usy , a DSS console will indicate both extensions as b usy . Do Not Disturb A slav e phone will ignore the settings for DND and follow the master phone’ s settings instead. Intercom V oice C[...]

  • Seite 562

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 544 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Tandem Trunking (Unsupervised Conference) Description T andem T runking allows an e xtension user to join two outside callers in a trunk-to-trunk Confer- ence. (Depending on your software le vel, it may be possible to conference 3 or more trunks with T andem T runki[...]

  • Seite 563

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 545 ● Method D - A utomatic T andem T runking Setup to Abbre viated Dial Number This method allo ws an extension user to easily set up an Unsupervised Conference with a call they ha ve placed on Hold. A Class of Service option is av ailable, depending on your software[...]

  • Seite 564

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 546 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual There are two methods for Multiple T runk Conferencing: ● Method A - Set Up Without T ransfer Key An extension user can set up Multiple Trunk Conference (Unsupervised Conference) by dial- ing a two-digit service code (#8). ● Method B - Multiple T runk Conference[...]

  • Seite 565

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 547 ➻ 14-01-05 : Basic T runk Data Setup - Receive Gain Le vel for Confer ence and T ransfer Calls Select the CODEC gain type used by the trunk when it is part of an Unsupervised Conference. ➻ 14-01-13 : Basic T runk Data Setup - Loop Supervision For each trunk that[...]

  • Seite 566

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 548 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-07-11 : Class of Service Options (Administrator Lev el) - Forced T runk Disconnect In an extension’ s Class of Service, enter 1 to enable Forced T runk Disconnect. This allows the extension to disconnect an Unsupervised Conference in progress (initially set[...]

  • Seite 567

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 549 ➻ 25-07-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA -DISA/T andem T runking Long Con versation W arning T one T ime Determine the length of time a DISA caller or any trunk-to-trunk (such as T andem T runking) con versation can talk before the Long Con versation tone is heard [...]

  • Seite 568

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 550 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 24-04-01 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup Assign the Abbreviated Dialing number (0-1999) to be used as the destination for the trunk- to-trunk transfer . ➪ Aspire S: T runks 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runks 1-200 ➻ 25-07-07 : System Timers for VR[...]

  • Seite 569

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 551 ➻ 25-07-08 : System Timers for VRS/DISA - DISA Long Conv ersation Disconnect T imer This timer determines how long the system will w ait (0 - 64800 seconds) before disconnecting a DISA call after the Long Con versation tone is heard. This program has no af fect if[...]

  • Seite 570

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 552 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T andem T runking Method B - T andem T runking with T ransfer Key ➻ 10-07-01 : Con versation Record Circuits The number of circuits assigned as Con versation Record circuits limits the number of av ail- able Conference circuits. Make sure there are circuits a vail[...]

  • Seite 571

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 553 Operation Method A - T andem T runking from Conf erence T o set up a T andem/Multiple T runk Conference Call: 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press CONF key . 3. Place or answer second trunk call. When adding an answer ed call, the call must fi rst be ans[...]

  • Seite 572

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 554 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method B - T andem T runking with T ransf er Ke y T o set up a T andem T runking Call with only 2 outside lines: 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press HOLD to place the fi rst trunk call on Hold. 3. Place or answer second trunk call. 4. Press T ransfer ke[...]

  • Seite 573

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 555 Method C - T andem T runking on Hang up T o set up a T andem Call (with onl y 2 outside lines): 1. Place or answer fi rst trunk call. 2. Press HOLD to place the fi rst trunk call on Hold. 3. Place or answer second trunk call. The second call cannot be a ringing ca[...]

  • Seite 574

    T andem T runking (Unsupervised Conference) 556 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Method D - A utomatic T andem T runking Using Abbre viated Dialing T o set A utomatic T andem T runking: 1. Dial service code 833. 2. Dial the desired trunk number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 001-200). 3. Hang up. The line ke y for the trunk will be solid red as long as[...]

  • Seite 575

    T API Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 557 TAPI Compatibility Description The system has T elephony Applications Programming Interface (T API) capability . T API capability provides: ● Reduced T API Feature Set (see the Supported T API Commands chart belo w). ● Caller ID data to the PC for data base lookups and screen pops (see[...]

  • Seite 576

    T API Compatibility 558 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual When a CT A ke yset answers a call, it provides the following data to the connected de vice: If the incoming call data contains the Caller ID number . . . NMBR=XXX (XXX = Caller ID number data) If the incoming call data does not contain the Caller ID number . . . NUMBR= UN A V AILABLE, OUT[...]

  • Seite 577

    T API Compatibility Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 559 ● T o place a call on Hold, the CT A pro vides the follo wing data to the connected device: A TD! ● When the data ke yset becomes busy , the CT A pro vides the following data to the connected de vice: BUSY Refer to the Aspire CTI Driver Installation Manual, P/N 0893102, for complete in[...]

  • Seite 578

    T API Compatibility 560 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T API operation is automatic once programmed in the phone system and enabled in the PC’ s T API application, unless a headset is used. Using the Headset with A utomatic Answer: 1. With the k eyset in an idle state, press the Check key . 2. Press the Headset key (PGM 15-07 or SC[...]

  • Seite 579

    Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 561 Tie Lines Description T ie lines directly link a local telephone system with one or more remote systems. The link is inde- pendent of the telco’ s switched network. When a local system user seizes a tie line, the y hear Inter- com dial tone from the remote system. The user may then be able to: ●[...]

  • Seite 580

    Tie Lines 562 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● Operator Calling A tie line caller may be able to dial 0 for the remote system’ s operator . ● P aging Internal and External Paging may be a vailable to tie line callers. This allo ws co-workers in adja- cent facilities connected by tie lines, for example, to broadcast announcements to each [...]

  • Seite 581

    Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 563 Pr ogramming ➻ 10-09-01 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup If the system has DTMF tie lines, be sure to reserve at least one circuit for analog trunk DTMF reception (type 0 or 2). ● Use the follo wing as a guide when allocating DTMF receiv ers: - In light traf fi c sites, allocate one DTMF rec[...]

  • Seite 582

    Tie Lines 564 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-05-01 : T oll Restriction Class - International Call Restriction T able 21-05-02 : T oll Restriction Class - International Call Permit T able 21-05-04 : T oll Restriction Class - Maximum Number of Digits T able Assignments 21-05-05 : T oll Restriction Class - Common Permit Code T able 21-05-0[...]

  • Seite 583

    Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 565 ➻ 34-06-02 : Add/Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line - Additional Dial Digits If a tie line network requires additional digits to reroute the call to a location, enter the digits for the location which should be added to the receiv ed digits (up to 4 digits). ➻ 34-07 : E&M Tie Line T imers De [...]

  • Seite 584

    Tie Lines 566 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 34-09-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options - Calling Number Address Length When Item 1=0 (ANI/DNIS receiv e format is address), use this option to specify the address length. The choices are from 1 to 8 digits in length. ➻ 80-03-01 : DTMF T one Receiver Setup 80-04-01 : Call Progr ess T one Detector [...]

  • Seite 585

    Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 567 Operation T o place a call over a tie line gr oup: 1. Press idle CALL key and dial 804. 2. Dial tie line group number (Aspire S: 1-8, Aspire: 1-100). 3. Dial number . OR 1. Press tie line group key (PGM 15-07 or SC 852: *02 + group). 2. Dial number . T o place a tie line call using T runk Gr oup Rou[...]

  • Seite 586

    Time and Date 568 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Time and Date Description The system uses T ime and Date for: Using the Daylight Savings Setup program, you can determine whether the system should automat- ically adjust the system time for daylight savings time/standard time changes. Clock Adjustment The system can be programmed to automatical[...]

  • Seite 587

    Time and Date Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 569 ➻ 10-24-04 : Daylight Sa vings Setup - Start of W eek Enter the week of the month the system should adjust the time for daylight savings time (0 = last week of the month or 1-5). ➻ 10-24-05 : Daylight Sa vings Setup - Start of W eek Day Enter the day of the week the system should adjust the [...]

  • Seite 588

    Time and Date 570 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation The date must be set in system pr ogramming (10-01). T o set the system Time: 1. Press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 828. 3. Dial two digits for the hour (24 hour clock, 13 = 1:00 PM). 4. Dial two digits for the minutes (00-59). 5. Press SPK to hang up.[...]

  • Seite 589

    T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 571 Toll Restriction Description T oll Restriction limits the numbers an extension user may dial. By allo wing extensions to place only certain types of calls, you can better control long distance costs. The system applies T oll Restriction according to an extension’ s T oll Restriction Class.[...]

  • Seite 590

    T oll Restriction 572 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ● International Call Restriction International Call Restriction lets you limit the international calls an extension user may dial. Y ou can build a restrict table to pre vent only certain calls, or you can b uild a permit table to allow only certain calls. T o allow most international call[...]

  • Seite 591

    T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 573 Additional Default Entries For Common P ermit Code T able Additional entries hav e been added to the default Common Permit Code T able. The default setting is no w as follows: Tie Line T oll Restriction Enhanced W ith older software, the system only provided the use of Program 34-08 to deter[...]

  • Seite 592

    T oll Restriction 574 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-08 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T oll Restriction For each trunk, enter 1 to enable T oll Restriction; enter 0 to disable T oll Restriction. ➻ 15-01-05 : Basic Extension Data Setup - Restriction f or Outgoing Disable on Incoming Line Enable (1) or disable (0) supervis[...]

  • Seite 593

    T oll Restriction Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 575 ➻ 21-05-07 : T oll Restriction Class - Permit Code T able For the T oll Restriction Class you select, disable (0) or enable (1) the Permit Code T able. When enabling, select from tables 1-4 in Program 21-06-06. ➻ 21-05-08 : T oll Restriction Class - Restrict Code T able For the T oll Res[...]

  • Seite 594

    T oll Restriction 576 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing The system will allo w or deny outgoing access to trunks depending on T oll Restriction. Direct Inward System Access (DISA) / Tie Lines When using DISA or tie lines, additional programming is required for T oll Restriction (DISA, see Program [...]

  • Seite 595

    T oll Restriction, Dial Block Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 577 Toll Restriction, Dial Bloc k Description T oll Restriction Dial Block lets a user temporarily block an extension’ s T oll Restriction. This helps a user block his or her phone from being used by another person while they are a way from their desk. A user would need to enter a [...]

  • Seite 596

    T oll Restriction, Dial Block 578 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 21-10-01 : Dial Block Restriction Class Per Extension Assign the T oll Restriction class (1-15) to be used by an e xtension when the Dial Block fea- ture is enabled. If this data is “0”, T oll Restriction Class follo ws Program 21-09-01. ➻ 90-19-01 : Dial Block Release [...]

  • Seite 597

    T oll Restriction, Dial Block Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 579 T o release Dial Block fr om another extension: 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 101 . 3. Dial the 4-digit Dial Block code. 4. Dial the extension number to be released from Dial Block. 5. Dial 0. A con fi rmation tone is hea[...]

  • Seite 598

    T oll Restriction Override 580 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Toll Restriction Override Description T oll Restriction Override lets a user temporarily bypass an e xtension’ s T oll Restriction. This helps a user that must place an important call that T oll Restriction normally pre vents. For e xample, you could set up T oll Restriction to bl[...]

  • Seite 599

    T oll Restriction Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 581 Pr ogramming Start Stop In Program 21-14-01, assign a table with the 6-digit user ID dialed to override the T oll Restriction. Should the W alking T oll Restriction service code be changed from the default setting of 163? No In 1 1-1 1-36, change the service code to the desired entr[...]

  • Seite 600

    T oll Restriction Override 582 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Start Stop Should a user be able to temporarily override T oll Restriction programming? In Program 20-08-06, enter 0. In Program 20-08-06, enter 1. In Program 20-06-01, assign Class of Service to extensions. In Program 21-07-01, for each extension number , set the 4-digit password a[...]

  • Seite 601

    T oll Restriction Override Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 583 Pr ogramming (Cont’ d) ➻ 11-11-34 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - T emporary T oll Restriction Override If required, change the service code (875) for T emporary T oll Restriction Override. ➻ 11-11-36 : Service Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) - W al[...]

  • Seite 602

    T oll Restriction Override 584 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Operation T o temporarily o verride a restricted extension’ s T oll Restriction: Y ou can override r estriction for only one call at a time. 1. At keyset, press idle CALL ke y . OR At single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 875. 3. Dial the 4-digit T oll Restriction Override [...]

  • Seite 603

    T raffic Repor ts Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 585 Traffic Reports Description The system provides the ability to send data to a PC connected to the Aspire. The telephone call traf fi c data for each extension is captured for use with the SMDR feature. Call T raf fi c The total of outgoing call frequency , outgoing call duration, call ch[...]

  • Seite 604

    T raffic Repor ts 586 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T raf fi c T otal Report - Sample Report Pr ogramming ➻ 90-20-01 : T raf fi c Report Data Setup - Call T raf fi c Output Determine whether or not the Call T raf fi c Output should be measured (0=no, 1=yes). ➻ 90-21-01 : T raf fi c Report Output De fi ne the output port to be used [...]

  • Seite 605

    T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 587 Transfer Description T ransfer permits an extension user to send (i.e., extend) an acti ve Intercom or outside call to any other extension in the system. W ith T ransfer, an y extension user can quickly send a call to the desired co-worker . A call a user transfers automatically recalls if not picke[...]

  • Seite 606

    T ransfer 588 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual transferred into a Conference call. This w ould allow , for e xample, an attendant to locate co-workers and then transfer them into an existing telephone meeting. There is no need for the attendant to locate all the parties at the same time and sequentially add them into the Conference. This feature[...]

  • Seite 607

    T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 589 Pr ogramming ➻ 11-10-06 : Service Code Setup (f or System Administrator) - Setting the A utomatic For - warding f or Each T runk Line If the default service code (833) for enabling the Automatic T andem T runking feature is not acceptable, change the code as required. ➻ 11-12-58 : Service Code S[...]

  • Seite 608

    T ransfer 590 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 20-11-07 : Class of Service Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) - T ransfer W ithout Holding In an extension’ s Class of Service, enable (1) or disable (0) the extension’ s ability to use T ransfer Without Holding. ➻ 20-11-08 : Class of Service Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) - T ransfer Dis[...]

  • Seite 609

    T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 591 ➻ 21-01-03 : System Options f or Outgoing Calls - T runk Interdigit T ime (External) Program ho w long an extension must wait before using the Bar ge In feature can be used on a call (this timer waits until this timer expires before putting a call in a talk state). This timer also affects V oice O[...]

  • Seite 610

    T ransfer 592 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Barge-In An existing call can be transferred into a call with Bar ge-In enabled. Caller ID Unscreened T ransfers from voice mail will sho w pre-answer Caller ID information. Call Forwarding W ith T ransfer to Busy Extensions enabled (Program 24-02-01=1), Call Forwarding with Both Ri[...]

  • Seite 611

    T ransfer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 593 Operation T ransferring T runk Calls T o T ransf er a trunk call to a co-worker’ s extension: 1. At keyset or 2-Button telephone, press HOLD. OR At 500/2500 single line telephone, hook fl ash. Y ou hear T ransfer dial tone. 2. Dial co-worker’ s extension number . If the extension is b usy or do[...]

  • Seite 612

    T ransfer 594 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T ransferring Inter com Calls T o T ransf er your Intercom call: 1. At keyset, press HOLD. OR At single line telephone, hook fl ash. 2. Dial extension to receiv e your call. If the extension is b usy , doesn’t answer or does not want the call, you can dial another extension number or pr ess the l[...]

  • Seite 613

    T runk Gr oup Routing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 595 Trunk Group Routing Description T runk Group Routing sets outbound call routing options for users that dial the T runk Group Rout- ing code (9) for trunk calls. T runk Group Routing routes calls in the order speci fi ed by system pro- gramming. If a user dials 9 and all trunks in the ?[...]

  • Seite 614

    T runk Gr oup Routing 596 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Access Map programming may limit T runk Group Routing options. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-200 ➻ 15-07 : Programming Function K eys Assign a function ke y for T runk Group Routing access (code *02[...]

  • Seite 615

    T runk Gr oup Routing Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 597 Related Features A utomatic Route Selection (ARS) Dialing 9 acti vates ARS, ov erriding trunk group routing. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Instead of using T runk Group Routing, an extension user can place a trunk call by: ● Pressing a line ke y ● Dialing a trunk service code ● [...]

  • Seite 616

    T runk Gr oups 598 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Trunk Groups Description T runk Groups let you optimize trunk usage for incoming and outgoing calls. W ith T runk Groups, users can hav e loop (rotary) keys for trunk calls. Incoming trunk group calls ring these loop ke ys. For outgoing calls, the user presses a loop ke y to access the fi rst [...]

  • Seite 617

    T runk Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 599 ➻ 14-07-01 : T runk Access Map Setup Assign trunks to Access Maps. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-200 ➻ 15-06-01 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Assign Access Maps to extensions. ➪ Aspire S: T runk Access Maps 1-8 ➪ Aspire: T runk Access Maps 1-[...]

  • Seite 618

    T runk Gr oups 600 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Loop Ke ys Program a function ke y as a Loop Ke y to allow an extension user to answer incoming trunks within a trunk group. Programmab le Function Keys Function ke ys simplify placing and answering trunk group calls. Ring Groups T runks ring extensions according to Ring Group programming. Tie [...]

  • Seite 619

    T runk Queuing/Camp On Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 601 Trunk Queuing/Camp On Description T runk Queuing permits an extension user to queue (wait in line) on hook for a b usy trunk or trunk group to become free. The system recalls the queued e xtension as soon as the trunk is available. The user does not hav e to manually retry the trunk lat[...]

  • Seite 620

    T runk Queuing/Camp On 602 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features A utomatic Route Selection W ith Automatic Route Selection, T runk Queuing automatically queues for the least costly route. Call W aiting/Camp On and Callback A user can Camp On or leav e a Callback request for an extension. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing Other progra[...]

  • Seite 621

    Universal Ans wer Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 603 Universal Answer Please refer to Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering (page 208) for inf ormation on this feature.[...]

  • Seite 622

    V oice Mail 604 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Voice Mail Description The system is fully compatible with NEC’ s analog NVM-Series V oice Mail with Automated Atten- dant Systems. These systems pro vide telephone users with comprehensive V oice Mail and Auto- mated Attendant features. V oice Mail ends the frustration and cost of missed calls,[...]

  • Seite 623

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 605 ● T ransferring to V oice Mail By using T ransfer to V oice Mail, a keyset e xtension user can T ransfer a call to the user’ s own or a co-worker’ s mailbox. After the T ransfer goes through, the caller can leav e a message in the mailbox. ● Con versation Record While on a call, an extensi[...]

  • Seite 624

    V oice Mail 606 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual V oice Mail Queuing When accessing the voice mail, the system pro vides a voice mail queue. If all the voice mail ports are busy , any calls trying to get to the v oice mail will be placed in queue. As the voice mail ports become av ailable, the calls will be connected to the voice mail in the ord[...]

  • Seite 625

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 607 The IntraMail is a plug-in “in-skin” full-featured, DSP-based integrated V oice Mail with Auto- mated Attendant for the Aspire S. These voice mails can answer incoming calls and route them quickly and ef fi ciently . Integrated V oice Mail features include Con versation Record, Answering Mach[...]

  • Seite 626

    V oice Mail 608 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IntraMail for Aspire S The Aspire S IntraMail port assignments are fi xed and should not be changed. The follo wing is the default IntraMail: ● Program 16-02-01 : Department Gr oup Assignments for Extensions IntraMail ports assigned to Department Group 8. 343=Order 43 344=Order 44 345=Order 45 [...]

  • Seite 627

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 609 Unlike the Aspire S, the IntraMail ports in the Aspire M must be de fi ned in system programming. Notes: ● The VRS cannot be used when the IntraMail CompactFlash card is installed. ● An external v oice mail and the IntraMail cannot work simultaneously . ● The Aspire Mail (VMSU/FMSU PCBs) an[...]

  • Seite 628

    V oice Mail 610 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IntraMail: Directory Dialing This featur e requir es the IntraMail Utility 1.2. The utility and the instruction sheet for updating the utility ar e available for downloading fr om the NEC T echnical Support Site (ws1.necii.com). This site r equires user r e gistration (contact NEC Sales Support fo[...]

  • Seite 629

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 611 Centralized V oice Mail Can Use Aspire Mail and IntraMail W ith software 4.94 or higher , the Aspire Mail and IntraMail cards can be used with Centralized V oice Mail. Pre viously , only external voice mails could be used with this feature. For Centralized V oice Mail, the voice mail software must[...]

  • Seite 630

    V oice Mail 612 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Conditions (A.) The periodic reminder message requires a DSP daughter board for V oice Response System (VRS). (B.) Ring Group calls do not follo w extension call forwarding to v oice mail. (C.) NVM-2e does not accept Caller ID information. (D.) Analog ports on the Aspire S CPU do not support Messa[...]

  • Seite 631

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 613 ➻ 16-01-08 : Department Group Basic Data Setup - Queuing f or Department Group Call T o hav e Department Group calls queue when busy , set this entry to “1” for an extension or voice mail group. F or no queuing, enter “0”. ➻ 16-02-01 : Department Group Assignment for Extensions Put all[...]

  • Seite 632

    V oice Mail 614 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Assign T runks As A utomated Attendant T runks - Method 1 ➻ 22-02-01 : Incoming Call T runk Setup Assign Service T ype 4 to each trunk you w ant to ring into V oice Mail as a Direct Inward Line (DIL). ➻ 22-07-01 : DIL Assignment Assign the master/pilot number of the voice mail group from Progr[...]

  • Seite 633

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 615 ➻ 45-01-04 : V oice Mail Integration Options, Park and P age Enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to process the V oice Mail’ s Park and P age (*) commands. Y ou should normally enable this option. ➻ 45-01-05 : V oice Mail Integration Options, Message W ait Enable (1) or disable[...]

  • Seite 634

    V oice Mail 616 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 47-02-02 : IntraMail Station Mailbox Options -Mailbox Number For each mailbox enabled in Program 47-02-01, assign an e xtension number . Programs 47-02- 01 and 47-02-02 are required in order for an extension user to be able to access their v oice mail mailbox. ➻ 47-01-02- 47-01-15 47-02-01 -[...]

  • Seite 635

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 617 Message W aiting Message W aiting functions normally with V oice Mail installed. One-T ouch Calling An extension can ha ve a One-T ouch Ke y for the V oice Mail Master Number . Programmab le Function Keys Function ke ys simplify calling the V oice Mail system. Time and Date Updating the system tim[...]

  • Seite 636

    V oice Mail 618 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Checking Messa g es (If 15-02-26 = 0 (Message Ke y)) 1. Press the MSG key once. The user can use the VOL UP and VOL DO WN ke ys to view the new messa ges. If ther e ar e both voice mail messages and Message W aiting calls, the display indicates the number of new voice mail messa ges and then each [...]

  • Seite 637

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 619 FOR W ARDING CALLS T O Y OUR MAILBO X T o activate or cancel Call Forwar ding: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *2 . OR Press your Call Forw ard (Station) key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: code 16). 2. Dial Call Forwarding condition: 2 = Busy or not answered 4 = Immediate 6 = Not [...]

  • Seite 638

    V oice Mail 620 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual RECORDING Y OUR CALL T o record y our active call in your mailbo x: K eyset 1. Press V oice Mail Record key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: code 78) Y ou hear two beeps and your Recor d ke y fl ashes. The beeps periodically r epeat to r emind you that you are r ecording . T o stop r ecor ding, pr ess the V[...]

  • Seite 639

    V oice Mail Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 621 When P ersonal Answering Machine Em ulation broadcasts y our caller’ s message , you can: Y our telephone must be idle (not on a call). 1. Do nothing. The message is automatically being r ecorded in your mailbox. The broadcast stops when your caller hangs up. OR 1. Lift the handset to listen in [...]

  • Seite 640

    V oice Mail 622 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual DIRECT OR Y DIALING Recording a Directory Dialing message: 1. Log onto System Administrator’ s mailbox: SA (72) or press 0 to play a Help message. 2. Select Instruction Menus: I (4). 3. Enter the Directory Dialing Mailbox number or press # to go back to the System Administra- tor Options. 4. Sel[...]

  • Seite 641

    V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 623 Voice Over Description V oice Over lets a user interrupt a k eyset e xtension user busy on another call. W ith V oice Over , the busy k eyset extension user hears an alert tone follo wed by the voice of the interrupting party . The keyset e xtension user can respond to the interrupting party witho[...]

  • Seite 642

    V oice Over 624 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming ➻ 10-03-03 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - T ransmit CODEC Gain T ype 10-03-04 : PCB Setup, F or SLIU Unit - Receive CODEC Gain T ype Customize the transmit and recei ve le vels of the CODEC Gain T ypes for 500/2500 type single line telephones. ➻ 11-12-41 : Service Code Setup (f or [...]

  • Seite 643

    V oice Over Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 625 Operation T o initiate a V oice Over to a b usy extension: If you hear busy instead, you may be able to dial 7 and hear V oice Over (b usy/ring) tone. 1. Press V oice Over key (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 48) OR Dial 6. OR Dial 890. Y ou hear an alert tone and the V oice Over key fl ashes. Y ou can talk[...]

  • Seite 644

    V oice Response System (VRS) 626 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Voice Response System (VRS) Description The DSP daughter board provides the option for V oice Response System (VRS) which giv es the system voice recording and playback capability . The VRS CompactFlash card provides up to 48 system messages (General Message, Automated Attendant g[...]

  • Seite 645

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 627 P ersonal Greeting Personal Greeting allo ws an extension user to record a message and forward their calls. Callers to the extension hear the recorded message and are then forw arded to the new destination. The Per- sonal Greeting and Park & P age options can have up to 200 me[...]

  • Seite 646

    V oice Response System (VRS) 628 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual For e xample, John Smith could record a Personal Greeting that says: “Hello, this is John Smith. I am away fr om my phone right now but please hold on while I am auto- matically paged. ” The prerecorded Paging announcement could say: “J ohn Smith, you have a call waiting on [...]

  • Seite 647

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 629 VRS W aiting Message Using VRS W aiting Message, the system can automatically answer an incoming trunk call fi rst (either a normal trunk or one designated for a department group) to let the outside caller hear a recorded message when the call is not answered in a programmed peri[...]

  • Seite 648

    V oice Response System (VRS) 630 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T ransfer to the VRS Any e xtension user can T ransfer their outside call to the VRS. This lets their caller tak e advantage of the Automated Attendant’ s extensiv e routing capabilities. T o T ransfer the call, the user simply places the call on Hold, dials the unique VRS servi[...]

  • Seite 649

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 631 1-22 Please start recording A user has dialed the code to record a VRS message or Per- sonal Greeting. 1-23 Recording fi nished A user is recording a VRS message or Personal Greeting and they ha ve exceeded the maximum allo wed recording length. 1-24 Audio fi le is full There is[...]

  • Seite 650

    V oice Response System (VRS) 632 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 900 Preamble If the system has trunks that are part of a 900 (caller paid) service, the VRS can automatically play a prerecorded message when a user answers the call. This prerecorded message should describe the 900 service features and cost. The 900 Preamble ensures that the call[...]

  • Seite 651

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 633 Y ou can also use the 900 Preamble message to set up an Auto-Answer with Gr eeting application. When a receptionist answers a call, the VRS can play a preamble message such as, “W elcome to ABC Company . Ho w can I help you?” When the caller replies, the receptionist answers, [...]

  • Seite 652

    V oice Response System (VRS) 634 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 15-07-01 : Programmable Function K eys For one-b utton access to the Call Forwarding (de vice) setup code (*4 ), assign a Call Forward- ing (De vice) key (code 17). F or the VRS W aiting Message feature, assign the VRS Incoming Call Queuing Setup ke y (code 52 + ring group #) [...]

  • Seite 653

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 635 ➻ 22-14-04 : VRS Delayed Message f or IRG, 2nd W aiting Message Number For each Ring Group, select the message number to be played as the second message (0-49). This program is also used for VRS W aiting Message. ➻ 22-14-05 : VRS Delayed Message f or IRG, 2nd W aiting Message [...]

  • Seite 654

    V oice Response System (VRS) 636 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 25-04-01 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup W ith No Answer/Busy Set the destination that Automated Attendant (OP A) calls ring if the OP A caller dials an exten- sion that doesn’t answer or is b usy . This also sets the options for DISA calls. The system allows Ring Groups, I[...]

  • Seite 655

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 637 ➻ 40-10-01 : V oice Announcement Service Option - V A U Fixed Message Enable (1) or disable (0) the system’ s ability to play the fi xed VRS messages (such as “Y ou hav e a message. ”). ➻ 40-10-02 : V oice Announcement Service Option - General Message Number Enter the n[...]

  • Seite 656

    V oice Response System (VRS) 638 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o listen to a previousl y recorded VRS message: 1. Press idle CALL key . OR At a single line telephone, lift handset. 2. Dial 116. 3. Dial 5 ( L isten). 4. Dial the VRS message number to which you want to listen (01-48). Y ou’ll hear the pr eviously r ecor ded message. If you [...]

  • Seite 657

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 639 GENERAL MESSA GE T o listen to the General Message: Ke yset Only Y our MW LED fl ashes when ther e is a new Gener al Message . A voice message period- ically r eminds you. 1. Do not lift the handset or press CALL. 2. Dial 4 ( G eneral). OR 1. At lift the handset and dial 111. Y o[...]

  • Seite 658

    V oice Response System (VRS) 640 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual PERSONAL GREETING T o enable a P ersonal Greeting: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *4. OR Press Call Forw arding (Device) k ey (PGM 15-07 or SC 851: 54). 2. Dial 7 + When you hear , “ Please start r ecording , ” record your Personal Greeting. If you a[...]

  • Seite 659

    V oice Response System (VRS) Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 641 P ARK AND P A GE T o have the system P age you when y ou have a call: 1. Press idle CALL key (or lift handset at SL T) and dial *4. OR Press Call Forw arding (Device) k ey (PGM15-07 or SC 851: 17). 2. Dial 7 + When you hear , “Please start recording, ” record you Personal Gree[...]

  • Seite 660

    V oice Response System (VRS) 642 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual TIME, D A TE AND ST A TION NUMBER CHECK T o chec k the extension number of any ke yset: 1. Do not lift the handset or press idle CALL key . 2. Dial 6 for extension N umber . T o chec k the system time and date from any ke yset extension: 1. Do not lift the handset or press idle CA[...]

  • Seite 661

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 643 VoIP Description V oIP (voice o ver Internet protocol or voice o ver IP) allows the deli very of voice information using the Internet protocol (sending data ov er the Internet using an IP address). This means that voice information, in a digital form, can be sent in packets o ver the Internet rather tha[...]

  • Seite 662

    V oIP 644 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Using LANs Using a LAN setup (local area network) with the Aspire system complies with the ethernet standard (10Base-T/100Base-TX). T o connect a telephone to a LAN connection, the system allo ws the use of an Aspire digital IP 34- button k eyset (referred to as Aspire IPhone), an Aspire digital keyset [...]

  • Seite 663

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 645 Subnet Mask As the IP Address includes information to identify both the network and the fi nal destination, the Subnet Mask is used to set apart the network and destination information. The default subnet masks are: In the abov e table, you’ll see that the Subnet Mask is made up of four groups of num[...]

  • Seite 664

    V oIP 646 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual W ith the Aspire system, a separate external gatekeeper is not required unless connecting to an out- side H.323 endpoint/gate way which requires an outer gatekeeper or if ov er 50 outer addresses must be registered. Otherwise, the Aspire provides tables within the system programming for address resoluti[...]

  • Seite 665

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 647 IP Hard ware PCBs: ● NTCPU - Signals the gate way with V oIP communication ● 4V OIPU - V oIP PCB provides a 4-channel voice pack et gateway unit and w orks as a media gate way for V oIP communication. This PCB is required for either V oIP trunks or when using V oIP ke ysets which talk to non-IP keys[...]

  • Seite 666

    V oIP 648 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Switches/Hubs f or PoE Using a central power supply or the 8SHUB U PCB with the PoE jumpers set, power ov er category 5 network cables can be pro vided. This eliminates the need of installing separate po wer adapters for each IP phone and it allo ws for centralized power backup. Note: The Aspire IP phon[...]

  • Seite 667

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 649 Aspire V oIP Speci fi cations Category Feature Note IP Address DHCP Server NTCPU DHCP Client V OIPU PCB or IP Phone QoS 802.1p/1q L3 QoS (T oS) Diffserv/IP Precedence Maintenance HTTP Server NTCPU Server H.323 Gatekeeper For H.323 Phone Registration and Routing VLAN T ag and port-based VLAN V oCoder G.[...]

  • Seite 668

    V oIP 650 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Pr ogramming In addition to the required V oIP programming described under the Programming - V oIP (page 651) heading, the follo wing features and options have additional programming which may be required. Refer to the section that applies to the applications required for your location. ● Programming [...]

  • Seite 669

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 651 Programming - V oIP These programs are always required with the V oIP feature. Refer to the following feature options for additional programming. ➻ 10-12-01 : NTCPU Network Setup - IP Address Select the IP address for the IP connection (default: 172.16.0.10). A static IP address is required by the NTC[...]

  • Seite 670

    V oIP 652 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 2. Press 1 to enter the DHCP mode. If not fl ashing, press "1" to disable the DHCP mode. Press the Soft K ey “OK”. The fl ashing item is the curr ent selection. 3. Press 2 to enter the Primary DRS (Device Registration Serv er). Enter the IP address used in Program 10-12-01 (default: 172.[...]

  • Seite 671

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 653 Programming - H.323 Phone, Static IP Address Setting the IP Address on the ITR-2D-1 IP Phone Using a Static IP Ad dress 1. Press the menu key . The Setup Menu scr een will be displayed with Call Logs as the fi rst entry . 2. Go to the Con fi guration sub menu using the ▲ key . 3. Press the Select ke[...]

  • Seite 672

    V oIP 654 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 13. The phone needs be restarted for the ne w settings to take ef fect. Press Select key to restart the phone, press Del/Cancel to return to the pre vious menu or Menu to return to standby mode without restarting the phone. If ther e is an err or in saving, “Cannot Save” will be displayed for 1 seco[...]

  • Seite 673

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 655 26. Use the ▲ and ▼ ke ys to change the selection and press the Select key . Pr ess the Cancel/Del key to r eturn to the pre vious screen without making any c hanges. 27. The phone needs be restarted for the ne w settings to take ef fect. Press Select key to restart the phone, press Del/Cancel to re[...]

  • Seite 674

    V oIP 656 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Programming - Using the Aspire DHCP ➻ 10-13-01 : In-DHCP Server Setup - DHCP Ser ver Mode Enable (1) the system’ s ability to use the built-in DHCP server . The system must be reset in order for the change to take ef fect. ➻ 10-13-02 : In-DHCP Server Setup - Lease Time Enter the lease time of the [...]

  • Seite 675

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 657 Programming, Aspire IP Keyset or Aspire K eyset with IP Adapter - DHCP Setting the IP Address on an Aspire IP or Aspire K eyset with IP Adapter Using a DHCP Server 1. On the Aspire IP keyset, enter the phone’ s program mode by pressing HOLD CONF * #. This enters the IP User Menu pr ogram mode to selec[...]

  • Seite 676

    V oIP 658 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 9. Repeat Steps 1-6. 10. Use the ▲ and ▼ ke ys to mov e to “IP Address. ” 11. Press the Select ke y to see the current terminal IP address. W ith DHCP enabled, the IP address, subnet mask, default gate way will be r ead only and user cannot chang e the addr ess. 12. Use the ▲ and ▼ ke ys to [...]

  • Seite 677

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 659 ➻ 10-16-04 : Option Inf ormation Setup - DRS Set the NTCPU’ s IP address for the DHCP server to the client. ➻ 84-04-01 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Server Mode Setup Enable (1) the use of DHCP for the V OIPU PCB. ➻ 84-05-01 : V OIPU IP Address Setup - IP Address For each V OIPU PCB, enter the IP address fo[...]

  • Seite 678

    V oIP 660 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 8. The phone needs be restarted for the new settings to take ef fect. Press Select key to restart the phone, press Del/Cancel to return to the pre vious menu or Menu to return to standby mode without restarting the phone. If the Line 1, Line 2 or SPK/HS ke y is pressed or the handset is picked up, the p[...]

  • Seite 679

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 661 Programming - H.323 Phone, Setting H.323 Options T o complete the H.323 phone programming, after connecting the phone to the LAN, you must con- nect to the phone using an internet bro wser (such as Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator). 1. From a PC which is connected to the same LAN as the V oIP pho[...]

  • Seite 680

    V oIP 662 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 4. The following screen appears: The H.323 Con fi guration scr een r equires c hanges be made in or der for the phone to function and display corr ectly . The Network Con fi guration also r equires c hanges b ut these chang es can be made either thr ough this menu or thr ough the phone pro gramming de[...]

  • Seite 681

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 663 5. Optionally , if the IP and subnet mask addresses were set up in the phone’ s programming using the previous programming procedure, you can use the Netw ork Con fi guration windo w to de fi ne the network settings for the phone. If these settings were made previously , skip to Step 6. If any chang[...]

  • Seite 682

    V oIP 664 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 6. Click on the H.323 Con fi guration link or button. 7. Make the following changes: ● LCD Display T ype = Extension_1 ● Number of Lines = 1 ● Extension Name = Enter the extension number to be used for the phone ● H.323 ID = Enter the extension number to be used for the phone ● CID Display T [...]

  • Seite 683

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 665 LAN Connections Hard ware: ● 8SHUBU PCB - Pro vides 8-port switching hub and the ability to provide PoE for Aspire equipment. ● 802.1p/1q Support ● 24-Port Po wer Supply PoE-managed switch (NEC BlueFire 200/24) ● PoE (Power o ver Ethernet) to Aspire IP/H.323 Phone ● Spare Pair (4/5, 7/8) / Sig[...]

  • Seite 684

    V oIP 666 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual LAN Connection Programming ➻ 10-12-05 : NTCPU Network Setup - NIC Select the ethernet interface for the NTCPU (0=Auto, 1=100M/Full, 2=100M/Half, 3=10M/ Full, 4=10M/Half). ➻ 84-05-02 : V OIPU IP Address Setup Network Setup - NIC Select the ethernet interface for the VOIPU PCB (0=Auto, 1=100M/Full, 2=[...]

  • Seite 685

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 667 911 Calls with Networked IP Phones When using IP telephones at a remote site (Site B) which are registered to the main system (Site A), you can use the ARS Class of Service Matching feature added in software 2.63 to route 911 calls to the local authorities at the remote location. Without this programmin[...]

  • Seite 686

    V oIP 668 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Address Con version T able Aspire provides an IP Con version T able with which the system can recognize the IP address of another system without the use of an outside Gatekeeper . Programming ➻ 10-23-01 : H.323 System Interconnection - System Inter connection For each system (50 max), specify whether [...]

  • Seite 687

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 669 ● Supports Silence Suppression ● Aspire provides 5 types of CODEC for the Aspire Ke yset with IP Adapter (de fi ned in Program 84-11, selected in Program 15-05-15). Since the packet size of G711 is lar ger than the other compressions (G729, G723), there are some limitations to reach the maximum num[...]

  • Seite 688

    V oIP 670 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual T o reduce the echo: ● Suppress the echo from the Aspire system. ● Suppress the echo from outside the Aspire system. ● Remov e the unsuppressed echo using the echo canceller in the V OIPU. ● Reduce the telephone’ s volume. On some calls, the echo and side tones can be incr eased if the telepho[...]

  • Seite 689

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 671 CODEC P acket Size/Jitter Buffer Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-01-33 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-28 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-28 (H.323 Extension) Audio Capability Priority 0: G.711 1: G.723.1 2: G.729 0 (G.711) This data should not be changed. V oice Quality is the best with [...]

  • Seite 690

    V oIP 672 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 84-01-07 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-09 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-09 (H.323 Extension) G.729 Jitter Buffer (min) 0 - 145 (msec) 30 Set the same time as selected in G.729 Audio Frame. 84-01-08 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-10 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-10 (H.323 Extension) G.729 Jitter Buffer (type) 0 - 145 (msec) 60 Set thi[...]

  • Seite 691

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 673 84-01-30 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-26 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-26 (H.323 Extension) T ransmit Gain Level of V OIPU 0 - 28 (-14dB - +14dB) 10 (-4dB) • Aspire IP phone TX g ain becomes congruent with the Aspire IP phone when this data is set to 10 (-4db). • Before V3, 84-01-30 will be applied to the H.323 e[...]

  • Seite 692

    V oIP 674 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Internal Gain Control Control the V OIPU PCB’ s internal echo canceller input by setting the VOIPU RX gain higher and the Highway Gain lo wer . (In the fi gure below set *1 to +12dB and *2 to –12dB.) Not all the sidetone can be remov ed from the COIU by the V OIPU PCB. The remaining sidetone may ap[...]

  • Seite 693

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 675 Internal Gain Contr ol Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-16-01 V OIPU RX Limiter Control Gain This option controls the lim- iter gain for IP to PCM direc- tion. This option adds gain to the voice input from the LAN and remov es it from the voice output to highway . 0 - 30 (-15dB - +15dB) [...]

  • Seite 694

    V oIP 676 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual CODEC Filter Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 81-07-01 CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk Port 0: No Filter 1: 0dB Loss 2: 4dB Loss 3: 8dB Loss 4. Speci fi ed Data 2 Setting this data depends on the loss of the analog line. This will reduce the echo from the analog hybri[...]

  • Seite 695

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 677 Analog P or t CODEC Filter Setup T ype 1 T ype 2 T ype 3 Filter Data 0dB Loss ø0.5 4dB Loss ø0.5 8dB Loss APEX3600 LC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC HEX DEC B1 D01 AA 170 5A 90 23 35 AA 170 D02 73 115 CB 203 DE 222 DB 219 D03 A3 163 2B 43 AA 170 3B 59 D04 6D 109 2A 42 A3 163 37 55 D05 33 51 1C 28 22 34 22 34[...]

  • Seite 696

    V oIP 678 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Echo Canceler Con fi guration Program Item Input Data Default How to Adjust 84-01-24 (H.323 T runk) 84-11-20 (Aspire IP Phone) 84-12-20 (H.323 Extension) Echo Canceller Mode 0: Disable 1: Enable 1 • Echo canceler mode • Prior to V ersion 3, Program 84-01-24 is applied to IP phones (system common da[...]

  • Seite 697

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 679 Enhanced Echo Adjustment W ith software 1.18 or higher and V OIPU fi rmware 3.2 or later , the Echo Canceller option has been enhanced. This enhancement supports the follo wing features: ● Supports long echo tail size (max. 128 msec) ● Adds adjustment parameters for echo cancellation System Data Ch[...]

  • Seite 698

    V oIP 680 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual The follo wing limitations apply when you use long echo tail size (32msec or more) with the enhanced Echo Canceller : ● Decreased V OIPU channels If you choose a long echo tail size the number of av ailable V OIPU channels is reduced to 3/4. If you do not choose a long echo tail size, the number of av[...]

  • Seite 699

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 681 ➻ 84-11-27 : Dterm IP CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - TX Gain Adjust the transmit gain as needed (0-28 [-14~+14]). ➻ 84-06-12 : V OIPU Setup - Long T ail Echo Mode T urn off (0) or on (1) the Long T ail Echo Mode for each VOIPU slot. ➻ 84-16-01 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup - RX Limiter Con[...]

  • Seite 700

    V oIP 682 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Fax Rela y Required Items 16V OIPU PCB G3 Fax equipment (G4 F ax is not supported) Basic Programming All V OIPU programming required for the feature as well as the following: ➻ 15-03-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Set the terminal type to “1” (Special T erminal) for the extension whi[...]

  • Seite 701

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 683 ➻ 84-08-02 : Firmware Name Setup - Firmwar e File Name Enter the fi rmware fi le name to be used, up to 30 characters. ➻ 90-22-01 : NGT T erminal V ersion Information - Hard ware V ersion For each terminal type (1=Dterm IP/Aspire k eyset with IP adapter , 2=Smart Phone, 3=Bandle IP Phone, 4=ITR-32[...]

  • Seite 702

    V oIP 684 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual H.323 T erminals Hold and T ransfer features are av ailable when using the ITR-2D-1 H.323 terminal. The fi rmware in this terminal should be version 2.08 or higher . In order to use an H.323 phone as an Aspire extension, the H.323 phone needs to be registered with the Aspire Gatekeeper . An extension n[...]

  • Seite 703

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 685 IP Extensions ● When the fi rst IP phone is plugged in, the system automatically assigns four consecuti ve sta- tion ports av ailable as IP ports (the system takes the next group of consecuti ve ports av ail- able). The ne xt three IP phones installed will use this group of ports. When the fi fth IP[...]

  • Seite 704

    V oIP 686 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Group CODEC / Frame (VIF) Number * Comments Group 1 G.711 / 30ms • No compression • Best voice performance • Most restricted in the quantity of calls • W ith a 32V OIPU, 12 channels are possible with this setting. The remaining 20 channels must use one of the Group 3 settings shown below . Group[...]

  • Seite 705

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 687 The follo wing chart shows the maximum number of simultaneous calls based on the dif ferent group settings and the type of V OIPU PCB being used. So, for example, with a 16V OIPU, 7 calls can use the G.711/G.729 with 20ms VIF , which would then restrict the remaining 9 channels to use one of the Group 2[...]

  • Seite 706

    V oIP 688 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 20V OIPU PCB (16V OIPU with 4V OIPDB) CODEC VIF Number of Simultaneous Calls Group 1 G.711/G729 20ms 01234 5 6 7 Group 2 G.711 30ms 20 19 18 17 15 14 13 12 --- 0 12 11 10 --- 0 10 98765 Group 3 G.729/G.723 30ms 0013 - - - 1 5 024 - - - 1 4 023467 G.729 40ms G.729 50ms Group 4 G.729/G.723 60ms 1110002100[...]

  • Seite 707

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 689 V oIP Phones When connecting an V oIP phone, the MA C address (ID) is automatically registered in Program 15- 05-02. If the registration in Program 15-05-02 is made manually , prior to connecting the phone, when the phone is connected, it will use the extension number assigned. The MAC address is printe[...]

  • Seite 708

    V oIP 690 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual 2. Press the Soft Key “SA VE” to sav e the entries and return the phone to an idle condition. 7. DNS DNS Address 0.0.0.0 DNS Domain Name DRS Name NECDRS1 8. VLAN Disable VLAN Mode VLAN ID VLAN Priority 9. System Information (for viewing only) DRS Address (Primary) 0.0.0.0 DRS Address (Secondary) 0.0[...]

  • Seite 709

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 691 Accessing the Maintenance Menu 1. On the Aspire keyset with an IP adapter , enter the phone’ s program mode by pressing HOLD CONF * #. This enters into the IP User Menu. Press HOLD # 0 to then enter the Maintenance Menu. The follo wing shows the menu items a vailable in the phone’ s programming. Thi[...]

  • Seite 710

    V oIP 692 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual IP T runks When installing a V oIP PCB, the system automatically assigns trunk ports to match the card’ s port capacity . For example, a 4V OIPU would take 4 trunk ports, the 4V OIPU with a 4VOIPDB w ould take 8 trunk ports. Extension ports are not reserv ed until an IP phone is connected to the syste[...]

  • Seite 711

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 693 Programming ➻ 84-01-34 : CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - Bandwidth Contr ol Enable (1) or disable (0) voice bandwidth control on H.323 trunks. ➻ 84-01-35 : CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup - Maximum Bandwidth Set the maximum total bandwidth limitation for voice pack ets (0-65535 kbps). Calls are rest[...]

  • Seite 712

    V oIP 694 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual ➻ 84-06-10 : V OIPU Setup - DTMF Behavior Determine the operation of the DTMF relay for the V OIPU PCB. For out-of-band DTMF , set this option to “2” - out-of-band DTMF relay , do not pass tones as voice. ➻ 84-05-01 : V OIPU IP Address Setup - IP Address For each V OIPU PCB, enter the IP address[...]

  • Seite 713

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 695 RTP Forwar ding A vailable W ith software 4.93+ the delay of the R TP packet is improved. Pre viously , the V OIPU PCB decoded the R TP packet to voice. The voice returned to the V OIPU PCB through the backplane of the Aspire. The V OIPU PCB would then encode the v oice to the R TP packet to send it bac[...]

  • Seite 714

    V oIP 696 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual VLAN/QoS The Aspire system supports: ● IEEE802.1q (VLAN T agging) ● IEEE802.1p (Priority) W ith the VLAN tagging mode, the Aspire can handle packets with or without a VLAN tag. If the VLAN ID of a packet is dif ferent from the registered one, that packet will be dropped. W ith the use of a switch wh[...]

  • Seite 715

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 697 Lay er 3 (T oS) The router-supported T oS controls routing priority of packets by following the T oS fi eld. It is possi- ble to gi ve priority to the v oice packet using the T oS fi eld. ● There are two types of T oS formats: Dif fServ and IP Precedence. Before programming your router , make sure t[...]

  • Seite 716

    V oIP 698 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual V OIPU DSP Resource Assignment ➻ 10-19-01 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Specify the operating mode of the DSP voice resource on the V OIPU PCB (DSP Resource: 01-32, 0=IP extensions and trunks, 1=IP e xtension only , 2=IP trunk only). If a user wants to keep DSP v oice channels only for trunks or ext[...]

  • Seite 717

    V oIP Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 699 Related Features Networking Aspire systems can be connected together through a LAN using V oIP . Networked IP phones can be programmed to follow ARS COS Matching in order for 911 calls to seize a local line to call the site’ s local authorities (and not the networked site’ s). P aging, External / P [...]

  • Seite 718

    V olume Controls 700 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Volume Controls Description Each ke yset user can control the volume of incoming ringing, splash tone, P aging, Background Music, Handsfree and your handset. K eysets consolidate all adjustments into the v olume buttons. Pressing the V OLUME ▲ or VOLUME ▼ will adjust the v olume lev el fo[...]

  • Seite 719

    V olume Controls Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 701 Operation T o adjust the v olume of incoming ringing and splash tone: 1. If the phone is idle, press the CALL key and dial 829. If the phone is ringing, skip to Step 2. 2. Press VOLUME ▲ or V OLUME ▼ . T o adjust the v olume of ringing incoming Paging announcements, Handsfree , the handse[...]

  • Seite 720

    W arning T one For Long Con versation 702 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Warning Tone For Long Conver sation Description The system can broadcast warning tones to a trunk caller warning them that the y have been on the call too long. The tones are just a reminder -- the user may be able to disre gard the tones and con- tinue talking if they ch[...]

  • Seite 721

    W arning T one For Long Con versation Aspire Software Manual Features ◆ 703 Pr ogramming ➻ 14-01-17 : Basic T runk Data Setup - T runk to T runk W arning T one for Long Con versation Alarm Determine whether DISA callers should hear the W arning T one for Long Con versations (0=disabled, 1=enabled). ➻ 20-06-01 : Class of Service f or Extension[...]

  • Seite 722

    W arning T one For Long Con versation 704 ◆ Features Aspire Software Manual Related Features Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering W arning T one for Long Con versation does not occur for incoming trunk calls. Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing / T oll Restriction W arning T one for Long Con versation occurs for all outgoing trunk calls, regardless of[...]

  • Seite 723

    Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 705 Pr ogramming[...]

  • Seite 724

    706 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual[...]

  • Seite 725

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 707 Introduction to Programming Before You Start Programming Section 2 - Pr ogramming Bef ore Reading This Section This section provides you with detailed information about the system programs. By changing a pro- gram, you change the way the feature[...]

  • Seite 726

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 708 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual How to Enter the Pr ogramming Mode T o enter the programming mode: 1. Go to any working display telephone. In a newly installed system, use e xtension 301 (port 1). 2. Do not lift the handset. 3. Press CALL1. 4. # * # * 5. Dial the system passw[...]

  • Seite 727

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 709 How to Exit the Pr ogramming Mode T o exit the pr ogramming mode: When you are done programming, you must be out of a program’ s options to exit (pressing the MSG ke y will exit the program’ s option). 1. Press MSG key to exit the program’[...]

  • Seite 728

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 710 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Using Ke ys to Move Ar ound in the Programs Once you enter the programming mode, use the ke ys in the following chart to enter data, edit data and mov e around in the menus. Ke ys for Entering Data Use this ke y ... When you want to . . . 0-9 a[...]

  • Seite 729

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 711 Pr ogramming Names and T e xt Messages Se veral programs (e.g., Program 20-16: Selectable Display Messages) require you to enter te xt. Use the following chart when entering and editing te xt. When using the k eypad digits, press the ke y once f[...]

  • Seite 730

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 712 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual With Software 2.05+: When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are available. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: Use this keypad digit . . . When you want to. . . 1 Enter characters[...]

  • Seite 731

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 713 Using Soft Ke ys For Programming Each Aspire display telephone provides interactiv e soft keys for intuiti ve feature access. The options for these ke ys will automatically change depending on where you are in the system pro- gramming. Simply pr[...]

  • Seite 732

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 714 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Number Plan/Capacities - Aspire Comparisons System Number Plan/Capacities System T ype: Aspire S Aspire M/L Aspire XL System Analog Caller ID Detector 24 64 64 Classes of Service 15 15 15 Day/Night Mode Numbers 4 8 8 Day/Night Service Pa[...]

  • Seite 733

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 715 DIOPU: • Physical Ports • Logical Ports 01-02 LD T runk: 0-8 OPX: 0-8 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: 0-25 01-08 LD T runk: 0-200 OPX: 0-25 PRIU Logical Ports N/A T -Bus: 1-200 S-Bus: 1-256 T -Bus: 1-200 S-Bus: 1-256 TLIU: • Physical Ports •[...]

  • Seite 734

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 716 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Extension T elephone Extension Port Numbers • K eysets • Single Line Phones/Analog De vices • V oIP Extensions • Aspire W ireless 1-50 3 (1-24) (1-18) (1-16) 2, 4 N/A 1-256 (1-256) 2 (1-256) 2 (1-512) 5 002-512 (manual select) 5 257-512[...]

  • Seite 735

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 717 2PGD AD Modules 10 56 56 AD A (Recording Jack) Adapters 24 192 192 Aspire W ireless Bases N/A 12 12 Aspire W ireless Phones N/A 120 120 Door Boxes 4 8 8 Door Box Numbers 1-4 1-8 1-8 DSS Consoles Numbers • 24-Button DLS Consoles, Maximum Instal[...]

  • Seite 736

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 718 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Data Communication Interfaces APR Software Port Numbers 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-256 W ith software 4.xx or higher: 193-512 193-512 AP A Adapters 24 192 192 APR Adapters B1 = 24 B2 = 8 prior to 2.50 or 16 with 2.50+ 19[...]

  • Seite 737

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 719 V oice Mail Ports for IntraMail 8 ( fi x ed extension ports 43-50) N/A N/A Ports for External V oice Mail 72 6 72 72 6 Though this is the maximum a vailable in the NVM-Series v oice mail, as each voice mail port requires an analog port, the tot[...]

  • Seite 738

    Intr oduction to Programming Bef ore Y ou Star t Pr ogramming 720 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Passw ords User Passw ord for setting T oll Restriction Override and Changing Class of Service using a service code 0000 0000 0000 Programming Passw ords Lev el 1 (MF) PCPro/W ebPro User Name: 374772 NEC-I 374772 NEC-I 374772 NEC-I Le vel 2 (IN[...]

  • Seite 739

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 721 Program 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date Description Use Program 10-01 : Time and Date to change the system Time and Date through system pro- gramming. Extension users can also dial Service Code 828 to change the T im[...]

  • Seite 740

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-01 : Time and Date 722 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-01 (Time and Date): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter da[...]

  • Seite 741

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-02 : Location Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 723 10-02 : Location Setup Description Use Program 10-02 : Location Setup to de fi ne the location of the installed system. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A vailable. • A vailabl[...]

  • Seite 742

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-02 : Location Setup 724 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-02 (Location Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter [...]

  • Seite 743

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 725 10-03 : PCB Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-03 : PCB Setup to setup and con fi rm the Basic Con fi guration data for each PCB. When changing a de fi ned terminal type, fi rst set the type to ‘0’ and then plug the new de vice in to hav [...]

  • Seite 744

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 726 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data For ESIU Unit Physical Port Number Through Software 3.07: 01-16 From Softwar e 4.0E+: 01-32 B-Channel 1 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 T erminal T ype 0 = Not set 1 = Ke yset/DSL T 2 = SL T Adapter 3 = -- Not used -- 4 = -- Not [...]

  • Seite 745

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 727 05 Optional Installed Unit 2 0- none 1 = APR Module 2 = AP A Module 3 = ADA Module 4 = CT A Module 5 = CTU Module 0 B-Channel 2 Item No. Item Input Data Default 06 T erminal T ype 0 = Not set 1 = -- Not used -- 2 = -- Not used -- 3 = -- Not used[...]

  • Seite 746

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 728 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual For SLIU Unit For COIU Unit For DIOPU Unit For TLIU Unit Physical Port Number 01-16 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 Logical Port Number Through Softwar e 3.07: 0-256 From Softwar e 4.0E+: 0-384 0 02 Not used 03 Transmit Gain Le vel (S-Le ve[...]

  • Seite 747

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 729 For BRIU Unit ISDN Line Number 01-08 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 ISDN Line Mode 0 = Not set 1 = T -Bus 2 = S-Bus Options 3-5 determines the cloc k sour ce for the networked connection. 3 = Network Mode (Leased Line) T elco sends the cloc[...]

  • Seite 748

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 730 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note 1. The start port number of a BRI line is displayed. T wo logic ports are automatically assigned to a BRI line. Note 2. Each timer value of Layer3 are set up for e very type of Program 81-06 (T -Bus) and Pro- gram 82-06 (S-Bus). 11 Network[...]

  • Seite 749

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 731 For PRIU Unit Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 ISDN Line Mode 0 = Not set 1 = T -Bus 2 = S-Bus 3 = Network Mode (Leased Line) 4 = Network Mode (Interconnected Line) 5 = Network Mode (Interconnected Line, Fixed Layer 1=NT) 6 = S-Point (Leased [...]

  • Seite 750

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 732 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note 1. The start port number of a PRI line is displayed. Thirty logic ports are automatically assigned to a PRI line. Note 2. Each timer value of Layer3 is set up for each type in Program 81-06 (T -Bus) and Pro- gram 82-06 (S-Bus). 13 Loss-Of-[...]

  • Seite 751

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 733 For T1 Unit For VMSU Unit For V OIPU Unit Physical Port Number 01-32 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 Logical Port Number 0-200 0 02 Frame T ype Setup 0 = D4 (12 Multi Frame) 1 = ESF (24 Multi Frame) 0 03 Zero Code Suppression Setup ZCS_B8ZS [...]

  • Seite 752

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-03 : PCB Setup 734 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions (A.) When changing a de fi ned terminal type, fi rst set the type to ‘0’ and then plug the new de vice in to hav e the system automatically de fi ne it or rede fi ne the type manually . (B.) The system must ha ve a PCB instal[...]

  • Seite 753

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 735 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup to set the Music on Hold selection. For MOH, the sys- tem can provide silence to callers on Hold or one of ele ven synthesized selections. Input Data Cond[...]

  • Seite 754

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-04 : Music on Hold Setup 736 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-04 (Music on Hold Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD.[...]

  • Seite 755

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 737 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup Description Use Program 10-05 : General Pur pose Relay Setup to de fi ne which Relay circuits (5-8) on 2PGD AD Adapter are used for General Purpose Relay . Refer to Program 10-21-01 for the [...]

  • Seite 756

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-05 : General Purpose Relay Setup 738 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-05 (General Purpose Relay Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you [...]

  • Seite 757

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 739 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup Description Use Program 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup to de fi ne the TEI selection and DID mode for DID callers when the BRI feature is used. Enter the SPID (Service Pro fi le ID) assigned to each of the system’ s BRI I[...]

  • Seite 758

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-06 : ISDN BRI Setup 740 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-06 (ISDN BRI Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter [...]

  • Seite 759

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-07 : Con versation Recor d Cir cuits Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 741 10-07 : Conversation Record Cir cuits Description Use Program 10-07 : Con versation Record Circuits to select the number of Conference circuits to be used for Con versation Recording. Note: Even if this program is set to ?[...]

  • Seite 760

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-07 : Con versation Recor d Cir cuits 742 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-07 (Con versation Recor d Circuits): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the it[...]

  • Seite 761

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 743 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup to enable or disable pre-ringing for trunk calls. This sets ho w a trunk initially rings a telephone. W ith pre-ringing, a burst of ringing occurs as soon as th[...]

  • Seite 762

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-08 : Pre-Ringing Setup 744 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-08 (Pre-Ringing Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. [...]

  • Seite 763

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 745 10-09 : DTMF and Dial Tone Circuit Setup Description Use Program 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Cir cuit Setup to allocate the circuits on the NTCPU PCBs for either DTMF recei ving or dial tone detection. The NTCPU PCB has 1[...]

  • Seite 764

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-09 : DTMF and Dial T one Circuit Setup 746 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-09 (DTMF and Dial T one Cir cuit Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select a circui[...]

  • Seite 765

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 747 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup to setup the IP Address, Subnet-Mask, and Default Gate way addresses. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A vailable. • A vailable. Item No.[...]

  • Seite 766

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup 748 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions The system must be reset in order for these changes to take af fect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 06 NAPT Router Setup Enable or disable the N APT Router Setup. This item is not used in the U.S. 0=Disable, 1=Enable 0 [...]

  • Seite 767

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-12 : NTCPU Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 749 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-12 (NTCPU Network Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. [...]

  • Seite 768

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup 750 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-13 : In-DHCP Server Setup Description Use Program 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup to setup the DHCP Serv er built into the NTCPU. Input Data Conditions The system must be reset in order for these changes to take af fect. Feature Cr[...]

  • Seite 769

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-13 : In-DHCP Ser ver Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 751 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-13 (In-DHCP Server Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOL[...]

  • Seite 770

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-14 : Managed Network Setup 752 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-14 : Managed Network Setup Description Use Program 10-14 : Managed Netw ork Setup to set up the range of the IP address which the DHCP Server leases to a client. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level[...]

  • Seite 771

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-14 : Managed Network Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 753 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-14 (Managed Network Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the scope number to be programmed [...]

  • Seite 772

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-15 : Client Information Setup 754 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-15 : Client Information Setup Description Use Program 10-15 : Client Inf ormation Setup to set up the client information when the DHCP server needs to assign a fi x ed IP address to clients. Input Data Conditions None Feature[...]

  • Seite 773

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-15 : Client Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 755 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-15 (Client Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the client number to be prog[...]

  • Seite 774

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-16 : Option Information Setup 756 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-16 : Option Information Setup Description Use Program 10-16 : Option Inf ormation Setup to set up the option giv en from the DHCP server to each client. Input Data Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A vailabl[...]

  • Seite 775

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-16 : Option Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 757 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-16 (Option Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. [...]

  • Seite 776

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup 758 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup Description Use Program 10-17 : H.323 Gatek eeper Setup to de fi ne the H.323 Gatekeeper . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A vailabl[...]

  • Seite 777

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-17 : H.323 Gatekeeper Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 759 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-17 (H.323 Gatekeeper Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + [...]

  • Seite 778

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup 760 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup Description Use Program 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup to set up the Alias Address registered into the External Gatekeeper . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Leve[...]

  • Seite 779

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-18 : H.323 Alias Address Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 761 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-18 (H.323 Alias Address Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selec[...]

  • Seite 780

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection 762 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Description Use Program 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection to specify the operating mode of the DSP resource on the V OIPU PCB. This program setting has no af fect on the terminal/tru[...]

  • Seite 781

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-19 : V OIPU DSP Resource Selection Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 763 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-19 (V OIPU DSP Resource Selection): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 19 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to[...]

  • Seite 782

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment 764 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment Description Use Program 10-20 : LAN Setup for Exter nal Equipment to de fi ne the TCP port/address/etc. for communicating to external equipment. Input Data Conditions None Feature[...]

  • Seite 783

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-20 : LAN Setup for External Equipment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 765 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-20 (LAN Setup for External Equipment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 20 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the device n[...]

  • Seite 784

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup 766 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-21 : NTCPU Hardware Setup Description Use Program 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup to set up v arious hardware, such as the baud rate of COM port and the switch for control on NTCPU. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Referen[...]

  • Seite 785

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-21 : NTCPU Hard ware Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 767 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-02 (Location Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. [...]

  • Seite 786

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU 768 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN for APSU Description Use Pr ogram 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU to set up the data required to start the APSU unit (server) from a ke y telephone. Input Data Conditions None[...]

  • Seite 787

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-22 : Setting the W ake On LAN f or APSU Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 769 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-22 (Setting the W ake On LAN for APSU): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 22 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot [...]

  • Seite 788

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection 770 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection Description Use Program 10-23 : H.323 System Inter connection to de fi ne the IP address of another system, call control port number and alias address for Aspire system inter-connection. [...]

  • Seite 789

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-23 : H.323 System Interconnection Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 771 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-23 (H.323 System Interconnection): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 23 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to b[...]

  • Seite 790

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup 772 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-24 : Daylight Savings Setup Description Use Program 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup to set the options for daylight savings. As the tele- phone system is used globally , these settings de fi ne when the system should automatic[...]

  • Seite 791

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-24 : Daylight Sa vings Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 773 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference T ime and Date T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-24 (Daylight Savings Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 24 3. Enter the number of the item you wa[...]

  • Seite 792

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-25 : H.323 Gatewa y Prefix Setup 774 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Prefix Setup Description Use Pr ogram 10-25 : H.323 Gateway Pre fi x Setup to set the gate way pre fi x registered to the out- side gatekeeper . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Non[...]

  • Seite 793

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 775 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup Description Use Program 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup to set the operation mode of the IP system. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN •[...]

  • Seite 794

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-26 : IP System Operation Setup 776 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-26 (IP System Operation Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 26 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select a circuit/resource number[...]

  • Seite 795

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-27 : IP System ID Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 777 10-27 : IP System ID Description Use Program 10-27 : IP System ID to set the IP address of the netw orked IP systems. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Sy[...]

  • Seite 796

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-27 : IP System ID 778 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-27 (IP System ID): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 27 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select a circuit/resource number to be programmed by press[...]

  • Seite 797

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 779 10-28 : SIP Trunk Basic Setup Description Use Program 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup to set the basic options used for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability . Input Data [...]

  • Seite 798

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-28 : SIP T runk Basic Setup 780 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-28 (SIP T runk Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 28 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected +[...]

  • Seite 799

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-29 : SIP Pro xy Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 781 10-29 : SIP Proxy Setup Description Use Program 10-29 : SIP Pr oxy Setup to set the proxy options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability . Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire [...]

  • Seite 800

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-29 : SIP Pro xy Setup 782 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-29 (SIP Pro xy Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 29 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Ent[...]

  • Seite 801

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 783 10-30 : SIP Authentication Information Description Use Program 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information to set the authentication options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP fea[...]

  • Seite 802

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-30 : SIP A uthentication Information 784 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-30 (SIP Authentication Inf ormation): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 30 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the i[...]

  • Seite 803

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 785 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Proxy Setup Description Use Program 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pr oxy Setup to set the registrar/proxy options for SIP extensions. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature avail[...]

  • Seite 804

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-33 : SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup 786 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-33 (SIP Registrar/Pro xy Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 33 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you se[...]

  • Seite 805

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-31 : Networking K eep Alive Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 787 10-31 : Networking Keep Alive Setup Description Use Program 10-31 : Netw orking Keep Alive Setup to set the interv al and retry count of the Aspire Networking keep ali ve message. The k eep alive is used for ISDN and IP netw o[...]

  • Seite 806

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-31 : Networking K eep Alive Setup 788 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-31 (Networking Keep Alive Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 31 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you[...]

  • Seite 807

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 789 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation Description Use Program 10-32 : PRI Netw orking Channel Limitation to assign the number of B-channels to be used for each ISDN PCB. This allo ws for fractional PRIs when used with[...]

  • Seite 808

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-32 : PRI Networking Channel Limitation 790 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-32 (PRI Networking Channel Limitation): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 32 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for t[...]

  • Seite 809

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 791 10-36 : SIP Trunk Registration Information Setup Description Use Program 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup to set the SIP trunk registration information. The Aspire can keep 32 Registrations. Data [...]

  • Seite 810

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-36 : SIP T runk Registration Information Setup 792 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-36 (SIP T runk Registration Inf ormation Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 36 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4.[...]

  • Seite 811

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-37 : UPnP Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 793 10-37 : UPnP Setup Description Use Program 10-37 : UPnP Setup to set the UPnP options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference [...]

  • Seite 812

    Pr ogram 10 : System Con fi guration Setup 10-37 : UPnP Setup 794 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 10-37 (UPnP Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 37 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data for[...]

  • Seite 813

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 795 Program 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Description Use Program 11-01 : System Numbering to set the system’ s internal (Intercom) numbering plan. The numbering plan assigns the fi rst and second digits dialed and af fects the digits [...]

  • Seite 814

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 796 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Step 2: Specify the length of the code you want to change After you specify a single or two digit code, you must tell the system ho w many digits com- prise the code. This is the Number of Digits Required column in the System Numbering (page 797) tab[...]

  • Seite 815

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 797 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New Ne[...]

  • Seite 816

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 798 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New N[...]

  • Seite 817

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 799 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New Ne[...]

  • Seite 818

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 800 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New N[...]

  • Seite 819

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 801 System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New Ne[...]

  • Seite 820

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering 802 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual System Numbering Dial T ypes: 1=Service Code , 2=Extension Number , 3=T runk Access, 4=Special T runk Access, 5=Operator Access, 6=Flexible Routing, 8=Networking, 0=Not Used Dialed Number Number of Digits Required Default New Dial T ype Default New N[...]

  • Seite 821

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-01 : System Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 803 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Flexible System Numbering T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-01 (System Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to progr[...]

  • Seite 822

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-02 : Extension Numbering 804 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-02 : Extension Numbering Description Use Program 11-02 : Extension Numbering to set the e xtension number . The extension number can be up to eight digits long. The fi rst/second digit(s) of the number should be assigned in Pro- gram 11-01. Th[...]

  • Seite 823

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-02 : Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 805 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-02 (Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the extension port number to be programmed by press[...]

  • Seite 824

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-04 : Vir tual Extension Numbering 806 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-04 : Virtual Extension Numbering Description Use Pr ogram 11-04 : V irtual Extension Numbering to de fi ne the virtual extension numbers. The extension number can be up to eight digits long. The fi rst/second digit(s) of the number s[...]

  • Seite 825

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-04 : Vir tual Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 807 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-04 (Vir tual Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the virtual port number to be pro[...]

  • Seite 826

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering 808 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-06 : ACI Extension Numbering Description Use Program 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering to de fi ne the virtual extension number to be used for the ACI. The extension number can be up to eight digits long. The fi rst/second digit(s) of the[...]

  • Seite 827

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-06 : A CI Extension Numbering Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 809 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-06 (A CI Extension Numbering): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CI port number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 828

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-07 : Depar tment Group Pilot Number s 810 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-07 : Department Group Pilot Numbers Description Use Program 11-07 : Department Gr oup Pilot Numbers to assign pilot numbers to each Depart- ment Group set up in Program 16-02. The pilot number is the number users dial for Departmen[...]

  • Seite 829

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-07 : Depar tment Group Pilot Number s Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 811 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-07 (Depar tment Gr oup Pilot Numbers): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone group numbe[...]

  • Seite 830

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-08 : A CI Gr oup Pilot Number 812 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-08 : ACI Group Pilot Number Description Use Program 11-08 : A CI Group Pilot Number to assign the pilot number to the A CI Groups set in Program 33-02. The pilot number can be up to four digits long. The fi rst/second digit(s) of the numb[...]

  • Seite 831

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-08 : A CI Gr oup Pilot Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 813 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-08 (A CI Group Pilot Number): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CI group number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 832

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-09 : T runk Access Code 814 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-09 : Trunk Access Code Description Use Program 11-09 : T runk Access Code to assign the trunk access code (normally 9). The trunk access code can be set from 1 to 8 digits which is de fi ned to type 3 and 4 in Program 11-01. This is the code ex[...]

  • Seite 833

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-09 : T runk Access Code Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 815 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-09 (T runk Access Code): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data f[...]

  • Seite 834

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) 816 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11-10 : Service Code Setup (for System Administrator) Description Use Program 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (for System Administrator) to customize the Service Codes for the System Administrator . Y ou can customize addit[...]

  • Seite 835

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 817 12 Night Mode Switching for Other Group KTS 118 12-xx 20-07-01 13 Not Used - - - - 14 Not Used - - - - 15 Not Used - - - - 16 Lea ving Message W aiting KTS 126 11-11-09 17 Dial Block by Supervisor KTS 101 90-19 18 Of f-P[...]

  • Seite 836

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-10 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or System Administrator) 818 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-10 (Service Code Setup (for System Administrator)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 1[...]

  • Seite 837

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 819 11-11 : Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation) Description Use Program 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entry Operation) to customize the Service Codes which are used for registration and setup. Y ou can[...]

  • Seite 838

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) 820 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16 F orce Ringing of Incoming Intercom Calls KTS 823 20-09-05 20-02-12 17 Programmable Function K ey Programming (Dialing 851 Service Code) KTS 851 15-07 11-11-38 18 BGM On/Of f KTS 825 19 K ey T ouch T one On/Off KTS[...]

  • Seite 839

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 821 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e. 39 One T ouch Dial Number Entry KTS 855 40 Of f-Premise Call Forwarding KTS, SL T *4 41 T andem Ringing KTS, SL T No Setting 15-07 30-03 42 Aspire W irele[...]

  • Seite 840

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-11 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Setup/Entr y Operation) 822 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-11 (Service Code Setup (for Setup/Entry Operation)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. [...]

  • Seite 841

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 823 11-12 : Service Code Setup (for Service Access) Description Use Program 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Service Access) to customize the Service Codes which are used for service access. Y ou can customize additional Service[...]

  • Seite 842

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) 824 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 Group Abbreviated Dialing KTS, SL T #4 12 Last Number Dial KTS, SL T #5 13 Sa ved Number Dial KTS, SL T 815 14 T runk Group Access KTS, SL T 804 15 Speci fi ed T runk Access KTS, SL T #9 16 T runk Access V ia Networking [...]

  • Seite 843

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 825 Conditions For “8xx” service codes used after dialing an e xtension (post-dialing), Program 11-16-09 (Single Digit V oice Mail code) must be deleted or changed from the default entry of “8” for the service codes to wo[...]

  • Seite 844

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-12 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Ser vice Access) 826 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-12 (Service Code Setup (for Service Access)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for[...]

  • Seite 845

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or A CD) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 827 11-13 : Service Code Setup (for ACD) Description Use Program 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (for A CD) to customize the Service Codes which are used with the Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) feature. Y ou can customize additional Service[...]

  • Seite 846

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-13 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or A CD) 828 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-13 (Service Code Setup (for A CD)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 13 3. Enter th[...]

  • Seite 847

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 829 11-14 : Service Code Setup (for Hotel) Description Use Program 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) to customize the Service Codes which are used with the Hotel/Motel feature. Y ou can customize additional Service Codes in Programs[...]

  • Seite 848

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-14 : Ser vice Code Setup (f or Hotel) 830 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hotel/Motel T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-14 (Service Code Setup (for Hotel)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 14 3. Enter the number of the item [...]

  • Seite 849

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-15 : Ser vice Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 831 11-15 : Service Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) Description Use Program 11-15 : Ser vice Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) to customize the special access Service Codes which are us[...]

  • Seite 850

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-15 : Ser vice Code Setup, Administrative (for Special Access) 832 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hotel/Motel ● Maintenance T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-15 (Service Code Setup, Administrative (f or Hotel)): 1. Enter the pr[...]

  • Seite 851

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 833 11-16 : Single Digit Service Code Setup Description Use Program 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup to customize the one-digit Service Codes used when a busy or ring back signal is heard. Y ou can customize additional Service Code[...]

  • Seite 852

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-16 : Single Digit Ser vice Code Setup 834 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-16 (Single Digit Service Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you sele[...]

  • Seite 853

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-17 : A CD Gr oup Pilot Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 835 11-17 : ACD Group Pilot Number Description Use Program 11-17 : A CD Group Pilot Number to assign the A CD Master Number for each A CD Group. This is the number users dial to transfer calls to the ACD Group. Normally , you should use unassigned[...]

  • Seite 854

    Pr ogram 11 : System Numbering 11-17 : A CD Gr oup Pilot Number 836 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 11-17 (A CD Group Pilot Number): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 11 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD group number to be programmed by[...]

  • Seite 855

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 837 Program 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup Description Use Pr ogram 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup to set up the Night Mode options. Refer to the follo wing chart for a description of each option, its range and default[...]

  • Seite 856

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-01 : Night Mode Function Setup 838 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-01 (Night Mode Function Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. [...]

  • Seite 857

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 839 12-02 : Automatic Night Service Patterns Description Use Program 12-02 : A utomatic Night Service Patterns to de fi ne the daily pattern of the auto night switch setting. Each Night Mode Group has 10 patterns. These patterns are us[...]

  • Seite 858

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns 840 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Time P attern 2 Default All groups, all patterns : 00:00 to 00:00 = Mode 1 Time P attern 1 Time P attern 2 Time P attern 3 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Night Service 0:00 0:00 Mode 2 (night) T ime setting 01: 00:00 [...]

  • Seite 859

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-02 : A utomatic Night Ser vice P atterns Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 841 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-02 (Automatic Night Service P atterns): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you [...]

  • Seite 860

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching 842 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching Description Use Program 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching to de fi ne a weekly schedule of night-switch settings. Input Data Default Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • A [...]

  • Seite 861

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-03 : W eekly Night Service Switching Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 843 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Night Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-03 (Weekl y Night Ser v ice Switching): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 3[...]

  • Seite 862

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching 844 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching Description Use Program 12-04 : Holiday Night Ser vice Switching to de fi ne a yearly schedule of holiday night-switch settings. This schedule is used for setting of special days which the compa[...]

  • Seite 863

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-04 : Holiday Night Service Switching Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 845 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-04 (Holiday Night Service Switching): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you select[...]

  • Seite 864

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions 846 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment for Extensions Description Use Program 12-05 : Night Mode Gr oup Assignment for Extensions to a assign Day/Night Mode Group for each extension. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss R[...]

  • Seite 865

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-05 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 847 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-05 (Night Mode Group Assignment f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data[...]

  • Seite 866

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks 848 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment for Trunks Description Use Program 12-06 : Night Mode Gr oup Assignment for T runks to assign a Day/Night Mode Group for each trunk port. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference [...]

  • Seite 867

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-06 : Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 849 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-06 (Night Mode Group Assignment f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for t[...]

  • Seite 868

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode 850 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-07 : Text Data for Night Mode Description Use Program 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode to make an original text message which is dis- played on an LCD of ke yset telephone in each Night Mode. Input Data Default Mode 1 = No setting Mode[...]

  • Seite 869

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-07 : T ext Data f or Night Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 851 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-07 (T ext Data f or Night Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD.[...]

  • Seite 870

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range 852 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 12-08 : Night Mode Service Range Description Use Program 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range to set the number of modes a user will toggle through when using the Night Mode Programmable Function Ke y to toggle night modes. The Aspire S provide[...]

  • Seite 871

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 853 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 12-08 (Night Mode Service Rang e): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 12 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5[...]

  • Seite 872

    Pr ogram 12 : Night Mode Setup 12-08 : Night Mode Ser vice Range 854 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 873

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 855 Program 13 : Abbreviated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup Description Use Program 13-01 : Abbre viated Dialing Function Setup to de fi ne the Abbreviated Dialing functions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr[...]

  • Seite 874

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-01 : Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup 856 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-01 (Abbreviated Dialing Function Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item[...]

  • Seite 875

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-02 : Group Abbre viated Dialing Bins Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 857 13-02 : Group Abbreviated Dialing Bins Description Use Program 13-02 : Gr oup Abbre viated Dialing Bins to de fi ne the range of bin numbers to be used by each Abbreviated Dialing group (refer to Program 13-03). Input Data Default [...]

  • Seite 876

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-02 : Group Abbre viated Dialing Bins 858 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-02 (Group Abbreviated Dialing Bins): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Abbreviated Dialing[...]

  • Seite 877

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Gr oup Assignment for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 859 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Group Assignment for Extensions Description Use Pr ogram 13-03 : Abbre viated Dialing Group Assignment for Extensions to assign Abbrevi- ated Dialing Group for each extension. Input D[...]

  • Seite 878

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-03 : Abbreviated Dialing Gr oup Assignment for Extensions 860 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-03 (Abbreviated Dialing Group Assignment f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to[...]

  • Seite 879

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 861 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name Description Use Pr ogram 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name to store Abbreviated Dialing data into the Abbreviated Dialing areas. This program is also used to de fi ne the na[...]

  • Seite 880

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-04 : Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name 862 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Abbre viated Dialing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-04 (Abbreviated Dialing Number and Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 04 3. Enter the number of the [...]

  • Seite 881

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 863 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing Trunk Group Description Use Program 13-05 : Abbre viated Dialing T runk Group to de fi ne the trunk group to be seized for each Abbreviated Dialing number (refer to Program 13-05). If this program has [...]

  • Seite 882

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-05 : Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup 864 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-05 (Abbreviated Dialing T runk Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Abbreviated Di[...]

  • Seite 883

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-07 : T elephone Book Number and Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 865 13-07 : Telephone Book Number and Name Description Use Program 13-07 : T elephone Book Numer and Name to de fi ne the T elephone Books. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Center T elephone Book Level: Aspire S [...]

  • Seite 884

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-07 : T elephone Book Number and Name 866 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-07 (T elephone Book Number and Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number t[...]

  • Seite 885

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 867 13-08 : Telephone Book System Name Description Use Program 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name to de fi ne the nameT elephone Books. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Center T elephone Book Level: Aspire S Aspire [...]

  • Seite 886

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-08 : T elephone Book System Name 868 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-08 (T elephone Book Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 887

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-09 : T elephone Book Gr oup Name Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 869 13-09 : Telephone Book Group Name Description Use Program 13-09 : T elephone Book Group Name to de fi ne the name for the T elephone book Group. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Center T elephone Book Level: Aspi[...]

  • Seite 888

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-09 : T elephone Book Gr oup Name 870 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-09 (T elephone Book Group Name): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be prog[...]

  • Seite 889

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 871 13-10 : Telephone Book Routing Description Use Program 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing to de fi ne the routing for the T elephone book Group. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Center T elephone Book Level: Aspire S As[...]

  • Seite 890

    Pr ogram 13 : Abbre viated Dialing 13-10 : T elephone Book Routing 872 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 13-10 (T elephone Book Routing): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 13 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed [...]

  • Seite 891

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 873 Program 14 : Trunk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic Trunk Data Setup Description Use Program 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup to set the basic options for each trunk port. Refer to the chart belo w for a description of each option, its range and de[...]

  • Seite 892

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup 874 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 SMDR Print Out Use this option to hav e the system include/exclude the trunk you are pro- gramming from the SMDR printout. See Program 35-01 and 35-02 for SMDR printout options. 0 = No print out 1 = Prints out 0 07 Outgoing Calls Use thi[...]

  • Seite 893

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 875 16 For ced Release of Held Call Use this option to enable/disable forced release for calls on Hold. If enabled, the system disconnects a call if it is on Hold longer than a programmed interv al (Pro- gram 24-01-05). If disabled, forced dis- [...]

  • Seite 894

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup 876 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to features in abov e chart. 25 Continue/Disconnect T runk-to-T runk Con versation When Program 24-02-10 is set to discon- nect a trunk after the de fi ned time, deter- mine whether or[...]

  • Seite 895

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-01 : Basic T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 877 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-01 (Basic T runk Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be programmed by pre[...]

  • Seite 896

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup 878 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-02 : Analog Trunk Data Setup Description Use Program 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup to set the basic options for each analog trunk port. Refer to the chart belo w for a description of each option, its range and default setting. Input [...]

  • Seite 897

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 879 07 DP to DTMF Con version Options Determine how a user can con vert a Dial Pulse (DP) call to a DTMF call. For each trunk, set the type of DP to DTMF con version required. There are three con version options: Automatic (0), Automatic and Ma[...]

  • Seite 898

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-02 : Analog T runk Data Setup 880 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-02 (Analog T runk Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4[...]

  • Seite 899

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 881 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup Description Use Program 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup to indicate if the trunk is installed behind a PBX. There is one item for each of the Night Service Modes: Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of [...]

  • Seite 900

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-04 : Behind PBX Setup 882 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-04 (Behind PBX Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be programmed by pressing the FLA[...]

  • Seite 901

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-05 : T runk Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 883 14-05 : Trunk Group Description Use Program 14-05 : T runk Groups to assign trunks to T runk Groups. Y ou can also assign the outbound priority for trunks within the group. When users dial up the trunk group, they seize the trunks in the order you spec[...]

  • Seite 902

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-05 : T runk Group 884 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-05 (T runk Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or th[...]

  • Seite 903

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-06 : T runk Group Routing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 885 14-06 : Trunk Group Routing Description Use Program 14-06 : T runk Group Routing to set up an outbound routing table for the trunk groups you assigned in Program 14-05. When users dial 9, the system routes their calls in the order (priority) yo[...]

  • Seite 904

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-06 : T runk Group Routing 886 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Route 1, Order Number 1 = 1 (T runk Group 1), Order Numbers 2, 3, 4 = 0 (not speci fi ed) All Other Routes (2-100) and Order Numbers (1-4) = 0 (not speci fi ed) Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming In[...]

  • Seite 905

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 887 14-07 : Trunk Access Map Setup Description Use Program 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup to set up the T runk Access Maps. This sets an extension’ s access options for trunks. For example, an e xtension can only place outgoing calls on trunk[...]

  • Seite 906

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-07 : T runk Access Map Setup 888 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-07 (T runk Access Map Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 07 3[...]

  • Seite 907

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-08 : Music on Hold Source f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 889 14-08 : Music on Hold Source for Trunks Description Use Program 14-08 : Music on Hold Sour ce for T runks to de fi ne a trunk’ s Music on Hold source as either the ACI or COI port. Note: If ACI is selected as the source in Item [...]

  • Seite 908

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-08 : Music on Hold Source f or T runks 890 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-08 (Music on Hold Source f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to[...]

  • Seite 909

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-09 : A CI Con versation Recor ding Destination for T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 891 14-09 : ACI Conver sation Recording Destination for Trunks Description Use Program 14-09 : A CI Con versation Recording Destination for T runks to set the A CI Con- versation Recording destination for each trunk[...]

  • Seite 910

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-09 : A CI Con versation Recor ding Destination for T runks 892 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-09 (A CI Con versation Recording Destination f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want t[...]

  • Seite 911

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-10 : P ower F ailure T elephone f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 893 14-10 : Power Failure Telephone for Trunks Description This program is not used in U .S. software. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable in USA. • Not A vailable in USA.[...]

  • Seite 912

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-11 : ID Setup for IP T runk 894 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-11 : ID Setup for IP Trunk Description Use Program 14-11 : ID Setup f or IP T runk to set the IP trunk ID. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP feature availability . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss[...]

  • Seite 913

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-11 : ID Setup for IP T runk Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 895 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-11 (ID Setup for IP T runk): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. E[...]

  • Seite 914

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk 896 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP Trunk Description Use Program 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup f or IP T runk to set the Re gister ID options for SIP trunks. Contact Y our NEC Sales Representativ e for information on the SIP f[...]

  • Seite 915

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 897 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 14-12 (SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 14 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item[...]

  • Seite 916

    Pr ogram 14 : T runk, Basic Setup 14-12 : SIP Register ID Setup for IP T runk 898 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 917

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 899 Program 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup Description Use Program 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup to de fi ne the basic settings for each e xtension. Note: The item numbers indicated belo w are differen[...]

  • Seite 918

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-01 : Basic Extension Data Setup 900 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to chart abov e. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-01 (Basic Extension Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 01 3. Enter the number of the it[...]

  • Seite 919

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 901 15-02 : Multi-Line Telephone Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup to set up v arious keyset options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vaila[...]

  • Seite 920

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 902 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 02 T runk Ring T one Use this option to set the tone (pitch) of the incoming trunk ring for the extension port you are programming. 1 = High 2 = Mid range 3 = Lo w 4 = Ring T one 1 5 = Ring T one 2 6 = Ring T one 3 7 = Rin[...]

  • Seite 921

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 903 09 Ringing Line Prefer ence for Inter - com Calls Use this option to select between Idle and Ringing Line Preference for Inter- com calls. 0 = Idle (of f) 1 = Ringing (on) 1 10 Ringing Line Prefer ence for T runk Calls Use [...]

  • Seite 922

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 904 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 19 CT A/CTU Data Communication Mode Select ‘0’ if the dip switch settings on the CT A/CTU Adapter are set to PC connection (1=on, 2-8=off) or select ‘1’ if the dip switches are set to printer connection (1-2=on, 3-[...]

  • Seite 923

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 905 24 Conference K ey Mode This option allo ws an extension’ s CONF key to be programmed for Con- ference or for T ransfer . When set for T ransfer (1), the user places a call on hold, dials the extension to which it should [...]

  • Seite 924

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-02 : Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 906 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to abov e chart. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-02 (Multi-Line T elephone Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 02 3. En[...]

  • Seite 925

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 907 15-03 : Single Line Telephone Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup to set up v arious single line tele- phone options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A v[...]

  • Seite 926

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 908 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 T erminal T ype Enter 1 for this option to allo w a single line port to receiv e DTMF tones after the initial call setup. Enter 0 to hav e the port ignore DTMF tones after the initial call setup. For V oice Mail, alway[...]

  • Seite 927

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 909 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Single Line T elephone, Analog ● Single Line T elephone, Digital 14 F orwarded Caller ID Display Mode Not Used in U.S. - Do Not Change Default Entry -0 15 Disconnect Without D[...]

  • Seite 928

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-03 : Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup 910 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-03 (Single Line T elephone Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the [...]

  • Seite 929

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 911 15-05 : IP Phone Terminal Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup to set up the basic settings for an IP Phone. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vai[...]

  • Seite 930

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup 912 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 05-11 For vie wing only - These items should not be changed. 05 H.323 T ermi- nal T ype 1=Standard H.323 T er - minal 2=Net Meeting 0 06 NGT T erminal T ype 1=IP70 2=IP80 3=Smart Phone 0 07 Using IP Address 0.0.0.0 ~ 255.255.[...]

  • Seite 931

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 913 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 17 Calling Party Display Infor- mation 0=nickname, 1=display , 2=user part, 3=extension Nickname Set the Calling Party Display Information. 18 IP Duplication Allo wed in Group[...]

  • Seite 932

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-05 : IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup 914 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-05 (IP Phone T erminal Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephon[...]

  • Seite 933

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 915 15-06 : Trunk Access Map for Extensions Description Use Program 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions to de fi ne the trunk access map for each extension. An extension can only place outgoing calls on trunks to which it has o[...]

  • Seite 934

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-06 : T runk Access Map for Extensions 916 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-06 (T runk Access Map for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone numb[...]

  • Seite 935

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 917 15-07 : Programmable Function Keys Description Use Program 15-07 : Pr ogrammable Function Keys to set the functions of an e xtension’ s Pro- grammable Function K ey . For certain functions, you can append data to the k ey’ s basi[...]

  • Seite 936

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 918 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Function Number List [1] General Function Level (00 – 99) (Service Code 851) Function Number Function Additional Data LED Indication 00 Not De fi ned 01 DSS / One-T ouch Extension number or any num- bers (Up to 24 digits) Red On:[...]

  • Seite 937

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 919 19 External Group Paging External Paging Number (1-8) Red On: Page Active 20 External All Call Paging Red On: Page Active 21 Internal Group Paging Internal P aging Number (01-64) Red On: Page Active 22 Internal All Call Paging None 2[...]

  • Seite 938

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 920 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44 Common Hold None 45 Exclusi ve None 46 Department Group Log Out Red On: Logged Out 47 Rev erse V oice Over Extension Number Red On: extension busy Off: extension idle Rapid Blink (Red): DND or Call Forward Green: Reverse V oice O[...]

  • Seite 939

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 921 66 CTI Red On: CTI active 67 Mail Box Extension Number or Depart- ment Group Number Rapid Blink (Green): Ne w message recei ved Red On: Listening to messages. 68 V oice Mail Service 0 = Skip 1 = Back Skip 2 = Monitor 2-In case of mon[...]

  • Seite 940

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 922 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 87 Set Caller ID Refuse This ke y enables/disables the Caller ID number refusal for the trunks set to "1" in Program 14-01-27. Slow Blink (Red): Active 88 DID Mode Switching Assign a ke y for DID Mode Switching. This k ey [...]

  • Seite 941

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 923 [2] Appearance Function Level (*00 - *99) (Service Code 852) Function Number Function Additional Data LED Indication *00 Not Used *01 Trunk K ey Trunk Number (1-8 or 001-200) Red On: T runk busy by another user Green On: Trunk busy b[...]

  • Seite 942

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-07 : Programmab le Function Ke ys 924 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions When a key is programmed using service code 852, that k ey cannot be programmed with a function using the 851 code until the ke y is unde fi ned (000). For e xample with a Park Ke y programmed by dialing 852 + *04 must b[...]

  • Seite 943

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-08 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 925 15-08 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring Tone Setup Description Use Program 15-08 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring T one Setup to assign a ring tone range (0-4) to incoming virtual extensions assigned to a V irtual Ex[...]

  • Seite 944

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-08 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup 926 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Multiple Directory Number / Call Cov erage T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-08 (Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Setup): 1. Enter [...]

  • Seite 945

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-09 : Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 927 15-09 : Virtual Extension Ring Assignment Description Use Program 15-09 : Virtual Extension Ring Assignment to assign the ringing options for an extension’ s V irtual Extension Ke y or V irtual Department Group Answer Key whi[...]

  • Seite 946

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-09 : Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment 928 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-09 (Vir tual Extension Ring Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone [...]

  • Seite 947

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-10 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 929 15-10 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring Tone Order Setup Description Use Program 15-10 : Incoming Virtual Extension Ring T one Order Setup to set the priority (1-4) for the V irtual Extension Ring T ones set in [...]

  • Seite 948

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-10 : Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup 930 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-10 (Incoming Vir tual Extension Ring T one Order Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to p[...]

  • Seite 949

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-11 : Vir tual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 931 15-11 : Virtual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 15-11 : V irtual Extension Delayed Ring Assignment to assign the delayed ringing options for an extension’ s V irtual Extension or V irtual [...]

  • Seite 950

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-11 : Vir tual Extension Delay ed Ring Assignment 932 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-11 (Vir tual Extension Dela yed Ring Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Sel[...]

  • Seite 951

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-12 : Con versation Recor ding Destination f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 933 15-12 : Conversation Recording Destination f or Extensions Description Use Program 15-12 : Con versation Recording Destination for Extensions to set the A CI Con versation Recording destination for each extens[...]

  • Seite 952

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-12 : Con versation Recor ding Destination f or Extensions 934 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-12 (Con versation Recor ding Destination for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want t[...]

  • Seite 953

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-13 : Loop Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 935 15-13 : Loop Keys Description Use Program 15-13 : Loop K eys to assign the Loop Ke y data for each keyset telephone. Loop Ke ys can be incoming, outgoing or both ways. Outgoing Loop Ke ys use the entry in item 1. Incom- ing Loop K eys use the entry in[...]

  • Seite 954

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-13 : Loop Ke ys 936 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-13 (Loop Keys): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or [...]

  • Seite 955

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-14 : Programmab le One-T ouch Ke ys Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 937 15-14 : Programmable One-T ouch Keys Description Use Program 15-14 : Programmable One-T ouch Keys to de fi ne the One-T ouch ke y data for each keyset telephone. For each Aspire W ireless phone to use the T ransfer When Out of Ran[...]

  • Seite 956

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-14 : Programmab le One-T ouch Ke ys 938 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-14 (Programmable One-T ouc h Ke ys): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number t[...]

  • Seite 957

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 939 15-15 :Aspire Wireless Terminal Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 15-15 : Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the options for the Aspire W ireless phones. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/[...]

  • Seite 958

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup 940 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 DECT T erminal Basic Data Setup - T erminal Capability This program displays the capability of the Aspire Wireless (DECT) phone displaying the options below . This program is read only . • Display Capabilities • [...]

  • Seite 959

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-15 :Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 941 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Aspire W ireless T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-15 (Aspire Wireless T erminal Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 15 3[...]

  • Seite 960

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension 942 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension Description Use Pr ogram 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension to set the SIP Register ID to an e xten- sion port. If both 14-12 and 15-16 are assigned, then the system uses t[...]

  • Seite 961

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-16 : SIP Register ID Setup for Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 943 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-16 (SIP Register ID Setup for Extension): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone[...]

  • Seite 962

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension 944 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 15-19 : System Telephone Book Setup for Extension Description Use Program 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension to assign the T elephone Books to each extension and the options for them. Input Data Condi[...]

  • Seite 963

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 945 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 15-19 (System T elephone Book Setup for Extension): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 15 19 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Selec[...]

  • Seite 964

    Pr ogram 15 : Extension, Basic Setup 15-19 : System T elephone Book Setup f or Extension 946 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 965

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 947 Program 16 : Department Group Setup 16-01 : Department Group Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 16-01 : Department Gr oup Basic Data Setup to set the function mode for each department group. Input Data Level: Aspire S A[...]

  • Seite 966

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup 948 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Department Calling 06 STG Withdraw Mode - Not Used - 0 = Disable (Camp On) 1 = Enable (Over fl o w Mode) 0 07 Call Recall Restriction for STG Determine whether a or not an unan- [...]

  • Seite 967

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-01 : Depar tment Group Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 949 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-01 (Depar tment Gr oup Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 16 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Departme[...]

  • Seite 968

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-02 : Depar tment Group Assignment f or Extensions 950 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16-02 : Department Group Assignment for Extensions Description Use Program 16-02 : Department Gr oup Assignment for Extensions to assign each e xtension to a Department Group and to assign the extenion’ s priorit[...]

  • Seite 969

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-02 : Depar tment Group Assignment f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 951 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-02 (Depar tment Gr oup Assignment for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 16 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. [...]

  • Seite 970

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group 952 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 16-03 : Secondary Department Group Description Use Program 16-03 : Secondary Department Gr oup to set a second Department Group for extensions. Each secondary Department Group can ha ve up to 16 extensions assigned. Input Data Defa[...]

  • Seite 971

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 953 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 16-03 (Secondary Depar tment Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 16 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Pilot extension number [...]

  • Seite 972

    Pr ogram 16 : Depar tment Gr oup Setup 16-03 : Secondar y Department Group 954 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 973

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 955 Program 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options Description Use Program 20-01 : System Options to set v arious system options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Item No. Item Input Data Default Relate[...]

  • Seite 974

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-01 : System Options 956 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference Refer to abov e chart. T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-01 (System Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. [...]

  • Seite 975

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 957 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line Telephones Description Use Program 20-02 : System Options f or Multi-Line T elephones to set various system options for Multi-Line T elephones. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL [...]

  • Seite 976

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones 958 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Preselection T ime When a keyset user preselects a line k ey , the system remembers the preselection for this interval. 0-64800 seconds 5 07 Time and Date Display Mode Set how the Time and Date appear on display telepho[...]

  • Seite 977

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-02 : System Options for Multi-Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 959 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-02 (System Options for Multi-Line T elephones): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 02 3. Enter the number o[...]

  • Seite 978

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones 960 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-03 : System Options for Single Line Telephones Description Use Program 20-03 : System Options f or Single Line T elephones to set up various options for Single Line T elephones. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL[...]

  • Seite 979

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 961 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Single Line T elephones, Analog ● Single Line T elephones, Digital 04 Dial Sending Start Time for SL T or ARS When ARS or an analog extension user accesses a trunk and dials a[...]

  • Seite 980

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-03 : System Options for Single Line T elephones 962 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-03 (System Options for Single Line T elephones): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter da[...]

  • Seite 981

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-04 : System Options for Vir tual Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 963 20-04 : System Options for Virtual Extensions Description Use Program 20-04 : System Options for Virtual Extensions to set up various system options for V irtual Extensions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference [...]

  • Seite 982

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-04 : System Options for Vir tual Extensions 964 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-04 (System Options for Virtual Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for th[...]

  • Seite 983

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-05 : Charging Cost Service Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 965 20-05 : Charging Cost Service Description This program is not used. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 984

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-06 : Class of Ser vice f or Extensions 966 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-06 : Class of Service for Extensions Description Use Program 20-06 : Class of Ser vice for Extensions to assign a Class of Service to an extension. There are15 Classes of Service that can be assigned. T o specify the options in[...]

  • Seite 985

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-06 : Class of Ser vice f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 967 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-06 (Class of Service for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number t[...]

  • Seite 986

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) 968 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-07 : Class of Service Options (Administrator Level) Description Use Program 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Lev el) to de fi ne the administrator service av ailability for each extension’ s Cl[...]

  • Seite 987

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 969 09 - Not Used - 10 Programmable Function K ey Programming (Appearance Le vel) T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to program their Appear- ance function keys using Service Code 852 (by def ault). 0 = Of f 1 = [...]

  • Seite 988

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-07 : Class of Ser vice Options (Administrator Le vel) 970 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-07 (Class of Service Options (Administrator Level)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2[...]

  • Seite 989

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 971 20-08 : Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Service) Description Use Program 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) to de fi ne the outgoing call feature av ailability for each extension’ s[...]

  • Seite 990

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) 972 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service 10 Switching from Handsfr ee Answerback to For ced Intercom Ringing T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to force Handsfree Answerback or Forced I[...]

  • Seite 991

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-08 : Class of Ser vice Options (Outgoing Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 973 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-08 (Class of Service Options (Outgoing Call Ser vice)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program[...]

  • Seite 992

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-09 : Class of Ser vice Options (Incoming Call Service) 974 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-09 : Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Service) Description Use Program 20-09 : Class of Ser vice Options (Incoming Call Service) to de fi ne the incoming call feature av ailability for each extension’ [...]

  • Seite 993

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-09 : Class of Ser vice Options (Incoming Call Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 975 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-09 (Class of Service Options (Incoming Call Ser vice)): 1. Enter the programming mode[...]

  • Seite 994

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Ans wer Ser vice) 976 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-10 : Class of Service Options (Answer Service) Description Use Program 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Answer Service) to de fi ne the answer feature av ailability for each extension’ s Class of Service. Input [...]

  • Seite 995

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-10 : Class of Ser vice Options (Ans wer Ser vice) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 977 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-10 (Class of Service Options (Answer Service)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 10 3.[...]

  • Seite 996

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) 978 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-11 : Class of Service Options (Hold/Transfer Service) Description Use Program 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) to de fi ne the Hold and T ransfer feature av ailability for each extens[...]

  • Seite 997

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 979 10 Group Hold Answer T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to pick up a call on Group Hold. 0 = Of f 1 = On 11 11 A utomatic On Hook T ransfer T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to use Automatic On Hoo[...]

  • Seite 998

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-11 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hold/T ransfer Service) 980 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-11 (Class of Service Options (Hold/T ransfer Service)): 1. Enter the programming mo[...]

  • Seite 999

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-12 : Class of Ser vice Options (Char ging Cost Ser vice) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 981 20-12 : Class of Service Options (Charging Cost Service) Description This program is not used. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1000

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) 982 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-13 : Class of Service Options (Supplementary Service) Description Use Program 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) to de fi ne the supple- mentary feature av ailability for each extension?[...]

  • Seite 1001

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 983 10 Barge In Mode Enables the extension’ s Barge In to be speech mode (0) or Monitor mode (1). 0=Speech 1=Monitor 00 11 Room Monitor , Initiating Extension T urn off or on an e xtension’ s ability to initiate Roo[...]

  • Seite 1002

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) 984 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24 Privacy Release by Pr essing Line Key T urn off or on a user’ s ability to press a line key to bar ge into an outside call. The Bar ge In feature must be enabled if this option is to be used. 0 = Of f 1 = On 0[...]

  • Seite 1003

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-13 : Class of Ser vice Options (Supplementary Service) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 985 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-13 (Class of Service Options (Supplementar y Service)): 1. Enter the programming mode[...]

  • Seite 1004

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options f or DISA/E&M 986 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-14 : Class of Service Options for DISA/E&M Description Use Program 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options for DISA/E&M to enable/disable DISA and tie line Class of Service options. Y ou assign a DISA Class of Servi[...]

  • Seite 1005

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-14 : Class of Ser vice Options f or DISA/E&M Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 987 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service ● Direct Inward System Access (DISA) ● T ie Lines T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-14 (Class of Service Options for DISA[...]

  • Seite 1006

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup 988 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup Description Use Program 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup to de fi ne the ringing c ycles for each ring type. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Item No. Incoming Signal T ype Ringing Cyc l[...]

  • Seite 1007

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-15 : Ring Cycle Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 989 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-15 (Ring Cycle Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for [...]

  • Seite 1008

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages 990 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-16 : Selectable Display Messages Description Use Program 20-16 : Selectable Display Messages to enter the Selectable Display Messages. There are 20 alphanumeric messages, up to 24 characters long. Use the following chart when pro- g[...]

  • Seite 1009

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 991 When using i-Series telephones on the Aspire system, not all the same characters are available. Refer to the follo wing chart for the i-Series characters: With Software 2.05+: Use this keypad digit . . . When you want to. . . 1 Enter ch[...]

  • Seite 1010

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages 992 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Default Conditions T ime value "## : ##" must be follo wed by two spaces. Selectable Display Message Number 01-20 Item No. T ext data 01 24 characters Number Message 1 IN MEETING UNTIL ##:## 2 MEETING R OOM - #####[...]

  • Seite 1011

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-16 : Selectable Displa y Messages Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 993 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Display Messages T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-16 (Selectable Display Messa ges): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 16 3. Enter the number of the item you [...]

  • Seite 1012

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension 994 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-17 : Operator ’ s Extension Description Use Program 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension to designate an operator . When an e xtension user dials “0” or “9” (de fi ned by Program 11-01 T ype 5), calls go to the operator selected in[...]

  • Seite 1013

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-17 : Operator’ s Extension Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 995 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-17 (Operator’ s Extension): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the operator number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 1014

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-18 : Ser vice T one Timers 996 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-18 : Service Tone Timers Description Use Program 20-18 : Ser vice T one T imer to set the values for the system service tone timers. Refer to the follo wing chart for a description of each option, its range and default setting. Input Data [...]

  • Seite 1015

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-18 : Ser vice T one Timers Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 997 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Distincti ve Ringing, T ones, and Flash Patterns T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-18 (Service T one Timer s): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 18 3. Enter the number of the it[...]

  • Seite 1016

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID 998 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID Description Use Program 20-19 : System Options f or Caller ID to de fi ne the system options for the Caller ID feature. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. ?[...]

  • Seite 1017

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-19 : System Options for Caller ID Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 999 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Caller ID T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-19 (System Options for Caller ID): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 19 3. Enter the number of the item you wa[...]

  • Seite 1018

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-20 : Message Setup for Non-Caller ID Data 1000 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 20-20 : Message Setup for Non-Caller ID Data Description Use Program 20-20 : Message Setup f or Non-Caller ID Data to de fi ne the messages which will be displayed when no Caller ID information is receiv ed. Input Data Condit[...]

  • Seite 1019

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-21 : System Options for Long Con versation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1001 20-21 : System Options for Long Conversation Description Use Program 20-21 : System Options f or Long Con versation to de fi ne the system options for the Long Con versation feature. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss [...]

  • Seite 1020

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-21 : System Options for Long Con versation 1002 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-21 (System Options for Long Con versation): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 21 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for th[...]

  • Seite 1021

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1003 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Service Description Use Program 20-22 : System Options f or Aspire Wireless Ser vice to de fi ne the time the system waits before determining the Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone [...]

  • Seite 1022

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-22 : System Options for Aspire Wireless Ser vice 1004 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-22 (System Options for Aspire Wireless Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 22 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter [...]

  • Seite 1023

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-23 : System Options for CTI Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1005 20-23 : System Options for CTI Description Use Program 20-23 : System Options f or CTI to de fi ne the system options for the CTI feature. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Computer T elephony Inte gration (CTI) Applic[...]

  • Seite 1024

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-23 : System Options for CTI 1006 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-23 (System Options for CTI Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 23 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + [...]

  • Seite 1025

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-25 : ISDN Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1007 20-25 : ISDN Options Description Use Program 20-25 : ISDN Options to de fi ne the ISDN system options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. • Option 14 av ailable with 2.63+ software • Option 14 available wi[...]

  • Seite 1026

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-25 : ISDN Options 1008 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-25 (ISDN Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 25 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Ent[...]

  • Seite 1027

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-28 : System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1009 20-28 : System Option for Trunk to T runk Conversations Description Use Program 20-28 : System Option f or T runk to T runk Con versations to de fi ne the Icon versa- tion continue/disconnection options. Input Dat[...]

  • Seite 1028

    Pr ogram 20 : System Option Setup 20-28 : System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations 1010 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 20-28 (System Option for T runk to T runk Con versations): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 20 28 3. Enter the number of the item you want to progr[...]

  • Seite 1029

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1011 Program 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Description Use Pr ogram 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls to set the system options for Outgoing Call Service. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M[...]

  • Seite 1030

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls 1012 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 Ringdown Extension Timer A Ringdo wn extension automatically calls its programmed destination after this interval. 0-64800 Seconds 5 20-08-09 21-11 10 Dial Digits f or T oll Restriction Path If this option is programmed with a[...]

  • Seite 1031

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-01 : System Options for Outgoing Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1013 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-01 (System Options for Outgoing Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 01 3.[...]

  • Seite 1032

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions 1014 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-02 : Trunk Group Routing for Extensions Description Use Program 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions to assign Program 14-06 routes to extensions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspi[...]

  • Seite 1033

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-02 : T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1015 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-02 (T runk Group Routing f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone[...]

  • Seite 1034

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks 1016 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-03 : Trunk Group Routing for Trunks Description Use Program 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks to set the T runk Route T able for Auto- matic External Call Forw ard. The Route T able is set in Program 14-06. Input Data [...]

  • Seite 1035

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-03 : T runk Group Routing f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1017 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-03 (T runk Group Routing f or T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to[...]

  • Seite 1036

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class for Extensions 1018 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-04 : Toll Restriction Class for Extensions Description Use Pr ogram 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class to assign a T oll Restriction class to an extension. The details of T oll Restriction are de fi ned in Program 21-05 and[...]

  • Seite 1037

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-04 : T oll Restriction Class for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1019 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-04 (T oll Restriction Class for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telep[...]

  • Seite 1038

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class 1020 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-05 : Toll Restriction Class Description Use Program 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class to set the system’ s T oll Restriction classes (1-15). Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. T oll Restriction C[...]

  • Seite 1039

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1021 Default Conditions None 11 Intercom Call Restriction 0 = Disable 1 = Enable This option determines whether an ICM incom- ing call is restricted. 12 PBX Call Restriction 0 = Disable 1 = Enable Use this option to set how the system T oll Rest[...]

  • Seite 1040

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-05 : T oll Restriction Class 1022 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● T oll Restriction T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-05 (T oll Restriction Class): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4[...]

  • Seite 1041

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1023 21-06 : Toll Restriction Table Data Setup Description Use Program 21-06 : T oll Restriction T able Data Setup to set the system’ s T oll Restriction data. Dial 1-9, 0, *, # can be entered in each table. Input Data Level: Aspi[...]

  • Seite 1042

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup 1024 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Permit Code T able This option lets you program the Permit Code T ables. If the system has T oll Restriction enabled, users can dial numbers only if permitted by these tables and the Common Permit T able (21-06-04). There a[...]

  • Seite 1043

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-06 : T oll Restriction T ab le Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1025 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T oll Restriction T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-06 (T oll Restriction T able Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 06 3. Enter the n[...]

  • Seite 1044

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assw ord Setup 1026 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-07 : Toll Restriction Override Pass word Setup Description Use Program 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assword Setup to assign T oll Restriction Over- ride codes to extensions. Each code must be four digits long[...]

  • Seite 1045

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-07 : T oll Restriction Override P assw ord Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1027 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-07 (T oll Restriction Override Pass word Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select [...]

  • Seite 1046

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup 1028 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup Description Use Program 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup to de fi ne the automatic Repeat Dial data. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. It[...]

  • Seite 1047

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-08 : Repeat Dial Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1029 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-08 (Repeat Dial Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data[...]

  • Seite 1048

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-09 : Dial Block Setup 1030 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-09 : Dial Block Setup Description Use Program 21-09 : Dial Block Setup to de fi ne the Dial Blocking T oll Restriction Class and Dial Block Passw ord to be used by the Supervisor extension. Input Data Conditions This function works by passwor[...]

  • Seite 1049

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-09 : Dial Block Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1031 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-09 (Dial Block Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data f[...]

  • Seite 1050

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions 1032 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class Per Extensions Description Use Program 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions to de fi ne the T oll Restriction Class to each extension when the e xtension is set for[...]

  • Seite 1051

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-10 : Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1033 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-10 (Dial Block Restriction Class P er Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Sele[...]

  • Seite 1052

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment 1034 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment Description Use Program 21-11 : Extension Ringdo wn (Hotline) Assignment to de fi ne the Hotline destina- tion number for each extension number . Input Data Conditions None F[...]

  • Seite 1053

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-11 : Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1035 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-11 (Extension Ringdown (Hotline) Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the tel[...]

  • Seite 1054

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-12 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks 1036 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-12 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks Description Use Program 21-12 : ISDN Calling P arty Number Setup for T runks to assign Calling Party Numbers for each trunk (maximum 16 digits per entry). When a call[...]

  • Seite 1055

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-12 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1037 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-12 (ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Sele[...]

  • Seite 1056

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-13 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for Extensions 1038 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-13 : ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions Description Use Program 21-13 : ISDN Calling P arty Number Setup for Extensions to assign each exten- sion a Calling Party Number (maximum 16 digits per entry)[...]

  • Seite 1057

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-13 : ISDN Calling P ar ty Number Setup for Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1039 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-13 (ISDN Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4[...]

  • Seite 1058

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup 1040 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-14 : W alking Toll Restriction Passw ord Setup Description Use Program 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assword Setup to assign the password and T oll Restriction Class for W alking T oll Restriction. Each code i[...]

  • Seite 1059

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-14 : W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1041 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-14 (W alking T oll Restriction P assw ord Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select[...]

  • Seite 1060

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-15 : Individual T runk Group Routing f or Extensions 1042 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-15 : Individual Trunk Group Routing for Extensions Description Use Program 21-15 : Indi vidual T runk Group Route f or Extensions to designate the alternate trunk access route accessed when a user dials the Alter[...]

  • Seite 1061

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-15 : Individual T runk Group Routing f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1043 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-15 (Individual T runk Gr oup Routing for Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4[...]

  • Seite 1062

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks 1044 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-16 : Trunk Group Routing for Netw orks Description Use Program 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks to assign Program 14-06 routes for a networked system. This is required to seize the trunk in a networked system (Exten[...]

  • Seite 1063

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-16 : T runk Group Routing f or Networks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1045 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-16 (T runk Group Routing f or Networks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone num[...]

  • Seite 1064

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or T runks 1046 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) Trunk Calling Party Number Setup for Trunks Description Use Program 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling Party Number Setup for T runks to allo w for the Calling Party Number [...]

  • Seite 1065

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-17 : IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or T runks Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1047 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-17 (IP (H.323/SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup for T runks): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 17 3. Enter the number of [...]

  • Seite 1066

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions 1048 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-18 : IP (H.323) Trunk Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions Description Use Program 21-18 : IP T runk Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions to allow for the Calling Party Number to be displ[...]

  • Seite 1067

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1049 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-18 : IP (H.323) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 18 3. Enter the number of [...]

  • Seite 1068

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions 1050 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-19 : IP (SIP) Trunk Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions Description Use Program 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions to allow for the Calling Party Number to be dis[...]

  • Seite 1069

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1051 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 21-19 : IP (SIP) T runk Calling P ar ty Number Setup f or Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 21 19 3. Enter the number of the [...]

  • Seite 1070

    Pr ogram 21 : Outgoing Call Setup 21-20 : SIP T runk Call Discernment Setup for Extension 1052 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 21-20 : SIP Trunk Call Discernment Setup for Extension Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1071

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1053 Program 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls Description Use Pr ogram 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls to de fi ne the system options for incom- ing calls. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire [...]

  • Seite 1072

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-01 : System Options for Incoming Calls 1054 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-01 (System Options for Incoming Call Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. [...]

  • Seite 1073

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1055 22-02 : Incoming Call Trunk Setup Description Use Program 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup to assign the incoming trunk type for each trunk. There is one item for each Night Service Mode. Input Data Conditions (A.) When connecting to T[...]

  • Seite 1074

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-02 : Incoming Call T runk Setup 1056 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-02 (Incoming Service T ype Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected [...]

  • Seite 1075

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1057 22-03 : Trunk Ring Tone Range Description Use Program 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range to select the ring tone range for the trunk. The trunk uses a ring tone within the range selected when it rings an extension. There are four ring tones av[...]

  • Seite 1076

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-03 : T runk Ring T one Range 1058 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-03 (T runk Ring T one Range): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to progr[...]

  • Seite 1077

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1059 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment to assign extensions to Ring Groups. Calls ring extensions according to Ring Group programming. Use [...]

  • Seite 1078

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-04 : Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment 1060 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-04 (Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the [...]

  • Seite 1079

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1061 22-05 : Incoming Trunk Ring Group Assignment Description Use Program 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment to assign trunks to incoming Ring Groups. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Ring Groups L[...]

  • Seite 1080

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-05 : Incoming T runk Ring Group Assignment 1062 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-05 (Incoming T runk Ring Gr oup Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk[...]

  • Seite 1081

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1063 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode Description Use Pr ogram 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode to de fi ne whether or not an extension should ring for the Normal Incoming Ring Mode. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● C[...]

  • Seite 1082

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-06 : Normal Incoming Ring Mode 1064 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-06 (Normal Incoming Ring Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be program[...]

  • Seite 1083

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-07 : DIL Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1065 22-07 : DIL Assignment Description Use Program 22-07 : DIL Assignment to assign the destination extension or Department Calling Group pilot # (as assigned in Program 11-07) for each DIL Incoming trunk. A DIL rings an exten- sion directly , without a[...]

  • Seite 1084

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-07 : DIL Assignment 1066 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-07 (DIL Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH [...]

  • Seite 1085

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1067 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination Description For DIL Delayed Ringing, use Pr ogram 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination to assign the DIL No Answer Ring Group. An unanswered DIL rings this group after the DIL No Answer T ime exp[...]

  • Seite 1086

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-08 : DIL/IRG No Answer Destination 1068 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-08 (DIL/IRG No Answer Destination): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be pro[...]

  • Seite 1087

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1069 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the basic setting of Dial-In incoming calls for each trunk group. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward Dialing (DID[...]

  • Seite 1088

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-09 : DID Basic Data Setup 1070 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-09 (DID Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T runk Group number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 1089

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-10 : DID T ranslation T ab le Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1071 22-10 : DID Translation Table Setup Description Use Program 22-10 : DID T ranslation T able Setup to specify the size of the DID T ranslation T ables. There are 2000 Translation T able entries that you can allocate among 20 T ranslat[...]

  • Seite 1090

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-10 : DID T ranslation T ab le Setup 1072 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-10 (DID T ranslation T able Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Conv ersion T able Ar[...]

  • Seite 1091

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1073 22-11 : DID Translation Number Conver sion Description Use Program 22-11 : DID T ranslation T able Number Con version to specify for each Translation T able entry (2000): ● The digits recei ved by the system (eight max.) ● T[...]

  • Seite 1092

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version 1074 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Con version T able Number 1-2000 Item No. Item Input Data Default 01 Receiv ed Number Max. 8 digits No setting 02 T arget Number Max. 24 digits No setting 03 DID Name Max. 12 characters No setting 04 Transfer Operati[...]

  • Seite 1093

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-11 : DID T ranslation Number Con version Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1075 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward Dialing (DID) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-11 (DID T ranslation Number Con version): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 11 3. En[...]

  • Seite 1094

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup 1076 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Group Description For each DID Translation T able, use Program 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup to de fi ne the fi rst destination group for DID calls. Depending on the entry in Program 22-09-02 and 22-11-04[...]

  • Seite 1095

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-12 : DID Intercept Ring Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1077 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-12 (DID Intercept Ring Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Conv ersion T able Area number [...]

  • Seite 1096

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment 1078 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-13 : DID Trunk Group to Translation T able Assignment Description Use Program 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment to assign the DID T runk Groups to DID T ranslation T ables. DID trunks [...]

  • Seite 1097

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-13 : DID T runk Group to T ranslation T able Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1079 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-13 (DID T runk Gr oup to T ranslation T able Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to pro[...]

  • Seite 1098

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-14 : VRS Delay ed Message for IRG 1080 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-14 : VRS Dela yed Message for IRG Description Use Program 22-14 : VRS Delayed Message for IRG to de fi ne for each incoming ring group the timers, VRS message number and tone kind for VRS W aiting Message. Input Data Conditions No[...]

  • Seite 1099

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-14 : VRS Delay ed Message for IRG Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1081 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-14 (VRS Delayed Messa ge for IRG): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Incoming Ring Group numbe[...]

  • Seite 1100

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-15 : VRS W aiting Message f or Depar tment Gr oup 1082 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-15 : VRS Waiting Message for Department Group Description Use Program 22-15 : VRS W aiting Message for Department Gr oup to de fi ne for each Depart- ment (Extension) Group the timers, VRS message number and tone k[...]

  • Seite 1101

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-15 : VRS W aiting Message f or Depar tment Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1083 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-15 (VRS W aiting Message for Department Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select [...]

  • Seite 1102

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-17 : DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time P attern Mode 1084 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-17 : DID Conversion Table Area Setup for Time Pattern Mode Description Use Program 22-17 : DID Con version T able Area Setup f or Time P attern Mode to de fi ne the times and DID Con version T able (Pro[...]

  • Seite 1103

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-17 : DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time P attern Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1085 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-17 (DID Con version T able Area Setup for Time Pattern Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 17 3. Enter the number of the item you w[...]

  • Seite 1104

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-18 : Private Call Assignment 1086 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-18 : Private Call Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 22-18 : Private Call Assignment to de fi nes assignments and incoming ring patterns for a Priv ate Call. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Caller ID ● Centra[...]

  • Seite 1105

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-18 : Private Call Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1087 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-18 (Private Call Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Department Group number to be progr[...]

  • Seite 1106

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup 1088 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22-16 : Private Call Refuse Target Area Setup Description Use Program 22-16 : Pri vate Call Refuse T arget Area Setup to de fi ne the ABB group number for Pri vate Call Refuse. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Re[...]

  • Seite 1107

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1089 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 22-18 (Private Call Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 22 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Department Group n[...]

  • Seite 1108

    Pr ogram 22 : Incoming Call Setup 22-16 : Private Call Refuse T ar g et Area Setup 1090 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1109

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-01 : System Options for Gr oup Call Pic kup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1091 Program 23 : Answer Features Setup 23-01 : System Options for Group Call Pickup Description Not currently av ailable. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1110

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups 1092 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-02 : Call Pickup Groups Description Use Program 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups to assign extensions to Call Pickup Groups. This pro- gram also lets you assign an extension’ s Call Pickup Group priority . If two extensions in a group are r[...]

  • Seite 1111

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-02 : Call Pickup Gr oups Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1093 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-02 (Call Pickup Gr oups): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 23 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed by pre[...]

  • Seite 1112

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-03 : Universal Ans wer/A uto Answer 1094 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-03 : Universal Answer/Auto Answer Description Use Program 23-03 : Uni versal Answer/A uto Answer to assign trunk routes (set in Program 14-06) to extensions for Uni versal Answer . If the call ringing the paging system is in a[...]

  • Seite 1113

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-03 : Universal Ans wer/A uto Answer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1095 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-03 (Universal Answer/A uto Answer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 23 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to[...]

  • Seite 1114

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions 1096 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference for Vir tual Extensions Description Use Program 23-04 : Ringing Line Pr eference f or V irtual Extensions to set the of f-hook auto- matic response priority for calls ringing virt[...]

  • Seite 1115

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1097 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 23-04 (Ringing Line Preference for Virtual Extensions): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 23 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program[...]

  • Seite 1116

    Pr ogram 23 : Ans wer Features Setup 23-04 : Ringing Line Preference f or Vir tual Extensions 1098 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1117

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1099 Program 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold Description Use Program 24-01 : System Options f or Hold to de fi ne the system options for the Hold feature. Input Data Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN ?[...]

  • Seite 1118

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-01 : System Options for Hold 1100 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hold ● Park T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-01 (System Options for Hold): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. E[...]

  • Seite 1119

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1101 24-02 : System Options for Transfer Description Use Program 24-02 : System Options f or T ransfer to de fi ne the system options for T ransfer feature. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. • [...]

  • Seite 1120

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er 1102 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ransfer 07 For ced Release for T runk-to-T runk T ransfer This timer will start when a trunk begins talking with another trunk (for example: trunk-to-trunk transfer , out- going from tr[...]

  • Seite 1121

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-02 : System Options for T ransf er Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1103 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-02 (System Options for T ransfer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you select[...]

  • Seite 1122

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-03 : P ark Group 1104 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-03 : Park Group Description Use Program 24-03 : P ark Group to assign an e xtension to a Park Group. The system allo ws a total of 64 Park Groups. An extension can only pick up a call parked in orbit by an e xtension in its o wn group. Input Data [...]

  • Seite 1123

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-03 : P ark Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1105 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-03 (Park Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or[...]

  • Seite 1124

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-04 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup 1106 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-04 : Automatic T runk-to-Trunk T ransfer Target Setup Description Use Program 24-04 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T ar get Setup to assign the Abbrevi- ated Dialing number bin which should be used [...]

  • Seite 1125

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-04 : A utomatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1107 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-04 (Automatic T runk-to-T runk T ransfer T arget Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to pr[...]

  • Seite 1126

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-05 : Depar tment Group T ransfer T arget Setup 1108 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-05 : Department Group Transfer Target Setup Description Use Program 24-05 : Department Gr oup T ransfer T arget Setup to assign the Abbreviated Dial- ing bin which is used as the destination of the extension for the D[...]

  • Seite 1127

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-05 : Depar tment Group T ransfer T arget Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1109 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-05 (Depar tment Gr oup T ransf er T ar g et Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Selec[...]

  • Seite 1128

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwar ding 1110 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwarding Description For each e xtension/virtual extension port, use Program 24-06 : Fixed Call F orwarding to assign the Fixed Call F orwarding T ype (0-4) and the destination extension/virtual e xtension. F or e xten[...]

  • Seite 1129

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-06 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1111 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-06 (Fixed Call Forwarding): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 1130

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise 1112 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwarding Off-Premise Description Use Program 24-07 : Fixed Call F orwarding Off Premise to assign the Fix ed Call Forwarding Of f-Premise telephone number for each extension. The off-premise destination can[...]

  • Seite 1131

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1113 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 24-07 (Fixed Call Forwarding Off-Premise): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 24 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone num[...]

  • Seite 1132

    Pr ogram 24 : Hold/T ransfer Setup 24-07 : Fixed Call Forwar ding Off-Premise 1114 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1133

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1115 Program 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup Description Use Program 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup to de fi ne the basic setting of each VRS/ DISA line. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ?[...]

  • Seite 1134

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-01 : VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup 1116 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-01 (VRS/DISA Line Basic Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T runk Port number to be [...]

  • Seite 1135

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1117 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message Description Use Program 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message to assign the VRS message number to be used as the Automated Attendant Message for each trunk which is assigned as a VRS/DISA. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr o[...]

  • Seite 1136

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-02 : VRS/DISA VRS Message 1118 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-02 (VRS/DISA VRS Message): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T runk Port number to be programmed by pressi[...]

  • Seite 1137

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-03 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1119 25-03 : VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group With Incorrect Dialing Description Use Program 25-03 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorr ect Dialing to set what hap- pens to a call when the DISA or Automated Attendant[...]

  • Seite 1138

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-03 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing 1120 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-03 (VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With Incorrect Dialing): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to pr[...]

  • Seite 1139

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1121 25-04 : VRS/DISA Transfer Ring Group With No Answer/Busy Description Use Program 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy to set the operat- ing mode of each DISA trunk. This sets what happens to the [...]

  • Seite 1140

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-04 : VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy 1122 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-04 (VRS/DISA T ransfer Ring Gr oup With No Answer/Busy): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.[...]

  • Seite 1141

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Messa g e Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1123 25-05 : VRS/DISA Err or Message Assignment Description Use Program 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Message Assignment to assign the VRS message number to be used as the Automated Attendant error message. For each VRS/DISA trunk that the VRS w[...]

  • Seite 1142

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-05 : VRS/DISA Error Messa g e Assignment 1124 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-05 (VRS/DISA Error Message Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T runk Port numbe[...]

  • Seite 1143

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1125 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup Description Use Program 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup to set up single digit dialing through the VRS. This gi ves VRS callers single key access to e xtensions, the[...]

  • Seite 1144

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-06 : VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup 1126 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-06 (VRS/DISA One-Digit Code Attendant Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Guidanc[...]

  • Seite 1145

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1127 25-07 : System Timers for VRS/DISA Description Use Program 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA to set the v alue for the system timers which af fect DID and DISA. Refer to the following chart for a description of each option, its range and d[...]

  • Seite 1146

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA 1128 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward System Access (DISA) 08 Long Con versation Disconnect This timer determines how long the system will w ait before discon- necting a DISA caller or any trunk-to-trunk (such as T ande[...]

  • Seite 1147

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-07 : System Timers f or VRS/DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1129 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-07 (System Timers f or VRS/DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD[...]

  • Seite 1148

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup 1130 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup Description Use Program 25-08 : DISA User ID Setup to set the 6-digit DISA passw ord for each user . There are 15 users each with one 6-digit password. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Inward [...]

  • Seite 1149

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1131 25-09 : Class of Service for DISA Users Description Use Program 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users to set the DISA Class of Service for each user . When a DISA caller enters a password (de fi ned in Program 25-08), the system i[...]

  • Seite 1150

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-09 : Class of Ser vice f or DISA Users 1132 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-09 (Class of Service for DISA Users): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the DISA User number to b[...]

  • Seite 1151

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1133 25-10 : Trunk Group Routing for DISA Description Use Program 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA to assign the T runk Group route chosen when a user places a DISA call into the system and dials 9. Set T runk Group Routing in Program 14[...]

  • Seite 1152

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-10 : T runk Group Routing f or DISA 1134 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-10 (T runk Group Routing f or DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the DISA User number to be pr[...]

  • Seite 1153

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1135 25-11 : DISA Toll Restriction Class Description For systems that use T oll Restriction, use Program 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class to assign a T oll Restriction Class (1-15) to each DISA user (1-15). The system uses the T oll Restrict[...]

  • Seite 1154

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-11 : DISA T oll Restriction Class 1136 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-11 (DISA T oll Restriction Class): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the DISA User number to be progra[...]

  • Seite 1155

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing f or DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1137 25-12 : Alternate Trunk Group Routing for DISA Description Use Program 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing for DISA to de fi ne the trunk route selected when a DISA caller dials the Alternate T runk Access Code. The route se[...]

  • Seite 1156

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-12 : Alternate T runk Group Routing f or DISA 1138 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-12 (Individual T runk Gr oup Routing for DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the DISA[...]

  • Seite 1157

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-13 : System Option for DISA Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1139 25-13 : System Option for DISA Description Use Program 25-13 : System Option f or DISA to enter the password DISA callers must dial before the system will allo w them to record, listen to and or erase the VRS messages. This program also is used t[...]

  • Seite 1158

    Pr ogram 25 : VRS/DISA Setup 25-13 : System Option for DISA 1140 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 25-13 (System Option for DISA): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 25 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Ente[...]

  • Seite 1159

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1141 Program 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : Automatic Route Selection Service Description Use Program 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Service to de fi ne the system options for Auto- matic Route Selection (ARS). Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspi[...]

  • Seite 1160

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-01 : A utomatic Route Selection Ser vice 1142 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-01 (Automatic Route Selection Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 26 01 3. Enter the num[...]

  • Seite 1161

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/LCR Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1143 26-02 : Dial Analysis Table for ARS/LCR Description Use Pr ogram 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able for ARS/LCR to set pre-transaction tables for selecting Automatic Route Selection (ARS). ● Service T ype 1 (Route to Trunk Group Number) - The[...]

  • Seite 1162

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/LCR 1144 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-02 (Dial Analysis T ab le for ARS/LCR): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 26 02 3. Enter the numbe[...]

  • Seite 1163

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-03 : ARS Dial T reatments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1145 26-03 : ARS Dial Treatments Description Use Program 26-03 : ARS Dial T r eatments to assign the 15 Dial T reatments for automatic ARS dialing translation. Assign Dial T reatments to Service Numbers (T runk Groups) in Program 26-02. The ARS Dial T reat[...]

  • Seite 1164

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-03 : ARS Dial T reatments 1146 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-03 (ARS Dial T reatments): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 26 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Ente[...]

  • Seite 1165

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-04 : ARS Class of Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1147 26-04 : ARS Class of Service Description Use Program 26-04 : ARS Class of Service to set an extension’ s ARS Class of Service. Automatic Route Selection uses ARS Class of Service when determining how to route an extension’ s calls. Input Data Con[...]

  • Seite 1166

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-05 : LCR Carrier T able 1148 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-05 : LCR Carrier Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1167

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-06 : LCR A uthorization T ab le Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1149 26-06 : LCR Authorization Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1168

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-07 : LCR Cost Center Code T able 1150 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-07 : LCR Cost Center Code Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1169

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-08 : LCR Manual Override Access Code T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1151 26-08 : LCR Manual Override Access Code Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1170

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-09 : LCR Manual Override Exemption T ab le 1152 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 26-09 : LCR Manual Override Exemption Table Description This item is not currently used in the U.S. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1171

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1153 26-11 : Transit Network ID Table Description Use Program 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able to enter up to four Transit Netw ork ID Codes, each being 4 numbers long. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selecti[...]

  • Seite 1172

    Pr ogram 26 : ARS Service 26-11 : T ransit Network ID T able 1154 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 26-11 (T ransit Network ID T able): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 26 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the table number to be programmed by pre[...]

  • Seite 1173

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1155 Program 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode Description Use Program 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode to set the mode of the system’ s DSS Con- soles. The entry you mak e in this option applies to all the s[...]

  • Seite 1174

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-01 : DSS Console Operating Mode 1156 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-01 (DSS Console Operating Mode): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected [...]

  • Seite 1175

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1157 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment Description Use Program 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment to identify which extensions hav e DSS Consoles connected. ● Aspire S: Y ou can have up to 4 dif ferent extensions with D[...]

  • Seite 1176

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-02 : DSS Console Extension Assignment 1158 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-02 (DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the DSS number to [...]

  • Seite 1177

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1159 30-03 : DSS Console Key Assignment Description Use Program 30-03 : DSS Console K ey Assignments to customize the key assignments for 110-Button DSS Consoles. The DSS Console k eys can be programmed using an y of the function codes lis[...]

  • Seite 1178

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1160 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Function Number List [1] General functional level (00 – 99) Function Number Function Additional Data LED Indication 00 Not Used 01 DSS / One-T ouch Extension number or any numbers (Up to 24 digits) Red On: extension busy Off: exten[...]

  • Seite 1179

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1161 18 T ext Message Setup Message Numbers (01-20) Red On: Feature active by Function Key 19 External Group Paging External Paging Number (1-8) Red On: Active 20 External All Call Paging Red On: Active 21 Internal Group Paging Internal Pa[...]

  • Seite 1180

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1162 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 42 Boss – Secretary Call Extension Number Red On: Boss – Secretary mode 43 Series Call None 44 Common Hold None 45 Exclusi ve None 46 Department Group Log Out Red On: Logged Out 47 Reverse V oice Over Extension Number Red On: ext[...]

  • Seite 1181

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1163 64 Key P ad Facility Red On: Active 65 Not Used 66 CTI Red On: CTI active 67 Mail Box Extension Number or Depart- ment Group Number Rapid Blink (Green): Ne w message receiv ed Red On: Listening to messages. 68 V oice Mail Service 0 = [...]

  • Seite 1182

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment 1164 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual [2] Appearance Function Level (*00 - *99) (Service Code 852) Default The DSS ke ys 01-60 of all DSS consoles = DSS/One touch key 100-159. Conditions None Function Number Function Additional Data LED Indication *00 Not Used *01 Trunk [...]

  • Seite 1183

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-03 : DSS Console Ke y Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1165 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-03 (DSS Console Key Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 03 3. Enter the number of th[...]

  • Seite 1184

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment 1166 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment Description Use Program 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment to identify the alternate DSS console extension use when in of f-duty mode (by pressing AL T[...]

  • Seite 1185

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-04 : Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1167 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-04 (Alternate DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select[...]

  • Seite 1186

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able 1168 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp Table Description Use Program 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able to de fi ne the LED patterns for functions on the DSS consoles. Depending on your software version, it will also af fect the lamping for DSS/Hotline [...]

  • Seite 1187

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1169 Conditions 24-button DSS consoles cannot be daisy-chained.[...]

  • Seite 1188

    Pr ogram 30 : DSS/DLS Console Setup 30-05 : DSS Console Lamp T able 1170 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Station Selection (DSS) Console T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 30-02 (DSS Console Extension Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 30 02 3. Enter the number of[...]

  • Seite 1189

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External P aging Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1171 Program 31 : Paging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External Paging Description Use Pr ogram 31-01 : System Options for Internal/Exter nal Paging to de fi ne the system options for Internal/External Paging. The sys[...]

  • Seite 1190

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-01 : System Options for Internal/External P aging 1172 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, External ● Paging, Internal T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-01 (System Options for Internal/External P aging): 1. Enter th[...]

  • Seite 1191

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-02 : Internal P aging Gr oup Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1173 31-02 : Internal Paging Group Assignment Description Use Pr ogram 31-02 : Internal Paging Group Assignment to assign extensions to Internal P aging Groups (i.e., Page Zones). The setting in this program also determines if the Internal [...]

  • Seite 1192

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-02 : Internal P aging Gr oup Assignment 1174 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, Internal T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-02 (Internal Pa ging Group Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want[...]

  • Seite 1193

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1175 31-03 : Internal Paging Group Settings Description Use Pr ogram 31-03 : Internal Paging Group Settings to assign names to Internal Paging Groups (i.e., Page Zones) and to de fi ne the splash tone for Internal P aging. The system sho ws [...]

  • Seite 1194

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings 1176 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input data Default Item 01 : Internal Paging Group Name Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, Internal Internal Paging Group Number 01-64 Item No. Item Input Data Default Description 01 Internal Paging Group Name Up to 12[...]

  • Seite 1195

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-03 : Internal P aging Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1177 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-03 (Internal Pa ging Group Settings): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 10 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Internal Paging Group nu[...]

  • Seite 1196

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-04 : External P aging Zone Gr oup 1178 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-04 : External Paging Zone Group Description Use Program 31-04 : Exter nal Paging Zone Group to assign each External P aging zone to an External Paging group. Users call the External P aging group when broadcasting announcements to the ex[...]

  • Seite 1197

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-04 : External P aging Zone Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1179 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-04 (External Pa ging Zone Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the External Speaker number to be pr[...]

  • Seite 1198

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-05 : Universal Night Ans wer/Ring Over P age 1180 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-05 : Universal Night Answer/Ring Over Page Description Use Program 31-05 : Uni versal Night Answer to assign Univ ersal Night Answer ringing to each External Paging zone. F or each trunk port, you make a separate entry for eac[...]

  • Seite 1199

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-05 : Universal Night Ans wer/Ring Over P age Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1181 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-05 (Universal Night Answer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk number to be program[...]

  • Seite 1200

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-06 : External Speaker Control 1182 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-06 : External Speaker Control Description Use Program 31-06 : Exter nal Speaker Control to de fi ne the settings for the e xternal speaker using an ampli fi er . Input Data Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. ?[...]

  • Seite 1201

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-06 : External Speaker Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1183 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Paging, External T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-06 (External Speaker Control): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Sele[...]

  • Seite 1202

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-07 : Combined P aging Assignments 1184 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-07 : Combined Paging Assignments Description Use Program 31-07 : Combined Paging Assignments to assign an External Paging Group (0-8) to an Internal Paging Zone (0-64) for Combined P aging. When an extension user mak es a Combined Page, [...]

  • Seite 1203

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-07 : Combined P aging Assignments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1185 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-07 (Combined Pa ging Assignments): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Page Group number to be program[...]

  • Seite 1204

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging 1186 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 31-08 : BGM on External Paging Description Use Program 31-08 : BGM on Exter nal Paging to set the Background Music option for each External Paging zone. If enabled, the system will play Background Music o ver the zone when it is idle. When progr[...]

  • Seite 1205

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1187 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 31-08 (BGM on External Pa ging): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 31 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the External Speaker number to be programmed [...]

  • Seite 1206

    Pr ogram 31 : P aging Setup 31-08 : BGM on External P aging 1188 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1207

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Bo x Timer s Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1189 Program 32 : Door Box and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Box Timers Description Use Program 32-01 : Door Box Timers to assign the timers used for the Door Box. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Door Box Level: Aspire S Asp[...]

  • Seite 1208

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-01 : Door Bo x Timer s 1190 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-01 (Door Box Timers): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 32 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Ente[...]

  • Seite 1209

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-02 : Door Bo x Ring Assignment Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1191 32-02 : Door Box Ring Assignment Description Use Program 32-02 : Door Box Ring Assignments to assign the extension which will ring when a caller presses the associated Door Box’ s call button. Input Data Conditions None Feature C[...]

  • Seite 1210

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-02 : Door Bo x Ring Assignment 1192 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-02 (Door Box Ring Assignment): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 32 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Door Box number to be pr[...]

  • Seite 1211

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-03 : Door Bo x Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1193 32-03 : Door Box Basic Setup Description Use Program 32-03 : Door Box Basic Setup to select the chime pattern and g ain lev el for each Door Box. There are six distincti ve chime patterns. The chime tones are de fi ned in Program 80-0[...]

  • Seite 1212

    Pr ogram 32 : Door Bo x and Sensor Setup 32-03 : Door Bo x Basic Setup 1194 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 32-03 (Door Box Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 32 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Door Box number to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1213

    Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-01 : A CI P or t T ype Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1195 Program 33 : CT A and ACI Setup 33-01 : ACI Port Type Setup Description Use Pr ogram 33-01 : A CI Port T ype Setup to set the function of each software port on an Analog Communications Interface. Each A CI software port can ha ve only one f[...]

  • Seite 1214

    Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-01 : A CI P or t T ype Setup 1196 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 33-01 (A CI P or t T ype Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 33 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CI port number to be programmed [...]

  • Seite 1215

    Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-02 : A CI Depar tment Calling Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1197 33-02 : ACI Department Calling Group Description Use Program 33-02 : A CI Department Calling Group to assign ACI ports to Department Groups. An ACI port can only be in one group. Also use this program to set the ACI port’ s priori[...]

  • Seite 1216

    Pr ogram 33 : CT A and A CI Setup 33-02 : A CI Depar tment Calling Gr oup 1198 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 33-02 (A CI Department Calling Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 33 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CI port number to [...]

  • Seite 1217

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1199 Program 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup Description Use Program 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup to de fi nes the basic settings for each E&M tie line. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ?[...]

  • Seite 1218

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-01 : E&M Tie Line Basic Setup 1200 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-01 (E&M Tie Line Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk port number to be progr[...]

  • Seite 1219

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Ser vice Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1201 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Service Description Use Program 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Service to assign a Class of Service to a tie line (there are 15 tie line Classes of Service). The Class of Service options are de fi[...]

  • Seite 1220

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-02 : E&M Tie Line Class of Ser vice 1202 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-02 (E&M Tie Line Class of Service): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk port number [...]

  • Seite 1221

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1203 34-03 : Trunk Group Routing for E&M Tie Lines Description Use Program 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M T ie Lines to assign the trunk group route 1-8 or 1-100) chosen when a user seizes a tie line and dials 9. (S[...]

  • Seite 1222

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-03 : T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines 1204 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-03 (T runk Group Routing f or E&M Tie Lines): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the[...]

  • Seite 1223

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1205 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class Description Use Program 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class to enter a T oll Restriction Class for each tie line. There are 15 T oll Restriction Classes which are de [...]

  • Seite 1224

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-04 : E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class 1206 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-04 (E&M Tie Line T oll Restriction Class): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk[...]

  • Seite 1225

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1207 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Description Use Program 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction to b uild a restriction matrix for outgo- ing trunk calls placed from an inbound trunk (e.g., dialed from a tie line). For e[...]

  • Seite 1226

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction 1208 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ie Lines : : : 97 0000 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0 000 98 0000 0 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0 00 99 0000 0 0 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0 0 100 0000 0 0 0 Prior to 2.02: 1 2.02+: 0[...]

  • Seite 1227

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-05 : Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1209 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-05 (Tie Line Outgoing Call Restriction): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Incoming T runk Gr[...]

  • Seite 1228

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit f or E&M Tie Line 1210 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line Description Use Program 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line to set digits that the system should add or delete for tie lines. ● Delete Digit Some tie line networks p[...]

  • Seite 1229

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-06 : Add / Delete Digit f or E&M Tie Line Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1211 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-06 (Add / Delete Digit for E&M Tie Line): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Incomin[...]

  • Seite 1230

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer 1212 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer Description Use Program 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer to de fi ne the system service tone timers. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ie Lines Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable[...]

  • Seite 1231

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-07 : E&M Tie Line Timer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1213 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-07 (E&M Tie Line Timer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter[...]

  • Seite 1232

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines 1214 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-08 : Toll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines Description Use Program 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data f or E&M T ie Lines to de fi ne the toll restriction data for E&M tie lines. This data should be de fi ned[...]

  • Seite 1233

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-08 : T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1215 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-08 (T oll Restriction Data for E&M Tie Lines): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select th[...]

  • Seite 1234

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options 1216 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options Description Use Program 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Service Options to de fi ne the ANI//DNIS service option setup for E&M Class of Service. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable[...]

  • Seite 1235

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1217 04 Route T able Setup of T arget Dial The option sets ho w the system uses the route data (gathered in Item 3) to route incoming ANI/DNIS calls). If option ‘2’ is selected and the call is to be routed using the DID table (1), up to 8 digit[...]

  • Seite 1236

    Pr ogram 34 : Tie Line Setup 34-09 : ANI/DNIS Ser vice Options 1218 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T1 T runking (with ANI/DNIS Compatibility) ● T ie Lines T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 34-09 (ANI/DNIS Service Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 34 09 [...]

  • Seite 1237

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1219 Program 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options Description Use Program 35-01 : SMDR Options to set the SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) options for each of the 8 SMDR ports. Refer to the following chart for a description [...]

  • Seite 1238

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-01 : SMDR Options 1220 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Station Message Detail Recording T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-01 (SMDR Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 01 3. Enter the number of the item you w[...]

  • Seite 1239

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1221 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Description Use Program 35-02 : SMDR Output Options to set the SMDR (Station Message Detail Record- ing) output options for each of the 8 SMDR ports. Refer to the following chart for a description of each opt[...]

  • Seite 1240

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options 1222 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 07 T oll Charge Cost Set this option to (1) hav e the SMDR report include toll charges. 0=Not Displayed 1=Displayed 1 08 Incoming Call Enable this option (1) to hav e the SMDR report include incoming calls. If you disable this option ([...]

  • Seite 1241

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-02 : SMDR Output Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1223 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Station Message Detail Recording T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-02 (SMDR Output Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 02 3. Enter the number of t[...]

  • Seite 1242

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-03 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or T runk Gr oup 1224 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-03 : SMDR Port Assignment for Trunk Group Description Use Program 35-03 : SMDR P ort Assignment for T runk Group to assign the SMDR port for each trunk group. For each Trunk Group, select the SMDR port to which[...]

  • Seite 1243

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-03 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or T runk Gr oup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1225 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-03 (SMDR P ort Assignment for T runk Gr oup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Sele[...]

  • Seite 1244

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-04 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or Depar tment Groups 1226 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-04 : SMDR Port Assignment for Department Groups Description Use Program 35-04 : SMDR P ort Assignment for Department Gr oups to assign the SMDR port for each Department Group. For each Department Group, se[...]

  • Seite 1245

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-04 : SMDR P or t Assignment f or Depar tment Groups Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1227 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-04 (SMDR P ort Assignment for Department Groups): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program[...]

  • Seite 1246

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-05 : Account Code Setup 1228 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-05 : Account Code Setup Description Use Pr ogram 35-01 : Account Code Setup to set various Account Code options for an extension’ s Class of Service. Assign a Class of Service to extensions in Program 20-06. Input Data Conditions N[...]

  • Seite 1247

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-05 : Account Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1229 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-05 (Account Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Class of Service number to be program[...]

  • Seite 1248

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able 1230 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 35-06 : V erified Account Code Table Description Use Program 35-06 : V eri fi ed Account Code T able to enter Account Codes into the V eri fi ed Account Code list. Y ou can enter up to 2000 codes from 3-16 digits long, us[...]

  • Seite 1249

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1231 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 35-06 (V eri fi ed Account Code T able): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 35 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the V eri fi e[...]

  • Seite 1250

    Pr ogram 35 : SMDR and Account Code Setup 35-06 : V erified Account Code T able 1232 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1251

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1233 Program 40 : Voice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup Description Use Program 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup to de fi ne the basic operation of V oice Mail (DSPDB). Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail[...]

  • Seite 1252

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-01 : V oice Mail Basic Setup 1234 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-01 (V oice Mail Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5.[...]

  • Seite 1253

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-02 : Mailbo x Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1235 40-02 : Mailbox Setup Description Use Program 40-02 : Mailbox Setup to de fi ne the mailbox of the V oice Mail (DSPDB). There are a maximum of 300 mailboxes in the DSPDB. Use this program to set the box number and password linked to the e xtension nu[...]

  • Seite 1254

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-02 : Mailbo x Setup 1236 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-02 (Mailbox Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Message Box number to be programmed by pressing the FLA[...]

  • Seite 1255

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-03 : Message Recording Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1237 40-03 : Message Recording Setup Description Use Program 40-03 : Message Recording Setup to de fi ne the auto-answering operation of the V oice Mail (DSPDB). Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Level: Aspire S [...]

  • Seite 1256

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-03 : Message Recording Setup 1238 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-03 (Message Recording Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5.[...]

  • Seite 1257

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-04 : Live Recording Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1239 40-04 : Live Recording Setup Description Use Program 40-04 : Li ve Recording Setup to de fi ne the con versation recording operation of the V oice Mail (DSPDB). Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Level: Aspire S[...]

  • Seite 1258

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-04 : Live Recording Setup 1240 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-04 (Live Recording Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter[...]

  • Seite 1259

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-05 : Call Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1241 40-05 : Call Information Setup Description Use Program 40-05 : Call Inf ormation Setup to de fi ne the incoming notice of the V oice Mail (DSPDB). Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/[...]

  • Seite 1260

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-05 : Call Information Setup 1242 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-05 (Call Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. E[...]

  • Seite 1261

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-06 : V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1243 40-06 : V oice Mail Automated Attendant Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 40-06 : V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup to de fi ne the outside lines to use the automated attendant recording operation of the V oic[...]

  • Seite 1262

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-06 : V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup 1244 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-06 (V oice Mail A utomated Attendant Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select [...]

  • Seite 1263

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1245 40-07 : V oice Prompt Language Assignment for VRS Description Use Program 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS to specify the language to be used for the VRS prompts. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss [...]

  • Seite 1264

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-07 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for VRS 1246 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-07 (V oice Prompt Langua ge Assignment for System): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter [...]

  • Seite 1265

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailbo xes Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1247 40-08 : V oice Prompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes Description Use Pr ogram 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailboxes to select the language to be used for the mailboxes. Input Data Conditions Non[...]

  • Seite 1266

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-08 : V oice Pr ompt Language Assignment for Mailbo xes 1248 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-08 (V oice Prompt Langua ge Assignment for Mailbo xes): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program[...]

  • Seite 1267

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Gr oup Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1249 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Group Setup Description Use Program 40-09 : V oice Mail Multiple Address Group Setup to de fi ne the broadcast group of a V oice Mail (DSPDB) mailbox. Input Data Conditions None Feature [...]

  • Seite 1268

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option 1250 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option Description In Program 40-10 : V oice Announcement Serv ice Option de fi ne the system options for the V oice Announcement feature. Input Data Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/[...]

  • Seite 1269

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-10 : V oice Announcement Service Option Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1251 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Response System (VRS) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 40-10 (V oice Announcement Service Option): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 40 10 3. Enter the number of t[...]

  • Seite 1270

    Pr ogram 40 : V oice Mail Setup 40-11 : Pre-Amble Message Assignment 1252 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 40-11 : Pre-Amble Message Assignment Description In Program 40-11 : Pr e-Amble Message Assignment to assign the V A U message number to be used as the Pre-amble Message for each trunk. When the extension user answers the incoming call, [...]

  • Seite 1271

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-01 : System Options for A CD Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1253 Program 41 : ACD Setup 41-01 : System Options for ACD Description In Program 41-01 : System Options f or A CD de fi ne the system options for the A CD feature. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A C[...]

  • Seite 1272

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-01 : System Options for A CD 1254 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-01 (System Options for A CD): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter [...]

  • Seite 1273

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-02 : A CD Gr oup and Agent Assignments Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1255 41-02 : ACD Group and Agent Assignments Description In Program 41-02 : A CD Group and Agent Assignments , for each A CD extension number , assign an ACD Group (1-64). An A CD Group number is assigned to each W ork Period number (1-8). The [...]

  • Seite 1274

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-02 : A CD Gr oup and Agent Assignments 1256 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-02 (A CD Group and Agent Assignments): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be p[...]

  • Seite 1275

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1257 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment for ACD Gr oup Description In Program 41-03 : Incoming Ring Gr oup Assignments for A CD Group , for each incoming trunk group set up in Program 22-05, designate into which ACD Group (1-64[...]

  • Seite 1276

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-03 : Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group 1258 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-03 (Incoming Ring Group Assignment f or A CD Group): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select t[...]

  • Seite 1277

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-04 : A CD Gr oup Supervisor Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1259 41-04 : ACD Group Supervisor Description For each A CD Group (1-64), use Program 41-04 : A CD Group Super visor to assign the group’ s supervisor extension and operating mode. Operating modes are: ● 0 = Supervisor’ s extension does not receiv e[...]

  • Seite 1278

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-04 : A CD Gr oup Supervisor 1260 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-04 (A CD Group Supervisor): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programmed by pressing[...]

  • Seite 1279

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1261 41-05 : ACD Agent Work Schedules Description Use Pr ogram 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules to set up the W ork Schedules for ACD Agents and Groups. For each A CD W ork Schedule (1-4), designate the start and stop times for each of the eight W o[...]

  • Seite 1280

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-05 : A CD Agent W ork Schedules 1262 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-05 (A CD Agent W ork Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T ime Pattern number to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1281

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1263 41-06 : Trunk Work Schedules Description Use Program 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules to set up the W ork Schedules for trunks. For each W ork Schedule (1-4), designate the start and stop times for each of the eight W ork Periods. Once you set up the s[...]

  • Seite 1282

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-06 : T runk W ork Schedules 1264 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-06 (T runk W ork Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T ime Pattern number to be programmed by pres[...]

  • Seite 1283

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-07 : A CD W eekly Sc hedule Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1265 41-07 : ACD Weekly Schedule Setup Description Use Program 41-07 : A CD W eekly Schedule Setup to assign the four W ork Schedules (1-4) to days of the week. The assignments you mak e in this program apply to both the ACD Agent W ork Schedules (P[...]

  • Seite 1284

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-07 : A CD W eekly Sc hedule Setup 1266 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-07 (A CD W eekly Schedule Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. [...]

  • Seite 1285

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-08 : A CD Overflow Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1267 41-08 : ACD Overflow Options Description For each A CD Group (1-64), use Program 41-08 : A CD Over fl ow Options to assign the o ver fl ow mode (0-9), destination and announcement message types. Delay announcement functions are not av ailable for [...]

  • Seite 1286

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-08 : A CD Overflow Options 1268 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions Delay announcement functions are not av ailable for A CD pilot number call. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-08 (A CD Over fl ow Options):[...]

  • Seite 1287

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-09 : A CD Overflow T able Setting Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1269 41-09 : ACD Overflow Table Setting Description Use Program 41-09 : A CD Over fl ow T able Setting to de fi ne the A CD group to which a call will be transferred when ov er fl ow occurs. Input Data Conditions If, while the call is ringing, [...]

  • Seite 1288

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-09 : A CD Overflow T able Setting 1270 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-09 (A CD Over fl ow T able Setting): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be progr[...]

  • Seite 1289

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-10 : PGD AD Dela y Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1271 41-10 : PGDAD Delay Announcement Description Use Program 41-10 : PGD AD Delay Announcement to de fi ne the PGD AD port number to be used for the delay announcement. This program is activ ated when the delay announcement source and options are as[...]

  • Seite 1290

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-10 : PGD AD Dela y Announcement 1272 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-10 (PGD AD Delay Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 1291

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1273 41-11 : VRS Dela y Announcement Description Use Program 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement to assign the VRS message number to be used as the message source for the 1st and 2nd Delay Announcement Messages. Turn to Program 41-08 for more on setting up the[...]

  • Seite 1292

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-11 : VRS Delay Announcement 1274 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-11 (VRS Delay Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programmed by pressin[...]

  • Seite 1293

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1275 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup Description Use Program 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup to de fi ne the night announce voice resource and sending time for each ACD group. Night announcement a vailability depends on the setting in Program 41-03-0[...]

  • Seite 1294

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-12 : Night Announcement Setup 1276 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-12 (Night Announcement Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programmed by pre[...]

  • Seite 1295

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-13 : VRS Message Number for Night Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1277 41-13 : VRS Messa ge Number for Night Announcement Description Use Program 41-13 : VRS Night Announcement to de fi ne the VRS message number to be used as the night announcement. This program is acti vated when the night announcem[...]

  • Seite 1296

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-13 : VRS Message Number for Night Announcement 1278 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-13 (VRS Night Announcement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be pr[...]

  • Seite 1297

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-14 : A CD Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1279 41-14 : ACD Options Description Use Program 41-14 : A CD Options to set various options for A CD Groups. When you set an option for an ACD Group, the setting is in force (if applicable) for all agents within the group. The chart belo w shows each of the A CD o[...]

  • Seite 1298

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-14 : A CD Options 1280 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-14 (A CD Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program.[...]

  • Seite 1299

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Inf ormation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1281 41-15 : ACD Queue Alarm Information Description Use Program 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Information to assign the options for “ Audible Indica- tion” for Log Out / Of f Duty mode for each A CD group. These program settings will provide an ala[...]

  • Seite 1300

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-15 : A CD Queue Alarm Inf ormation 1282 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-15 (A CD Queue Alarm Information): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programm[...]

  • Seite 1301

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-16 : A CD Threshold Overflow Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1283 41-16 : ACD Threshold Overflow Description Use Program 41-16 : A CD Thr eshold Over fl ow to de fi ne the value of the ACD threshold call over fl o w and the mode for each ACD group. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Autom[...]

  • Seite 1302

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-16 : A CD Threshold Overflow 1284 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-16 (A CD Threshold Over fl o w): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the A CD Group number to be programmed by [...]

  • Seite 1303

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1285 41-17 : ACD Login Mode Setup Description Use Program 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup to de fi ne the A CD login mode for each extension. If the AIC Login Mode is enabled, set the AIC Login and AIC Logout service codes for the AIC members in Program 11-[...]

  • Seite 1304

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-17 : A CD Login Mode Setup 1286 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-17 (A CD Login Mode Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programmed by pressing t[...]

  • Seite 1305

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1287 41-18 : ACD Agent Identity Code Setup Description Use Program 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup to de fi ne the ACD Agent Identity Code T able. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) L[...]

  • Seite 1306

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-18 : A CD Agent Identity Code Setup 1288 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-18 (A CD Agent Identity Code Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Agent Identity Code (AIC) num[...]

  • Seite 1307

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-19 : V oice Mail Dela y Announcement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1289 41-19 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement Description Use Pr ogram 41-19 : V oice Mail Delay Announcement to assign v oice mail A CD Announcement Mailboxes as the message source for the 1st and 2nd Announcement Messages. This option is only app[...]

  • Seite 1308

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-19 : V oice Mail Dela y Announcement 1290 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) ● V oice Response Service (VRS) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-19 (V oice Mail Delay Announcement): 1. Enter the programm[...]

  • Seite 1309

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-20 : A CD Queue Displa y Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1291 41-20 : ACD Queue Display Settings Description Use Program 41-20 : A CD Queue Display Settings to assign the options for the A CD Queue Sta- tus Display feature. This program allo ws the Queue Status Display , as well as an alarm to sound, when[...]

  • Seite 1310

    Pr ogram 41 : A CD Setup 41-20 : A CD Queue Displa y Settings 1292 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Call Distribution (A CD) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 41-20 (A CD Queue Display Settings): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 41 20 3. Enter the number o[...]

  • Seite 1311

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1293 Program 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel Description Use Program 42-01 : System Options f or Hotel/Motel to assign the system options for Hotel/ Motel Service. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Ho[...]

  • Seite 1312

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-01 : System Options for Hotel/Motel 1294 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-01 (System Options for Hotel/Motel): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + [...]

  • Seite 1313

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1295 42-02 : Hotel/Motel Telephone Setup Description Use Program 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup to de fi ne the basic operation of the Hotel/ Motel extensions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Hotel/Motel Level: Aspire[...]

  • Seite 1314

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-02 : Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup 1296 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-02 (Hotel/Motel T elephone Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the telephone number to be programme[...]

  • Seite 1315

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel/Motel) Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1297 42-03 : Class of Service Options (Hotel/Motel) Description Use Program 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel) to set the Hotel/Motel Class of Service (COS) options. Assign Class of Service to extensions in Program 42-02 : Hotel/M[...]

  • Seite 1316

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-03 : Class of Ser vice Options (Hotel/Motel) 1298 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Class of Service ● Hotel/Motel T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-03 (Class of Service Options (Hotel/Motel)): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 03 [...]

  • Seite 1317

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1299 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Service Codes Description Use Program 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes to set up the Hotel Mode one-digit service codes which are assigned in 42-02-01. For each Department Calling Group (1-8 or 1-[...]

  • Seite 1318

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-04 : Hotel Mode One-Digit Ser vice Codes 1300 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-04 (Hotel Mode One-Digit Service Codes): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Department/T elepho[...]

  • Seite 1319

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1301 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer Description Use Program 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer to set the CT A port to output the Hotel Data (Check-Out sheet, Room Status etc...) and the output options for the Hotel/Motel feature. Input Data Conditi[...]

  • Seite 1320

    Pr ogram 42 : Hotel Setup 42-05 : Hotel Room Status Printer 1302 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 42-05 (Hotel Room Status Printer): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 42 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. E[...]

  • Seite 1321

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1303 Program 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route Description Use Pr ogram 44-01 : System Options for ARS/F-Route to de fi ne the system options for the ARS/ F-Route feature. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr o[...]

  • Seite 1322

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1304 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-02 : Dial Analysis Table for ARS/F-Route Access Description Use Program 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able for ARS/F-Route Access to set the Pre-T ransaction T able for selecting ARS/F-Route. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspi[...]

  • Seite 1323

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1305 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route 03 Additional Data For the Service T ype selected in 44-02-02, enter the additional data required. • 1: Delete Digit = 0-255 (255=dele[...]

  • Seite 1324

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-02 : Dial Analysis T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1306 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-02 (Dial Analysis T ab le for ARS/F-Route Access): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 44 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Selec[...]

  • Seite 1325

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1307 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension Table Description When Program 44-02-02 is set to type “3”, use Program 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able to set the dial extension analysis table. These tables are used when the analyzed digits[...]

  • Seite 1326

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-03 : Dial Analysis Extension T able 1308 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Dial Analysis T able Number : 252 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-03 (Dial Analysis Extension T ab le): 1. Enter [...]

  • Seite 1327

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-04 : ARS/F-Route Selection for Time Sc hedule Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1309 44-04 : ARS/F-Route Selection for Time Schedule Description Use Program 44-04 : ARS/F-Route Selection for Time Schedule to assign each ARS/F-Route Selection number to an ARS/F-Route table number for each ARS/F-Route time mode[...]

  • Seite 1328

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able 1310 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-05 : ARS/F-Route Table Description Use Program 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able to set the ARS/F-Route table. There are 4 kinds of order . If the higher priority trunk groups are busy , the next order group will be used. If a lower pri- ority route [...]

  • Seite 1329

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-05 : ARS/F-Route T able Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1311 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Automatic Route Selection (ARS)/F-Route T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-05 (ARS/F-Route T able): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 44 05 3. Enter the number of the it[...]

  • Seite 1330

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-06 : Additional Dial T able 1312 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 44-06 : Additional Dial Table Description Use Program 44-06 : Additional Dial T able to set the additional dial table to add prior to the dialed ARS/F-Route number . The Additional Dial T able used is determined in Program 44-05-03. Input Dat[...]

  • Seite 1331

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1313 44-07 : Gain Table for ARS/F-Route Access Description Use Program 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access to set the gain/P AD table. If an exten- sion dials ARS/F-Route number; ● The Extension Dial Gain T able is acti vated[...]

  • Seite 1332

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-07 : Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access 1314 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-07 (Gain T able f or ARS/F-Route Access): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 44 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Gain T able [...]

  • Seite 1333

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1315 44-08 : Time Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route to de fi ne the daily pattern of the ARS/ F-Route feature. ARS/F-Route has 10 time patterns. These patterns are used in Program 44-09[...]

  • Seite 1334

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-08 : Time Schedule f or ARS/F-Route 1316 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-08 (Time Schedule for ARS/F-Route): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 44 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T ime Pattern number to[...]

  • Seite 1335

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-09 : W eekly Sc hedule f or ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1317 44-09 : W eekly Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-09 : W eekly Schedule for ARS/F-Route to de fi ne a weekly schedule for using ARS/F-Route. The pattern number is de fi ned in Program 44-08-01. Input Data Condit[...]

  • Seite 1336

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-09 : W eekly Sc hedule f or ARS/F-Route 1318 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 44-09 (Weekl y Schedule for ARS/F-Route): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 44 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you[...]

  • Seite 1337

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-10 : Holiday Sc hedule for ARS/F-Route Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1319 44-10 : Holiday Schedule for ARS/F-Route Description Use Program 44-10 : Holiday Schedule f or ARS/F-Route to de fi ne a yearly schedule for ARS/ F-Route. This schedule is used for setting special days such as national holidays. Th[...]

  • Seite 1338

    Pr ogram 44 : ARS/F-Route Setup 44-10 : Holiday Sc hedule for ARS/F-Route 1320 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1339

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1321 Program 45 : Voice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Description Use Program 45-01 :V oice Mail Integration Options to customize certain voice mail inte gration options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M[...]

  • Seite 1340

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options 1322 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 05 Message W ait Enable/disable the system’ s ability to pro- cess the V oice Mail’ s Message W ait (#) commands. Y ou should normally enable this option. If enabled,[...]

  • Seite 1341

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-01 : V oice Mail Integration Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1323 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-01 (V oice Mail Integration Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 45 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item yo[...]

  • Seite 1342

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-02 : NSL Option Setup 1324 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 45-02 : NSL Option Setup Description Use Pr ogram 45-02 : NSL Option Setup to customize the NSL options for V oice Mail integration. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A va[...]

  • Seite 1343

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-02 : NSL Option Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1325 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-02 (NSL Option Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 45 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter da[...]

  • Seite 1344

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup 1326 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup Description Use Program 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup to customize the NSL timers for V oice Mail integration. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailabl[...]

  • Seite 1345

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1327 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 45-03 (NSL Timer Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 45 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data[...]

  • Seite 1346

    Pr ogram 45 : V oice Mail Integration 45-03 : NSL Timer Setup 1328 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1347

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1329 Program 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Description Use Program 47-01 : IntraMail System Options to set up the IntraMail system-wide options. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • Not A vailable for Aspire L[...]

  • Seite 1348

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1330 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 03 Subscriber Message Length (Subs Msg Length) Use this option to set the maximum length of recorded messages for: • Subscriber Mailbox users dialing RS to record and send a message. • Extension users leaving a message in a Subscriber Mailbox. [...]

  • Seite 1349

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1331 07 Digital Pager Callback Number (Pager CBack) Use this option to set the Digital P ager Callbac k Number por- tion of the Message Noti fi cation callout number for a digital pager . This is the portion of the callout number that is appended to the[...]

  • Seite 1350

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1332 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 10 W ait Between Non-Pager Callout Attempts (Notify N-Pgr Intvl) Use this option to set the minimum time (1-255 minutes) between non-pager Message Noti fi cation callouts in which the destination answers, says “Hello, ” dials 1 to acknowledge [...]

  • Seite 1351

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1333 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 15 Send Pager Callout Until Acknowledged (Retry Until Ack) When this option is enabled (1), IntraMail will continue to retry a digital pager Message Noti fi cation callout until the noti fi [...]

  • Seite 1352

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-01 : IntraMail System Options 1334 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-01 (IntraMail Basic Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter [...]

  • Seite 1353

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1335 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbox Options Description Use 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbox Options to set up a station’ s (extension’ s) mailbox. Station mailboxes are automatically assigned as Subscriber Mailbox es. Normally , IntraMail[...]

  • Seite 1354

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options 1336 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 04 Message Playback (Message Playback) Use this option to set the Subscriber Mailbox message play- back order . When a subscriber listens to their messages, Intra- Mail can play the oldest messages fi rst ( fi rst-in- fi rst-out, or FIF[...]

  • Seite 1355

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1337 09 A uto Attendant Do Not Disturb (Auto-A TT DND) Use this option to enable or disable Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb . When a subscriber enables Auto Attendant Do Not Disturb, an Automated Attendant caller will route directly to the mailbox[...]

  • Seite 1356

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-02: IntraMail Station Mailbo x Options 1338 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-02 (IntraMail Station Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 02 3. Enter the number of the item yo[...]

  • Seite 1357

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1339 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbox Options Description Use 47-03: Master Mailbox Options to set up the 16 Master Mailboxes (01-16). A Master Mail- box is used for Department Group ov er fl ow and can be a Subscriber , Call Routing, or Announce[...]

  • Seite 1358

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-03: IntraMail Master Mailbo x Options 1340 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-03 (IntraMail Master Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 03 3. Enter the number of the item you [...]

  • Seite 1359

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1341 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox (01-16) assigned as a Call Routing Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype . Input Data Level: Aspire S Asp[...]

  • Seite 1360

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-04: Master Call Routing Mailbo x Options 1342 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-04 (Master Call Routing Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 04 3. Enter the number of the ite[...]

  • Seite 1361

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1343 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbox Options Description Use 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox (01-16) assigned as an Announcement Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype . Input Data Level: Aspire S As[...]

  • Seite 1362

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-05: Master Announcement Mailbo x Options 1344 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-05 (Master Announcement Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 05 3. Enter the number of the ite[...]

  • Seite 1363

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1345 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbox Options Description Use 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbox Options to set up a Master Mailbox assigned as a Sub- scriber Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype . Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN [...]

  • Seite 1364

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options 1346 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 05 Recording Con versation Beep (Rec Con v Beep) Use this option to enable or disable the Con versation Record beep. If enabled, all parties on a call will hear the voice prompt Recor ding followed by a single beep when the extension user [...]

  • Seite 1365

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1347 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 10 System Administrator (System Admin) Use this option to designate the Subscriber Mailbox as a System Administrator . This allows the subscriber to use the SA options after logging o[...]

  • Seite 1366

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-06: Master Subscriber Mailbo x Options 1348 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-06 (Master Subscriber Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the mailbox to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1367

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1349 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options to set up the 16 Routing. Routing Mailboxes can be either Announcement or Call Routing Mailboxes. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Re[...]

  • Seite 1368

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-07: IntraMail Routing Mailbo x Options 1350 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-07 (IntraMail Routing Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the mailbox to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1369

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-08: Call Routing Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1351 47-08: Call Routing Mailbox Options Description Use 47-08: Call Routing Mailbox Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as Call Rout- ing Mailboxes in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype . Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A [...]

  • Seite 1370

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-08: Call Routing Mailbo x Options 1352 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-08 (Call Routing Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to [...]

  • Seite 1371

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-09: Announcement Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1353 47-09: Announcement Mailbox Options Description Use 47-09: Announcement Mailbox Options to set the options for mailboxes assigned as Announcement Mailboxes in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype . Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A va[...]

  • Seite 1372

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-09: Announcement Mailbo x Options 1354 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-09 (Announcement Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to [...]

  • Seite 1373

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1355 47-10: IntraMail Trunk Options Description Use 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options to assign IntraMail options for each trunk. Currently , only 47-10-01: Answer T able Assignment is av ailable. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oi[...]

  • Seite 1374

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-10: IntraMail T runk Options 1356 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-10 (IntraMail T runk Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the trunk to be programmed by pressing the FLAS[...]

  • Seite 1375

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1357 47-11: IntraMail Answer Table Options Description Use 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options to set options for the Answer T ables. IntraMail pro- vides 8 Answer T ables (1-8). T o set up the schedules for each Answer T able, go to 47-12: Intr[...]

  • Seite 1376

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options 1358 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 03 Default Mailbox Category (Default MB Ctg) Use this option to specify the category of mailbox used as the Default Mailbox. IntraMail mailbox cate gories are Subscriber Mailbox, Master[...]

  • Seite 1377

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-11: IntraMail Answer T able Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1359 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-11 (IntraMail Answer T ab le Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the table to be programmed by pre[...]

  • Seite 1378

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1360 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Description Use 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules to set up the IntraMail Automated Attendant Answer Schedules. There are eight Answer T ables, with up to 10 Answer Schedules in each Answer T able. Note: The item [...]

  • Seite 1379

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1361 02 Answering Mailbox Category (Entryxx MB Ctg) Use this option to specify the category of mailbox to which Automated Attendant calls should route when the schedule is in ef fect. IntraMail mailbox categories are Subscriber Mailbox, Master Mailbox, [...]

  • Seite 1380

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1362 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T ype 1 (Day of the W eek) Answer Schedule Options T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 2 and runs Sunday fr om 8:30AM to 5:00PM. Schedule 2 uses Subscriber Mailb[...]

  • Seite 1381

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1363 T ype 1 (Day of W eek) Example Answer T able 1 Answer Schedule 1 Answ er Schedule 1 is a Day of Week schedule that runs Sunday from 8:30AM to 5:00PM. 47-12-01: Entr y01 Schedule T ype = 1 47-12-02: Entr y01 MB Ctg = 3 47-12-02: Entr y01 MB Num = 2 [...]

  • Seite 1382

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1364 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T ype 2 (Rang e of Da ys) Answer Schedule Options T ype 2 (Rang e of Da ys) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs Sunday thr ough W ednesday fr om 8:30AM to 5:00PM. Schedule 2[...]

  • Seite 1383

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1365 T ype 3 (Date) Answer Schedule Options T ype 3 (Date) Example In this example, Answer T able 1 routes calls as follo ws: Schedule 1 uses Routing Mailbox 1 and runs e very day from 8:30AM to 5:00PM. Schedule 2 uses Routing Mailbox 9 and runs only on[...]

  • Seite 1384

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-12: IntraMail Answer Schedules 1366 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-12 (IntraMail Answer Schedules): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the table to be programmed by pressing the [...]

  • Seite 1385

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1367 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action Tables Description Use 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables to set up the IntraMail Dial Action T ables. The Dial Action T able de fi nes the options than an Automated Attendant caller can dial. A Dial Action T able[...]

  • Seite 1386

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1368 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Dial Action T able Actions ● TRF Action - Screened T ransfer (1) (TRF) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to place a Screened T ransfer to an extension. After an Automated Attendant caller dials an extension, IntraMail ca[...]

  • Seite 1387

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1369 ● REC2 Action - Quick Message Without Gr eeting (4) (REC2) Use this action to allo w an Automated Attendant caller to leav e a Quick Message at an exten- sion. With this action, the caller will not hear the e xtension’ s greeting prior to le[...]

  • Seite 1388

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1370 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual ● GO TO Action - Go to Mailbox (7) (GO TO) Use this option to provide Automated Attendant callers with the ability to route to Call Rout- ing and Announcement Mailboxes. For example, a caller can dial a digit for Sales, and then go to the Cal[...]

  • Seite 1389

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1371 Input Data Conditions None Dial Action T able Number 01-16 Ke y No. Dial Action T able Action Additional Data 1 • TRF Action - Screened T ransfer (1) (TRF) • UTRF Action - Unscreened T ransfer (2) (UTRF) • REC1 Action - Quick Message W ith[...]

  • Seite 1390

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables 1372 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Defaults Note: TIMEOUT provides the routing for rotary dial callers. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail Dial Action T ab le Default Settings Key Dial Action T able 1 Dial Action T ables 2-16 1 UND (Unde fi ned) UND (Unde fi ned) 2 UND ([...]

  • Seite 1391

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-13: IntraMail Dial Action T ables Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1373 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-13 (IntraMail Dial Action T ables): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the table to be programmed by pressing[...]

  • Seite 1392

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options 1374 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 47-14 : Master Directory Mailbox Options Description Use 47-14: Master Directory Mailbox Options to set up the Master Mailbox assigned as a Direc- tory Dialing Mailbox in 47-03-03: Master Mailbox T ype. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M[...]

  • Seite 1393

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1375 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 06 Time Limit f or Dialing Commands This option determines ho w long IntraMail will wait for the caller connected to the Directory Dialing Mailbox to dial before repeating the Direct[...]

  • Seite 1394

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-14 : Master Director y Mailbo x Options 1376 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-14 (Master Directory Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 14 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the mailbox to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1395

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1377 47-15 : Routing Directory Mailbox Options Description Use 47-15: Routing Directory Mailbox Options to set up the Routing Mailbox assigned as a Directory Dialing Mailbox in 47-07-02: Routing Mailbox T ype. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire[...]

  • Seite 1396

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options 1378 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 06 Time Limit f or Dialing Commands This option determines ho w long IntraMail will wait for the caller connected to the Directory Dialing Mailbox to dial before repeating the Directory Dialing Message. If the caller doesn’t dial withi[...]

  • Seite 1397

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1379 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oice Mail 47-15: Routing Directory Dialing Mailbox Options (Entry Range) [Default Setting] CALL1 + #*#* + Passw ord (12345678) + HOLD + 4714 + Option. ■ This selects the option chosen for M[...]

  • Seite 1398

    Pr ogram 47 : IntraMail 47-15 : Routing Director y Mailbo x Options 1380 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 47-15 (Routing Directory Mailbox Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 47 15 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the mailbox to be programm[...]

  • Seite 1399

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1381 Program 80 : Basic Hardware Setup for System 80-01 : Service Tone Setup Description Use Program 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup to de fi ne up to 64 Service T ones. Each service tone is de fi ned by the combination of 32 Basic T o[...]

  • Seite 1400

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1382 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default 10 440 / 480 -16 / -16 26 - reserve - - 11 480 / 620 -21 / -21 27 - reserve - - 12 440 -16 28 - reserve - - 13 - reserve - - 29 - reserv e - - 14 520 / 650 -19 / -13 30 - reserve - - 15 650 / 780 -19 / -13 31 - reserve -[...]

  • Seite 1401

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1383 10 Internal Interrupt T one 0 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 11 0 0 3 2 0 20 (-6dB) 20 (-6dB) 11 Internal Con fi rmation T one 3 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 0 9 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 12 Internal Hold T one 0 Basic 1 0 0 - 13 External H[...]

  • Seite 1402

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1384 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 22 Door Box Chime 4 3 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 Basic 4 Basic 5 Basic 6 Basic 7 4 4 2 2 2 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 2 0 38 (+3dB) 26 (-3dB) 38 (+3dB) 26 (-3dB) 14 (-9dB) 32 (0dB) 23 Door Box Chime 5 3 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 Basic 4 Basic 5 B[...]

  • Seite 1403

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1385 32 Splash T one 1 1 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 0 6 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 33 Splash T one 2 2 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 0 6 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 34 Splash T one 3 3 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 0 6 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 35 1 Se[...]

  • Seite 1404

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup 1386 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 48 V oice Mail Message W aiting, Special Dial Stutter Dial T one (analog sets) 0 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 9 0 0 1 1 0 32 (0dB) 32 (0dB) 49 -- Not Used -- 0 0 0 0 32 (0dB) 50 0 Basic 1 Basic 2 Basic 3 Basic 4 10 12 0 0 10 2 30 0 3[...]

  • Seite 1405

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-01 : Ser vice T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1387 Conditions The system must be reset in order for any changes to these items tak e affect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 80-01 (Service T one S[...]

  • Seite 1406

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup 1388 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-02 : DTMF Tone Setup Description Use Program 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup to de fi ne the duration (on time) and pause (of f time) for DTMF dialing. This option af fects all trunk line calls system wide. Y ou make separate entries f[...]

  • Seite 1407

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-02 : DTMF T one Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1389 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 80-02 (DTMF T one Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 80 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5[...]

  • Seite 1408

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-03 : DTMF T one Receiver Setup 1390 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-03 : DTMF Tone Receiver Setup Description Use Program 80-03 : DTMF T one Receiv er Setup to de fi ne the v arious lev els and timers for the DTMF T one Receiver Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL MF • A vailable[...]

  • Seite 1409

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-03 : DTMF T one Receiver Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1391 Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogra[...]

  • Seite 1410

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup 1392 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 80-04 : Call Progress Tone Detector Setup Description Use Program 80-04 : Call Pr ogress T one Detector Setup to de fi ne the various le vels and timers for the Call Progress T one Detector Input Data Level: Aspir[...]

  • Seite 1411

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1393 Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Selectable Ring T ones Item No. Item T ype1 (DT) T ype2 (BT) T ype3 (RBT) T y[...]

  • Seite 1412

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-04 : Call Progress T one Detector Setup 1394 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 80-04 (Call Progress T one Detector Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 80 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter dat[...]

  • Seite 1413

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1395 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports Description Use Program 80-05 : Date F ormat for SMDR and System Reports to de fi ne the date format when printing out the SMDR, alarm report, system information[...]

  • Seite 1414

    Pr ogram 80 : Basic Har dware Setup f or System 80-05 : Date Format for SMDR and System Reports 1396 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1415

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1397 Program 81 : Basic Hardware Setup for Trunk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for COIU PCBs. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL[...]

  • Seite 1416

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup 1398 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing 14 Flash (Hooking 1) This sets the fl ash (Hooking 1) duratio[...]

  • Seite 1417

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-01 : COIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1399 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-01 ( COIU Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 81 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you sel[...]

  • Seite 1418

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup 1400 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for the DIOPU cards. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL MF • A vailable. • A vailable[...]

  • Seite 1419

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-02 : DIOPU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1401 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogr[...]

  • Seite 1420

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup 1402 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for the E&M tie line PCB. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL MF • A vailable. • A[...]

  • Seite 1421

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-03 : 4TLIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1403 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● T ie Lines T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-03 (4TLIU Initia[...]

  • Seite 1422

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-04 : ISDN BRI Lay er 1 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup 1404 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 81-04 : ISDN BRI Layer 1 (T -Point) Initial Data Setup Description Use Pr ogram 81-04 : ISDN BRI Layer 1 (T -Point) Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the various basic options for layer 1 of ISDN BRI. I[...]

  • Seite 1423

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1405 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (T -Point) Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the vari- ous basic op[...]

  • Seite 1424

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup 1406 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-05 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (T -P oint) Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 81 05 3. Enter the numbe[...]

  • Seite 1425

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (T -P oint) Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1407 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (T -Point) Timer Setup Description Use Program 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (T -P oint) T imer Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for layer 3 of I[...]

  • Seite 1426

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (T -P oint) Timer Setup 1408 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter d[...]

  • Seite 1427

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk P or ts Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1409 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Trunk Ports Description Use Program 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog T runk P orts to de fi ne the CODEC (QSLA C) Filter for each analog trunk port. Input Data [...]

  • Seite 1428

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog T runk P or ts 1410 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-07 (CODEC FilterSetup for Analog T runk Ports): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 81 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to prog[...]

  • Seite 1429

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1411 81-08 : T1 Trunk Timer Setup Description Use Program 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup to de fi ne the various basic timers for each T1 trunk type. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Layer 3[...]

  • Seite 1430

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup 1412 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 24 E&M - Loop Current Detection T ime 1-250 (4msec - 1020msec) 40 (200msec) 25 OPX - Loop Current Detection T ime 1-250 (4msec - 1020msec) 40 (200msec) 26 All - DP Break Send T ime 1-250 (4msec - 1020msec) 15 (60msec) 27 Al[...]

  • Seite 1431

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1413 54 OPX - Receive Hook fl ash Duration Minimum Time 1-255 (100msec - 25500msec) 3 (300msec) 55 OPX - Receive Hook fl ash Duration Maximum Time 1-255 (100msec - 25500msec) 6 (600msec) 56 Loop - Loop Off Guard T ime 1-255 (100mse[...]

  • Seite 1432

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-08 : T1 T runk Timer Setup 1414 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T1 T runking T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-08 (T1 T runk Timer Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 81 08 3. Enter the number of the item y[...]

  • Seite 1433

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1415 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Description The system will use the settings in Program 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup when Pro- gram 81-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog T runk Ports is set to "4 - S[...]

  • Seite 1434

    Pr ogram 81 : Basic Har dware Setup f or T runk 81-09 : COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1416 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 81-09 (COIU CODEC Filter Data Setup): [...]

  • Seite 1435

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1417 Program 82 : Basic Hardware Setup for Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring Tone Description Use Program 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one to set the incoming ring tones, which are the tones a user hears when a call rings an extension. The[...]

  • Seite 1436

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one 1418 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Default Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Distincti ve Ringing T ones and Flash Patterns ● Selectable Ring T ones Incoming Ringi[...]

  • Seite 1437

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-01 : Incoming Ring T one Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1419 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-01 (Incoming Ring T one): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 82 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected [...]

  • Seite 1438

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup 1420 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-03 : DSS Console LED Pattern Setup Description Use Program 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup to de fi ne the LED patterns for special functions on a DSS console. Input Data LED Pattern 0 : [OFF] LED Pattern[...]

  • Seite 1439

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-03 : DSS Console LED P attern Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1421 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Direct Station Selection (DSS) T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for[...]

  • Seite 1440

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup 1422 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for the ASTU PCB. Input Data Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signi[...]

  • Seite 1441

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-04 : SLIU Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1423 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-04 (SLIU Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 82 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you s[...]

  • Seite 1442

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup 1424 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (S-Point) Initial Data Setup Description Use Program 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (S-Point) Initial Data Setup to de fi ne the vari- ous basic op[...]

  • Seite 1443

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-05 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1425 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-05 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 2 (S-P oint) Initial Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 82 05 3. Enter the numbe[...]

  • Seite 1444

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup 1426 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (S-Point) Timer Setup Description Use Program 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (S-Point) Timer Setup to de fi ne the v arious basic timers for layer 3 of IS[...]

  • Seite 1445

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-06 : ISDN BRI & PRI Lay er 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1427 Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-06 (ISDN BRI & PRI Layer 3 (S-P oint) Timer Setup): 1. Enter the programming[...]

  • Seite 1446

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts 1428 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station Ports Description Use Program 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup f or Analog Station Ports to de fi ne the CODEC (QSLA C) Filter for each analog extension port. [...]

  • Seite 1447

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-07 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1429 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-07 (CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station P or ts): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 82 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want [...]

  • Seite 1448

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup 1430 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup Description Program 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup allo ws adjust of the keyset sidetone volume. There are two le vels, based on whether the connected trunk is a digital trunk or analog trunk.[...]

  • Seite 1449

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-08 : Sidetone V olume Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1431 Conditions This program will not be displayed in PCPro until signing in with the MF lev el password. Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogrammin[...]

  • Seite 1450

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1432 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Description The system will use the settings in the new Program 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup when Pr ogram 82-07-01 : CODEC Filter Setup for Analog Station Ports is set to [...]

  • Seite 1451

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1433 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Answering ● Central Of fi ce Calls, Placing T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 82-07 (SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup)[...]

  • Seite 1452

    Pr ogram 82 : Basic Har dware Setup f or Extension 82-09 : SLIU CODEC Filter Data Setup 1434 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1453

    Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1435 Program 83: Hardware Setup for Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration Description Use Program 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Con fi guration to de fi ne the Aspire Wireless (DECT) options. Input Data Condit[...]

  • Seite 1454

    Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-11 : Aspire Wireless Configuration 1436 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 83-11 (Aspire Wireless Con fi guration): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 83 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data fo[...]

  • Seite 1455

    Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1437 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement Description Use Program 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measur ement to de fi ne the Aspire W ireless (DECT) Base Station measurement. Input Data Conditions This program will not be displayed[...]

  • Seite 1456

    Pr ogram 83: Har dware Setup f or Aspire Wireless 83-12 : Aspire Wireless Measurement 1438 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 83-12 (Aspire Wireless Measurement): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 83 12 3. Enter “1” + HOLD. The system will then r estart all Base Stations/RFPs[...]

  • Seite 1457

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1439 Program 84 : Hardware Setup for VoIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup to de fi ne the data of H.323 trunks. These settings apply to IP Networking and H.323 T r[...]

  • Seite 1458

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1440 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 Number of G723 Audio Frame 1 = 30 msec 2 = 60 msec 1 Maximum number of G723 Audio Frame 12 G723 0:Disable 1:Enable 0 13 Maximum value of Jitter Delay 0-65535 msec 60 msec Maximum v alue of Jitter Delay for audio delay 14 --[...]

  • Seite 1459

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1441 23 Idle Noise Lev el 5000-7000 (-5000 ~ -7000dbm) 5000 = -5000dbm : 7000 = -7000dbm 7000 Noise lev el of silence 24 Echo canceler mode 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 1 Determine whether or not to use Echo canceller . 25 Echo canceler t[...]

  • Seite 1460

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1442 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 34 Bandwidth Control 0:Disable 1:Enable 0 Controls the voice bandwidth on an H.323 trunk. 35 Maximum Bandwidth 0-65535kbps 0 The maximum total bandwidth limita- tion for voice pack ets. 36 Fax Max Rate 24 = V .27ter, 2400 bps [...]

  • Seite 1461

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1443 Conditions Y ou must log out of system programming in order for changes to the following items will take af fect: Item 39 Item 53 Item 40 Item 54 Item 41 Item 55 Item 49 Item 56 Item 50 Item 57 Item 51 Item 58 Item 52 Feature C[...]

  • Seite 1462

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-01 : CODEC Information Basic Setup 1444 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-01 (CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item yo[...]

  • Seite 1463

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1445 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the data of H.225 and H.245. It is recommended that these settings are left at the default [...]

  • Seite 1464

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup 1446 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 20 URQ Retry Count 0-255 1 21 RAS ARQ T imer 0-255 sec 5 sec 22 ARQ Retry Count 0-255 2 23 RAS BRQ T imer 0-255 sec 5 sec 24 BRQ Retry Count 0-255 2 25 RAS IRR T imer [...]

  • Seite 1465

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-02 : H.225, H.245 Inf ormation Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1447 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-02 (H.225, H.245 Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data f[...]

  • Seite 1466

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup 1448 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-03 : NGT Inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the details of NGT (new genera- tion telephone). Input Data Note: Only items 04 and 05 will be used. Level: Aspire S A[...]

  • Seite 1467

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-03 : NGT Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1449 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-03 (NGT Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 03 3. Enter the number of the item you [...]

  • Seite 1468

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup 1450 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Server Mode Setup Description Use Program 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Server Mode Setup to determine whether the V OIPU PCB should use a manually assigned IP Address or if it should obtain its IP Addre[...]

  • Seite 1469

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-04 : V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1451 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-04 (V OIPU PCB DHCP Ser ver Mode Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for th[...]

  • Seite 1470

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup 1452 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup Description Use Program 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup to de fi ne the IP Address of the V OIPU PCB. Input Data Conditions The system programming must be exited before these program options to tak e[...]

  • Seite 1471

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-05 : V OIPU IP Address Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1453 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-05 (V OIPU IP Address Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed[...]

  • Seite 1472

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-06 : V OIPU Setup 1454 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-06 : V OIPU Setup Description Use Program 84-06 : V OIPU Setup to setup the details of V OIPU PCB. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. • Items 13 and 14 av ailable. • Items 13 and 14 available wit[...]

  • Seite 1473

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-06 : V OIPU Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1455 Conditions The system programming must be exited before these program options to tak e affect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-06 (V OIPU Setup): 1. Enter the programming mo[...]

  • Seite 1474

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup 1456 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup Description Use Program 84-07 : Firmwar e Download Setup to setup the download data for the IP phone. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN •[...]

  • Seite 1475

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-07 : Firmware Download Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1457 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-07 (Firmware Download Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + [...]

  • Seite 1476

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup 1458 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup Description Use Program 84-08 : Firmwar e Name Setup to setup the fi rmware name of the IP phone for do wnload. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN [...]

  • Seite 1477

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-08 : Firmware Name Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1459 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-08 (Firmware Download Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 08 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD[...]

  • Seite 1478

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-09 : VLAN Setup 1460 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-09 : VLAN Setup Description Use Program 84-09 : VLAN Setup to setup the VLAN data. Input Data Conditions The system programming must be exited before these program options to tak e affect. Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogra[...]

  • Seite 1479

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-10 : T oS Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1461 84-10 : ToS Setup Description Use Program 84-10 : T oS Setup to setup the T oS data. Input Data Conditions The system needs to be reset in order for these program options to take af fect. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vai[...]

  • Seite 1480

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-10 : T oS Setup 1462 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-10 (T oS Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Protocol type to b[...]

  • Seite 1481

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1463 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup to setup the basic CODEC options for the Dterm IP phone (IPhone or a ke yset with an IP adapter). I[...]

  • Seite 1482

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup 1464 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 G.729 Jitter Buffer M in 0~500 ms 30 10 G.729 Jitter Buf fer T ype 0~500 ms 60 11 G.729 Jitter Buf fer Max 0~500 ms 120 12 G.723 Audio Frame 1-2 1 13 G.723 V AD Mode 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 0 14 G.723 Jitter Buffer [...]

  • Seite 1483

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1465 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 24 Echo Canceler CNG CFG 84-1 1-22 - Disable 0 = adaptive 1 = fi xed 0 25 Echo Canceler 4w Det 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 0 26 RX Gain 0-28 (-14~+14) 0 = -14 dbm 1 = -13 [...]

  • Seite 1484

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-11 : Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup 1466 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-11 (Dterm IP CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select t[...]

  • Seite 1485

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1467 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup to setup the CODEC information of H.323 phones. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL I[...]

  • Seite 1486

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup 1468 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 09 G.729 Jitter Buffer M in 0~500 ms 30 10 G.729 Jitter Buffer T ype 0~500 ms 60 11 G.729 Jitter Buffer Max 0~500 ms 120 12 G.723 Audio Frame 1-2 1 13 G.723 V AD Mode 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 0 14 G.723 Jitter Buffer[...]

  • Seite 1487

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1469 Conditions None 24 Echo Canceler CNG CFG 84-12-22 - Disable 0 = adapti ve 1 = fi xed 0 25 Echo Canceler 4w Det 0 = Disable 1 = Enable 0 26 TX Gain 0-28 (-14~+14) 0 = -14 dbm 1 = -13 dbm : 14 = 0 dbm : 27 = 13 dbm 2[...]

  • Seite 1488

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-12 : H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup 1470 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-12 (H.323 Phone CODEC Information Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 12 3. Enter the number of [...]

  • Seite 1489

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1471 84-13 : SIP Trunk CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup to setup the basic CODEC options for SIP trunks. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN ?[...]

  • Seite 1490

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup 1472 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 11 84-13-11 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup - G.729 Jitter Buffer (Max) Set the maximum G.729 Jitter Buf fer . 0-500 ms 120 ms 12 84-13-12 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup - G.723 A udio Frame N[...]

  • Seite 1491

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1473 Conditions None 23 84-13-23 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup - Echo Canceller NLP Noise De fi ne the Echo Canceller NLP Noise lev el. 40-70 (-40dbm ~ -70dbm) 70 24 84-13-24 : SIP T runk CODEC Information B[...]

  • Seite 1492

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-13 : SIP T runk CODEC Information Basic Setup 1474 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-13 (SIP T runk CODEC Inf ormation Basic Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 13 3. Enter the number of t[...]

  • Seite 1493

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1475 84-14 : SIP Trunk Basic Information Setup Description Use Program 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup to de fi ne the basic setup for SIP trunks. Input Data Conditions None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A va[...]

  • Seite 1494

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-14 : SIP T runk Basic Information Setup 1476 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-14 (SIP T runk Basic Inf ormation Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 14 3. Enter the number of the item you [...]

  • Seite 1495

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-15 : H.323 Keep Alive Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1477 84-15 : H.323 Keep Alive Setup Description Use Program 84-15 : H.323 K eep Alive Setup to setup the conditions for keeping a call to an H.323 phones ali ve when NetMeeting does not answer . Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Re[...]

  • Seite 1496

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup 1478 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup Description Use Program 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup to set the g ains for the V OIPU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire [...]

  • Seite 1497

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-16 : V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1479 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-16 (V OIPU Limiter Control Gain Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 16 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the [...]

  • Seite 1498

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup 1480 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup Description Use Pr ogram 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup to set the enhanced Echo Canceller function for the V OIPU PCB. The T ype de fi ned here is assigned in P[...]

  • Seite 1499

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-17 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1481 Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-17 (V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 17 3. Enter the number of the item you[...]

  • Seite 1500

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup 1482 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup Description Use Program 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup to set the adv anced Echo Canceller functions for the V OIPU PCB. This function supports the follo wing fea[...]

  • Seite 1501

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-18 : V OIPU Echo Canceller Contr ol Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1483 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-18 (V OIPU Echo Canceller Control Setup - MF): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 18 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter dat[...]

  • Seite 1502

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup 1484 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Description Use Program 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC inf ormation Basic Setup to de fi ne the CODEC information for the SIP extensions. Input Data Level: Aspire[...]

  • Seite 1503

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1485 14 G.723 Jitter Buffer (Min) Set the minimum G.723 Jitter Buffer . 0-500 ms 30 ms 15 G.723 Jitter Buffer (T ype) Set the G.723 Jitter Buf fer type. 0-500 ms 60 ms 16 G.723 Jitter Buffer (Max) Set the maximum G.723[...]

  • Seite 1504

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup 1486 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP 27 RX Gain Set the receiv e gain. 0-28 (-14dbm ~ +14dbm) 0 = -14dbm 1 = -13 dbm : 14 = 0dbm : 27 = 13dbm 28 = 14dbm 10 28 A udio Capability Priority De fi ne th[...]

  • Seite 1505

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-19 : SIP Extension CODEC Information Basic Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1487 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-19 (SIP Extension CODEC Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 19 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter[...]

  • Seite 1506

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup 1488 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup Description Use Program 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Inf ormation Setup to de fi ne the basic options for the SIP extensions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Refe[...]

  • Seite 1507

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1489 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 84-20 (SIP Extension Basic Information Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 84 20 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data [...]

  • Seite 1508

    Pr ogram 84 : Har dware Setup f or V oIP 84-20 : SIP Extension Basic Information Setup 1490 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1509

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1491 Program 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup Description Use Program 85-01 : SHUB U LAN Setup to de fi ne the LAN setup for each slot. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vai[...]

  • Seite 1510

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-01 : SHUBU LAN Setup 1492 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-01 (SHUBU LAN Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or the VO[...]

  • Seite 1511

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-02 : VLAN Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1493 85-02 : VLAN Setup Description Use Program 85-02 : VLAN Setup to de fi ne the VLAN setup for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Hub Slot 1-16 Item No. Ite[...]

  • Seite 1512

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-02 : VLAN Setup 1494 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-02 (VLAN Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or the VOLUME ▲ o[...]

  • Seite 1513

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-03 : Priority Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1495 85-03 : Priority Setup Description Use Program 85-03 : Priority Setup to set the priority of pack et management for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. [...]

  • Seite 1514

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-03 : Priority Setup 1496 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-03 (Priority Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or the VOLU[...]

  • Seite 1515

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-04 : P or t Mirr oring Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1497 85-04 : Port Mirroring Setup Description Use Program 85-04 : P ort Mirroring Setup to de fi ne the port mirroring setup for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable[...]

  • Seite 1516

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-04 : P or t Mirr oring Setup 1498 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-04 (P ort Mirroring Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed by pressing the F[...]

  • Seite 1517

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Gr oup Settings Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1499 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Group Settings Description Use Program 85-05 : SHUB U VLAN Group Settings to de fi ne the VLAN group setup for each SHUBU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● V oIP Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A[...]

  • Seite 1518

    Pr ogram 85 : SHUBU LAN 85-05 : SHUBU VLAN Gr oup Settings 1500 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 85-05 (SSHUBU VLAN Group Settings): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 85 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the slot number to be programmed by pressi[...]

  • Seite 1519

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-01 : Installation Date Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1501 Program 90 : Maintenance Program 90-01 : Installation Date Description Use Program 90-01 : Installation Date to de fi ne the installation date of system. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructi[...]

  • Seite 1520

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord 1502 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-02 : Setting the Programming Passw ord Description Use Program 90-02 : Setting the Pr ogramming Password to set the system passwords. F or pass- word entry purposes, the system allo ws 8 users to be de fi ned. Each user can[...]

  • Seite 1521

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1503 Default Conditions More than one extension can be in the programming mode. Feature Cr oss Reference None User No. User Name Pass word Level Level Description 1 NEC-I 374772 1 (MF) Manufacturer Le vel - Access to all system progr[...]

  • Seite 1522

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-02 : Setting the Programming P assw ord 1504 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-02 (Setting the Programming P asswor d): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 02 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the User number[...]

  • Seite 1523

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-03 : Save Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1505 90-03 : Save Data Description Use Program 90-03 : Sav e Data to save the programmed data on the SRAM and Flash R OM to the 16M A T A Remo vable Compact Flash Memory card. This program should be used after changing the programmed data. Input Data Conditi[...]

  • Seite 1524

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-04 : Load Data 1506 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-04 : Load Data Description Use Program 90-04 : Load Data to load the system data from the inserted Compact Flash Mem- ory to the SRAM and Flash R OM in the system. Input Data Conditions (A.) After uploading the programming, reset the system and wait[...]

  • Seite 1525

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-04 : Load Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1507 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-04 (Load Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 04 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter data for the next i[...]

  • Seite 1526

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-05 : Slot Control 1508 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-05 : Slot Control Description Use Program 90-05 : Slot Contr ol to reset or delete (uninstall) circuit boards (slots 1-16). Delete allo ws you to completely uninstall the PCB. Y ou might want to do this if you want to remov e a PCB and plug it in[...]

  • Seite 1527

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-05 : Slot Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1509 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-05 (Slot Control): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Menu number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH or th[...]

  • Seite 1528

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Control 1510 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-06 : Trunk Control Description Use Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Contr ol is used for the trunk maintenance. Busy Out lets you block a PCB from placing outgoing calls (just like placing the PCB switch do wn). Once busied out, none of the ports on the[...]

  • Seite 1529

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-06 : T runk Control Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1511 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-06 (T runk Control): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Menu number to be programmed by pressing the FLASH o[...]

  • Seite 1530

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-07 : Extension Control 1512 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-07 : Extension Control Description Use Program 90-07 : Extension Contr ol is used for the extension maintenance. Input Data Conditions This program is only av ailable in telephone and W ebPro programming. Feature Cr oss Reference None T elep[...]

  • Seite 1531

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-08 : System Reset Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1513 90-08 : System Reset Description Use Program 90-08 : System Reset is used to perform a system reset. Input Data Conditions After restoring a customer database, the system must be reset using Program 90-08 or by po wering do wn/powering up before all [...]

  • Seite 1532

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset Time 1514 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-09 : Automatic System Reset Time Description Use Program 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset T ime to de fi ne the time the system will automati- cally reset. Input Data Note 1. If the Month is set to “00” and Day has been set, t[...]

  • Seite 1533

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-09 : A utomatic System Reset Time Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1515 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-09 (Automatic System Reset Time): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 09 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected[...]

  • Seite 1534

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup 1516 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Description Use Program 90-10 : System Alarm Setup to assign a status to system alarms. Y ou can designate an alarm as Major or Minor . This program also assigns whether or not the alarm is displayed to a key telepho[...]

  • Seite 1535

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1517 5 0 0 Do wnload Error Do wnload may have failed because the PCB is blocked (disabled) or the sub-pro- gram does not exist on the system fl ash card. After unblocking the PCB, if RECov er message is received in the alarm report, it is cor- rect[...]

  • Seite 1536

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup 1518 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None 40 0 0 CS Error Information 2 -- Not Used in U.S. -- 41 0 0 :: : 50 0 0 System Startup Noti fi cation 51 0 0 System Data Revision 52 0 0 VM/HD Replacement Request 60 0 0 SIP Registration Error Not[...]

  • Seite 1537

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-10 : System Alarm Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1519 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-10 (System Alarm Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 10 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the Alarm number to be programmed by pressing th[...]

  • Seite 1538

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-11 : System Alarm Repor t 1520 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-11 : System Alarm Report Description Use Program 90-11 : System Alarm Report to de fi ne the details of the system alarm report. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable. • A vailable. Item No. Item Input Data Default[...]

  • Seite 1539

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-11 : System Alarm Repor t Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1521 Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-11 (System Alarm Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 11 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter d[...]

  • Seite 1540

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-12 : System Alarm Output 1522 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-12 : System Alarm Output Description Use Program 90-12 : System Alarm Output to set the options for the alarm report. This program has 6 separate menu options. De fi ne the output port to be used as the output for system alarm report and [...]

  • Seite 1541

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-12 : System Alarm Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1523 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-12 (System Alarm Output): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 12 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter[...]

  • Seite 1542

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-13 : System Information Output 1524 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-13 : System Information Output Description Use Program 90-13 : System Inf ormation Output to de fi ne the output port to be used as the sys- tem information output. The baud rate for the COM port should be set in Program 10-21-02. I[...]

  • Seite 1543

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-13 : System Information Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1525 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-13 (System Information Output): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 13 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HO[...]

  • Seite 1544

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-16 : Main Software Information 1526 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-16 : Main Software Information Description Use Program 90-16 : Main Softwar e Information to display the main software information on the NTCPU. This information can also be vie wed outside of system programming by pressing CHECK and[...]

  • Seite 1545

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-17 : Firmware Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1527 90-17 : Firmware Information Description Use Program 90-17 : Firmwar e Information to display the fi rmw are information on the NTCPU and other PCBs. Input Data Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailable.. • A v ailable. • W ith sof[...]

  • Seite 1546

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-17 : Firmware Information 1528 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-17 (Firmware Information): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 17 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Ente[...]

  • Seite 1547

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-18 : P assw ord Initialization f or Japanese Character T elephone Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1529 90-18 : Password Initialization f or Japanese Character Telephone Description This program is not used. Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL SA • Not A vailable. • Not A vailable.[...]

  • Seite 1548

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-19 : Dial Block Release 1530 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-19 : Dial Block Release Description When the extension number is entered in Pr ogram 90-19 : Dial Block Release , the extension will be released from the Dial Block restriction. Input Data Conditions This program is only av ailable in telep[...]

  • Seite 1549

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-20 : T raffic Repor t Data Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1531 90-20 : Traffic Report Data Setup Description Use Program 90-20 : T raf fi c Report Data Setup to de fi ne the details of the traf fi c report. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T raf fi c Management Reporti[...]

  • Seite 1550

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-20 : T raffic Repor t Data Setup 1532 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-20 (T raf fi c Repor t Data Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 20 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you sele[...]

  • Seite 1551

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-21 : T raffic Repor t Output Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1533 90-21 : Traffic Report Output Description Use Program 90-21 : T raf fi c Report Output to de fi ne the output port to be used as the traf fi c report output. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● T raf fi c Manageme[...]

  • Seite 1552

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion Inf ormation 1534 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-22 : NGT Terminal Version Information Description Use Program 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion inf ormation to de fi ne the hardware and fi rmware version of the NGT terminal. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Refer[...]

  • Seite 1553

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-22 : NGT T erminal V ersion Inf ormation Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1535 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-22 (NGT T erminal V ersion Information): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 22 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the T elephone [...]

  • Seite 1554

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP T elephones 1536 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP Telephones Description Use Program 90-23 : Deleting Registration of IP T elephones to delete the re gistered IP tele- phone from the system. Input Data Conditions This program is only av[...]

  • Seite 1555

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-24 : System Alarm Repor t Notification Time Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1537 90-24 : System Alarm Report Notification Time Setup Description Use Program 90-24 : System Alarm Report Noti fi cation Time Setup to set up when the alarm report will print. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss[...]

  • Seite 1556

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-24 : System Alarm Repor t Notification Time Setup 1538 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-24 (System Alarm Repor t Noti fi cation Time Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 24 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4[...]

  • Seite 1557

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-25 : System Alarm Repor t CC Mail Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1539 90-25 : System Alarm Report CC Mail Setup Description Use Pr ogram 90-25 : System Alarm Report CC Mail Setup to de fi ne the mail address to receive the system alarm report CC Mail setup. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr o[...]

  • Seite 1558

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-26 : Program Access Le vel Setup 1540 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-26 : Program Access Level Setup Description Use Program 90-26 : Program Access Level Setup to de fi ne the passw ord access level required to change a system program. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level:[...]

  • Seite 1559

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-26 : Program Access Le vel Setup Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1541 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-26 (Program Access Level Setup): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 26 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Select the program number to be set by[...]

  • Seite 1560

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID 1542 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID Description Use Pr ogram 90-27 : Aspire Wireless System ID to vie w or delete the ID number associated with the DSIU PCB. The system ID is a unique number embedded into the DSIU PCBs. This program data [...]

  • Seite 1561

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-30 : V OIPU Firmware Information Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1543 90-30 : V OIPU Firmware Information Description Use Program 90-30 : V OIPOU Firmware Inf ormation to display the fi rmware information on the V OIPU PCB. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming[...]

  • Seite 1562

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet 1544 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet Description Use Program 90-31 : DIM Ov er Ethernet to de fi ne the setup used for DIM access o ver an ether- net connection. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference None Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN ?[...]

  • Seite 1563

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1545 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-31 (DIM Over Ethernet): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 31 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Enter dat[...]

  • Seite 1564

    Pr ogram 90 : Maintenance Pr ogram 90-31 : DIM Over Ethernet 1546 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1565

    Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1547 Program 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New Description Program 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New is used when registering an Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone to the system. Y [...]

  • Seite 1566

    Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-06 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, New 1548 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 91-06 (Aspire Wireless Subscription, New): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 27 3. T o have the system automatically assign a port number to the phone, [...]

  • Seite 1567

    Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1549 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete Description Use Program 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete to remove an Aspire W ireless (DECT) phone from the system. Prior to deleting an Aspir e W ir eless (DEC[...]

  • Seite 1568

    Pr ogram 91 : Aspire Wireless Subscription 91-07 : Aspire Wireless Subscription, Delete 1550 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 90-27 (Aspire Wireless System ID): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 90 27 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the it[...]

  • Seite 1569

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1551 Program 92 : Copy Program 92-01 : Copy by Extension Number Description Use Program 92-01 : Copy by Extension Number to cop y the data for one program to another keyset, trunk , group, etc. Refer to the follo wing charts to see which programs w[...]

  • Seite 1570

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number 1552 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Note: Copy Program is applicable only for the follo wing programs. T runk P or t Base T runk Group Base Extension Base (Refer to Pr ogram 92-03-01 to copy these pr ograms by port number .) Program No. Program Name Note 14-01 Trunk Basic Data [...]

  • Seite 1571

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1553 Department Group Base DSS Console Base Conditions Using this program to copy a ke yset’ s Programmable Function Keys will cop y all the keys whether they e xist on the phone to which the programming is being copied. This may cause confusion [...]

  • Seite 1572

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-01 : Copy b y Extension Number 1554 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Feature Cr oss Reference None T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-01 (Copy by Extension Number): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for th[...]

  • Seite 1573

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1555 92-03 : Copy by Port Number Description Use Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy by Port Number to copy the data for a ke yset to another keyset based on the port number . Refer to the following chart to see which programs which can be copied. Copy Program is a[...]

  • Seite 1574

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number 1556 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Input Data Conditions Using this program to copy a ke yset’ s Programmable Function Keys will cop y all the keys whether they e xist on the phone to which the programming is being copied. This may cause confusion when trying to de fi ne a ke [...]

  • Seite 1575

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-03 : Copy b y P or t Number Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1557 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-03 (Copy by P or t Number Program): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 03 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5[...]

  • Seite 1576

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap 1558 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-04 : Extension Data Swap Description Use Program 92-04 : Extension Data Swap to sw ap an extension’ s programming to another extension number . The follo wing extension-based programs can be swapped: Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vail[...]

  • Seite 1577

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1559 Input Data 21-19 IP T runk (SIP) Calling Party Number Setup for Extensions 1 21-20 SIP T runk Call Discernment Setup for Extensions 1 22-04 Incoming Extension Ring Group Assignment 1 22-06 Normal Incoming Ring Mode 1 23-02 Call Pickup Group 23-03 Ri[...]

  • Seite 1578

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-04 : Extension Data Swap 1560 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions ● Any user -de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for example, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.). ● The extensions to be swapped must be idle while the swap is performed, or an "I[...]

  • Seite 1579

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1561 92-05 : Data Swap Password Description Use Program 92-05 : Data Swap P assword to de fi ne the password to be used by each e xtension when using the Extension Data Swap feature using a service code. Input Data The follo wing extension-based progra[...]

  • Seite 1580

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord 1562 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual Conditions (A.) Any user-de fi ned programming stored in the SRAM will not be swapped (for e xample, Call Forw ard set up, Selectable Display Messaging, etc.). (B.) The e xtensions to be swapped must be idle while the swap is performed, or an &qu[...]

  • Seite 1581

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-05 : Data Swap P assw ord Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1563 Feature Cr oss Reference ● Maintenance T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-05 (Data Swap Pass word): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 05 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for th[...]

  • Seite 1582

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-06 : Fill Extension Data 1564 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-06 : Fill Extension Data Description Use Program 92-06 : Fill Extension Data to fi ll program entries for a range of e xtensions to the same as a designated source extension. In addition, program data can be deleted for a range of ports (see Pr[...]

  • Seite 1583

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-06 : Fill Extension Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1565 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-06 (Fill Extension Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 06 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter the 4-digit program number you would like to fi ll ([...]

  • Seite 1584

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data 1566 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual 92-07 : Delete Port Data Description Use Program 92-07 : Delete P ort Data to delete data for a range of ports. Input Data The Delete program can be used only with the follo wing programs: Conditions (A.) If the range of ports entered for the Delete[...]

  • Seite 1585

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1567 T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 92-07 (Delete P ort Data): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 92 07 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter the 4-digit program number you would like to delete (xxx[...]

  • Seite 1586

    Pr ogram 92 : Cop y Pr ogram 92-07 : Delete P or t Data 1568 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual - For Y our Notes -[...]

  • Seite 1587

    Pr ogram 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options Aspire Software Manual Programming ◆ 1569 Program 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options Description Use Program 99-01 : MF Options to adjust certain system functions. Input Data Conditions None Feature Cr oss Reference ● ISDN Compatibility ● T ime and Date Level: Aspire S Aspire M/L/XL IN • A vailabl[...]

  • Seite 1588

    Pr ogram 99 : MF Options 99-01 : MF Options 1570 ◆ Programming Aspire Software Man ual T elephone Pr ogramming Instructions T o enter data for Pr ogram 99-01 (MF Options): 1. Enter the programming mode. 2. 99 01 3. Enter the number of the item you want to program. 4. Enter data for the item you selected + HOLD. 5. Press MSG once to enter a new it[...]

  • Seite 1589

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-1 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 5 ACD ACD Queue Status ....114 Added Call Coverage Key Operation ....135 Added Call Coverage Key Programming ....124 Added Hotline Key Show[...]

  • Seite 1590

    Revisions Revision-2 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Handsfree and Monitor Added Program 15-02-08 ....345 Added Program 15-02-16 ....345 Headset Operation Added Info for Headset Operation for SLT Heads[...]

  • Seite 1591

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-3 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 81-09 Added ....1415 Program 82-08 Added ....1430 Program 82-09 Added ....1432 Program 83-11 Added ....1435 , ....1437 Program 84-01 Added I[...]

  • Seite 1592

    Revisions Revision-4 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 6 Account Codes Added Forced Account Codes Timer ....80 Added IntraMail Programs ....616 Added Program 47-01 ....1329 Added Program 47-02 .[...]

  • Seite 1593

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-5 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Message Waiting Added LED Color Indication ....413 Added Program 15-02-28 ....414 Added Program 15-03-13 ....414 Added Single Line Telephone MW Indi[...]

  • Seite 1594

    Revisions Revision-6 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 15-07 Added *07 for Personal Park ....923 Program 15-15 Added Program 15-15-07 ....941 Added Program 15-15-08 ....941 Changed to "Not A[...]

  • Seite 1595

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-7 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 82-01 Corrected Default Entries ....1418 Program 83-11 Changed to "Not Available" for Aspire S ....1435 Program 83-12 Changed to &[...]

  • Seite 1596

    Revisions Revision-8 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Revision 7 Abbreviated Dialing Added Program 13-01-01 ....74 ACD Added Networking to Related Features ....130 P Command Support for AIC Added ....11[...]

  • Seite 1597

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-9 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 90-17 Added Item 19 ....1528 Program 91-06 Port Range Changed for Auto-Assignment ....1547 Program 92-05 Added ....1561 Selectable Display M[...]

  • Seite 1598

    Revisions Revision-10 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). DID Added Program 11-10-35 ....284 Added Program 20-07-26 ....284 Added Program 22-17-01 ....286 Added Program 30-03-01 ....287 Call by Time Schedu[...]

  • Seite 1599

    Revisions Aspire Software Manual Software Manual Re visions ◆ Revision-11 This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included). Program 92-07 Added ....1566 Program 99-01 Added Program 99-01-32 ....378 , ....1569 Added Program 99-01-33 ....378 , ....1569 Tandem Trunking Adde[...]

  • Seite 1600

    Revisions Revision-12 ◆ Software Man ual Revisions Aspire Software Manual This list includes only the major changes/additions made to the manual. (items such as spelling corrections are not included).[...]

  • Seite 1601

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ i Numerics 24-Button DSS DSS/DLS Service Code Added . . .306 2500 Phones . . .515 2PGDAD Module . . .89, . . .427, . . .460 500 Phones . . .515 900 Preamble . . .626, . . .632 A Abandoned Call Reporting . . .519 Abbreviated and Post Dialing Service Codes . . .5 Abbreviated Dialing . . .73 Common Bins Limited [...]

  • Seite 1602

    Index ii ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) . . .114 ACD Call Queuing . . .114 ACD Group as Overflow Destination . . .122 ACD Overflow (With Announcements) . . .115 Agent Log In and Log Out Services . . .115, . . .116 Counting Overflow Calls in MIS Software . . .122 Emergency Call . . .117 Enhanced DSS Operation . . [...]

  • Seite 1603

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ iii Call Queuing See Call Waiting Call Restriction, International . . .572 Call Restriction, Outgoing with Tie Lines . . .562 Call Restriction, PBX . . .473, . . .572 Call Routing . . .138 Call Timer . . .152, . . .173 Call Traffic . . .585 Call Waiting / Camp On . . .175 Callback . . .177 Callback Automatic [...]

  • Seite 1604

    Index iv ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) Applications . . .239 Database Lookup . . .239 Personal Computer Interface (PCI) . . .239 Conference . . .240 Barge In . . .240 Change CONF to a Transfer Key . . .241 Feature Enhanced . . .241 Split . . .240 Transfer . . .241 Transfer a Call into Conference . . .587 Voic[...]

  • Seite 1605

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ v DID Routing Through the VRS Automated At- tendant . . .280 FCC DID Requirements . . .282 Flexible DID Service Compatibility . . .279 SMDR Includes Dialed Number . . .280 Direct Inward Line (DIL) . . .289 DIL Delayed Ringing . . .289 Direct Inward System Access (DISA) . . .293 Department Calling with Overflo[...]

  • Seite 1606

    Index vi ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Extension Exclusion . . .520 Extension Hotline . . .357 Extension Hunting Department Calling . . .265 Extension Name or Number . . .520 Extension Names . . .432 Extension Ring Group . . .490 Extension Ringdown See Ringdown Extension External Alarm Sensors . . .331 External Hotline . . .360 External Meet Me [...]

  • Seite 1607

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ vii ISDN Compatibiility Calling Party Number Option Added to Define Type . . .371 ISDN Compatibility . . .370 Alert Tone When S-Bus Terminal Calls Busy Extension . . .371 Automatic Data Link Failure Recovery . . .374 Basic Rate Interface (BRI) . . .374 BRI and DID Callers with Non-Matching SPID Numbers . . .3[...]

  • Seite 1608

    Index viii ◆ Index Aspire Software Man ual Night Service . . .443 Assigned Night Answer (ANA) . . .443 Automatic Night Service . . .443 Programmable Function Key Can Toggle Night Modes . . .444 Universal Night Answer (UNA) . . .443 Not Answered/Busy Call Forwarding . . .153 Notepad See Memo Dial Number Plan See Flexible System Numbering Number Pr[...]

  • Seite 1609

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ ix R Recording a Conversation . . .605 Redial List . . .380 Redial Saved Number . . .501 Redial, Last Number . . .380 Redial, Repeat . . .485 Reloading Customer Databases . . .397 Repeat Redial . . .485 Reports . . .519, . . .585 Restrict Code Table . . .571 Restrict Table, Common . . .571 Reverse Voice Over [...]

  • Seite 1610

    Index x ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual Tandem Trunking (Unsupervised Conference) . . .542, . . .544 Tandem Trunking / Conference Automatic Conference on Hang Up . . .544 Automatic Conference to ABB Number . . .545 Tape Recording With ACI . . .90 TAPI Compatibility . . .557 Telephone Key Layout Key Layout - 110-Button DSS Console . . .66 Key Layou[...]

  • Seite 1611

    Index Aspire Software Manual Inde x ◆ xi U UNA (Universal Night Answer) . . .443 Unanswered Call Forwarding . . .153 Universal Answer . . .208 See Central Office Calls, Answering Universal Night Answer (UNA) . . .443 Unscreened Transfer . . .587 Unsupervised Conference . . .542, . . .544 Usage Summaries . . .520 Using LANs . . .644 Using The Feat[...]

  • Seite 1612

    Index xii ◆ Index Aspire Software Manual[...]

  • Seite 1613

    NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. 4 Forest Parkway , Shelton, CT 06484 T el: 800-365-1928 Fax: 203-926-5458 www .necunifiedsolutions.com Other Important T elephone Numbers Sales: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5450 Customer Service: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203-926-5444 Customer [...]

  • Seite 1614

    (0893200) January 12, 2006 Printed in U.S .A. NEC Uni fi ed Solutions, Inc. 4 F orest P ar kwa y , Shelton, CT 06484 TEL: 800-365-1928 F AX: 203-926-5458 www .necuni fi edsolutions.com[...]